ETTYSBURG

The Gettysburg Bulletin Catalogue Issue 1977/78 > >of

V

-v-

#:

_1 .,* m

$^\T^'^-: •--*'•"': •%* ^Z'?*- GETTYSBURG

Catalogue 1 977/78

Gettysburg College

Gettysburg Pennsylvania 17325 The Gettysburg Bulletin/Catalogue issue 1977-78 Vol. 67, No. 8, April 1977/Gettysburg College/Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325.

Published monthly except February and June. Semi-monthly in April. Second class postage paid at Gettysburg, Pa. 17325. Send POD Form 3579 to Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa. 17325.

The provisions of this bulletin are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the College and the student. The College reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any time.

Gettysburg College does not engage in illegal discrimination in its programs, activities, and policies against students, prospective students, employees, or prospective employees, on account of race, color, religion, ethnic or national origin, age, personal handicap, or sex. Such policy is in compliance with the requirements of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and all other applicable federal, state, and local statutes, ordinances and regulations. Inquiries concerning the applica- tion of any of these laws may be directed to the Affirmative Action Officer at the College or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washing- ton, D.C. for laws, such as Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1 972 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, administered by that department.

Gettysburg College is accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. TABLE OF CONTENTS

5 Gettysburg College — The Community

23 Academic Policies and Programs Honor Code, Curriculum, January Term, Degree Requirements, Registration, Grading, Indi- vidualized Study and Seminars, Teacher Education Program, Music Education, Off Cam- pus Programs, Preprofessional Preparation, Cooperative Programs, Honors and Awards

45 Courses of Study

111 Campus Life

Living Accommodations, Dining Accommodations, Religious Life, Student Conduct, Stu- dent Government, Cultural Activities, Student Communication Media, Student Organi- zations and Activities, Athletics, Student Services, Facilities

125 Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid Admissions Policy and Procedures, Comprehensive Academic Fee Plan, Board, Room Rents, Payment of Bills, Housing Policy, Refund Policy, Insurance, Student Financial Aid

137 Register

Board of Trustees, Administration, The Faculty, Calendar, Statistical Summary, Endowment Funds

157 Index LISTING FOR CORRESPONDENCE

Academic Information General Information

Dr. Leonard I. Holder, Dean of the College Paul G Peterson, Assistant to the President

Admissions Health, Physical Education, and Athletics Delwin K. Gustafson, Director of Admissions Dr. Richard T. Wescott, Chairman, Depart- ment of Health and Physical Education Alumni Affairs Eugene M. Haas, Director of Intercollegiate Robert D. Smith, Director of Alumni Relations Athletics

Bursar Library H. Richards, Jr., Librarian Jay P. Brown, Bursar James

Central Pennsylvania Consortium Publicity, Publications D. Bureau Director Dr. Arden K. Smith, Consortium Coordinator Paul Mangan, News Willard G. Books, Director of Public Relations Chaplain and Transcripts Rev. Karl J. Mattson, Chaplain Records G. Ronald Couchman, Registrar Counseling Services Dr. William H. Jones, Coordinator of Counsel- Student Accounts ing John J. Schlegel, Business Manager Homer A. Wood, Director of Career Counsel- ing Student Affairs Dr. Frank B. Williams, Dean of Students Development Dr. Robert E. Butler, Director of Development Mailing Address Financial Aid Gettysburg College Salvatore Ciolino, Director of Financial Aid Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325

General College Policy Telephone Number Dr. C. A. Hanson, President Area Code 717/334-3131 GETTYSBURG Gettysburg College- The Community ?M W .«wr f t*Ja SMSV

* - la 4 • **

*+ 'X.

1 4l*SN#

>i -v.t —

Gettysburg College — The Community

Most of the roads which bring you to Gettysburg College in the historic town ot Gettysburg in South Central Pennsylvania will cross the site of the famous Civil War Battle of 1863. During those three hot July days, Pennsylvania Hall which is still the center of the campus—served as a hospital for both Union and Confederate forces. Today the town of Gettysburg is larger but less turbulent than in 1863. It is virtually encircled by a 3500-acre National Military Park; the surrounding countryside is rural, consisting primarily of farms and orchards in rolling countryside with large expanses of undisturbed woodland.

Gettysburg College, like the town of which it is a

part, has grown since its Civil War days. It now has a campus of 200 acres and seeks to limit its enrollment to 1850 students. Yet since its found- ing in 1832 by Lutherans and local community leaders, the College's purpose has remained the same: to offer a quality liberal arts educa- tion to students of all faiths. "cift*" The goal of the educational program at Gettys- burg is to develop your capacity to exercise mature, rational judgments, after carefully gathering and analyzing information. The curriculum of the College is designed to give you the skills to make such judgments while allowing you the responsibility for your educa- ^•V* 0> tion within the liberal arts framework.

Ultimately, this type of education is the most

practical of all because it equips you to make a creative approach to problems—present or fu- ture. In addition, Gettysburg believes strongly that such an education will foster in you a high sensitivity to moral and spiritual values along with a quest for knowledge which will continue after completion of formal studies.

Although training for specific jobs is not seen as a primary function of a liberal arts education, Gettysburg does not ignore your appropriate concern about careers. The College offers a ca- reer counseling program; preparation and cer- tification for teaching; advisory services for pre- prospective stu- law and premedical students; opportunities for Al An admissions counselor greets dents at the annual Spring "Get Acguainted Day." Bl student internships in a variety of fields; and The blackboard remains a good teaching aid. CI It is concentration in a major field as preparation only a short walk from living units to classrooms. either for further specialization in graduate or professional school, or for work in business, in- dustry, or government. — The Community <3 Gettysburg College

Academic programs at Gettysburg provide you The Gettysburg curriculum assists you in with both a broad range of intellectual experi- selecting a major field of study by introducing ences and the individual attention you need to you to a variety of disciplines through distribu- make the best use of those experiences. One of tion requirements. While ample opportunity is the advantages of an education at Gettysburg is provided for electives in fields of your choice, the preponderance of small classes, especially distribution requirements insure your acquain- in more advanced courses. A student-faculty ra- tance with several broad areas of study. 14:1 helps to assure close relationships tio of The 4-1-4 academic calendar at Gettysburg al- professors. between you and your lows you to spend the entire month of January You may select a major field of study from any concentrating upon one course to provide you one of 21 academic areas: art, biology, busi- with an exciting, intensive academic experi- ness administration, chemistry, economics, ence in an area in which you have special inter- English, French, German, Greek, health and est. Independent study projects in the fall and physical education, history, Latin, mathematics, spring terms can also help you explore your music, philosophy, physics, political science, special interests. The academic program exists psychology, religion, sociology and anthropol- to serve you, the individual student.

ogy, and Spanish. You will have a faculty adviser to assist you in

If you want to concentrate your academic pro- planning your academic program. Academic gram on a particular problem or area of investi- counseling is available, as is counseling for gation which involves courses in several differ- non-academic personal matters. Gettysburg ent departments, you may design your own wants you to succeed, and the faculty and staff major. A Special Major can cover broad areas are dedicated to helping you in every way.

such as American Studies, or it can focus on a specific topic, such as Community Planning and Administration.

^ J -^Ji

A/ Small class seminars are conducive to student-faculty exchange. Bl Included in the sophisticated equipment found in the natural science departments is a mass spectrometer used by chemistry majors. CI Faculty members keep regular office hours for advising students. Gettysburg College — The Community

D Al Live models are sketched by art stu- dents. Bl Video equipment is used as an aid in the education department. CI Phys- ics majors take advantage of the January Term for a special experiment. Dl The warm spring days bring classes out- doors. El Intent students listen to a dis- cussion in philosophy. — The Community C3 Gettysburg College

The January Term allows for internships for stu- dents in various professions including: Al medical training; Bl journalism; CI courtroom procedures; Dl business administration. Gettysburg College — The Community 11

Through membership in the four-college Cen- tral Pennsylvania Consortium and through other off-campus and cooperative programs, Gettys- burg offers you academic opportunities beyond our campus. The Consortium sponsors a semester in Urban Studies in Harrisburg, a semester at a University in Colombia, South America, or a summer and semester in India. Other off-campus programs include the Wash- ington Semester in government or the Washing- ton Economic Policy Semester with American University, the United Nations Semester at Drew University, and the Merrill-Palmer Institute pro- gram in human development and family life at the Institute in Detroit. Many students each year study in foreign countries under our Junior Year Abroad program.

Gettysburg has cooperative programs in engi- neering with the Pennsylvania State University and with Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. There is a cooperative forestry program with Duke University. Under all of these programs a student begins his or her career at Gettysburg and completes it at the cooperating university, earning degrees from both institutions.

Preparation for your career may be very much a part of your studies at Gettysburg. Through the teacher education programs you can become certified to teach in elementary education, music education, or in 11 different secondary education fields.

Gettysburg offers all the courses necessary for you to enter the medical, dental, or veterinary medicine school of your choice. Prelegal prep- aration does not require specific courses, but for students interested in either medical or legal careers, we have special advisory committees to help students plan their courses and to help them obtain admission to the professional school they choose.

Gettysburg lets you take much of the responsi- bility for choosing an academic program that meets your needs and interests. Regardless of the courses you select, the classes at Gettys- burg will challenge you intellectually so you Al Career specialists are often invited classroom and can feel the satisfaction that comes only from seminar guests for open discussions including this meeting that challenge and succeeding. one on "New Horizons for Women." Bl Open to both men and women is the Army ROTC Department. CI Spring Honors Day brings students recognition for academic and leadership accomplishments. — The Community C3 Gettysburg College

The faculty at Gettysburg is the heart of the Col- lege's excellence as an academic institution. The faculty members not only are highly skilled as scholars and teachers but are very much in- terested in the growth and development of you, the student.

Excellence in teaching is the faculty's central concern. Gettysburg recently received a $200,000 grant from a major foundation in rec- ognition of the College's commitment to quality undergraduate teaching and to help the faculty improve even further its teaching skills.

Teaching occurs most obviously in the class-

room, but it does not stop there. As a student, you will be encouraged to talk to your profes- sors after class and during office hours. You will have a faculty adviser to turn to for advice or just for conversation The relationship between students and faculty need not end at graduation. Recently, a profes- sor in the Political Science Department has published articles as co-author with a former student who is now a practicing attorney. Student-faculty relations continue on a social as

well as a scholarly level. If you visit the home of a faculty member during Homecoming Week- end or Commencement, you may find former students as guests.

Faculty can be serious, comical, and social as shown In these pictures; A/ Concentrating in a class discussion; Bl Providing laughs at a student-faculty variety show; CI Having a coffee break with students in the "Bullet Hole." Gettysburg College — The Community 13

A recently televised motion picture, "Journey From Darkness," concerns a Gettysburg stu- dent who was the first blind person admitted to medical school in this century. Most students do not require the special attention from faculty and other students that was needed to prepare a blind student for medical school, but when an individual student needs such attention, Get-

tysburg tries to provide it.

While emphasizing the teaching of undergrad- uates, the faculty is also concerned with schol- arly achievement. More than two-thirds hold the doctoral degree, and many publish books and articles in scholarly journals. These scholarly activities assure that faculty members keep up with—and contribute to—the latest devel- opments in their fields. These scholarly achievements thus help to make the faculty bet- ter teachers.

The faculty at Gettysburg is a group of trained scholars and skilled teachers with a warm, per- sonal interest in you, the student.

Al Professor and student in an afterclass dis- cussion. Bl U.N. Ambassador Andrew Young was among the speakers invited to campus. CI An informal discussion in a residence cottage. Dl An academic dean aids student during course registration day. — <3 Gettysburg College The Community

A/ A 16-inch Cassegrain telescope with cameras is among the equipment available for physics majors. Bl Hauser Fieldhouse provides space for indoor varsity sports and student recreation. CI An electron microscope is used by advanced biology majors. Dl A modern computer center is avail- able for student use in various disciplines. —

Gettysburg College — The Community 15

Gettysburg's 200-acre campus and 43 build- Other recreational and athletic facilities include ings provide you with excellent facilities for all two gymnasiums, a recently constructed field- aspects of college life. house, a stadium with a football field and quarter-mile cinder track, five The center of the academic facilities is and additional Schmucker Memorial Library. Total library col- outdoor athletic fields. Both indoor and outdoor lections include approximately 224,000 vol- tennis courts are available. umes, 28,000 microforms, 10,000 government The well-equipped College Infirmary has 12 publications, 5,700 records, and subscriptions double rooms for in-patients, a two-bed isola- to 1,100 journals. tion room, a kitchen, nurses' quarters, and Today a college needs more than an excellent treatment, examining, and consulting rooms. library. New instructional techniques must be Although most major buildings on campus have available. Gettysburg's computer center is been built in the last 25 years, the original cam- about to install a sophisticated Burroughs 6700 pus building — Pennsylvania Hall, built in computer which will permit use in every major 1837—has been renovated and serves as the computer language to serve your educational center for administrative personnel. Many other needs. The College has a modern language older buildings on campus have been reno- laboratory, a theatre laboratory studio, a green- vated so that their exteriors retain the architec- house, an observatory with a 16-inch telescope, tural charm of their period of construction while and a planetarium with a 30-foot dome on which the interiors contain modern facilities. paths of planets and stars are projected.

Gettysburg is fortunate to have a powerful RCA EMU4 electron microscope so that students in the sciences can do any advanced work for which an electron microscope is a necessity.

Ten residence halls, 13 fraternity houses, and 4 cottages provide you with variety in your hous- ing choices. Eighty percent of the students live in College residences or fraternity houses. The College dining hall provides meals on either a contract or occasional basis.

The College Union Building with its many features including bowling alleys and an Olympic-size swimming pool — is a center of student life on the campus.

Al A greenhouse allows biology students to experiment with rare and exotic plants. Bl The "Bullet Hole," located in the College Union, offers an opportunity for a socializ- ing break from studies. CI In constant use by students and faculty is the library, which contains over 224,000 volumes. — The o- Gettysburg College Community

A full and diverse program of cultural, extra- curricular, and religious activities is provided to enrich your personal and academic growth as well as to provide enjoyment and relaxation.

Student responsibility is promoted through stu- dent participation in a number of committees and organizations. Because Gettysburg is a residential College, the Residential Life Com- mission is particularly important. Students play a vital role in the work of this Commission, which reviews the College's policies for resi- dential life and student conduct. An elected Student Senate is the main organization of stu- dent government. Students also run the Honor Commission, which administers the student Honor Code, and the Student Conduct Review Board, which handles disciplinary cases within the student body.

A full calendar of cultural activities serves the campus. Concerts, plays, and lectures occur frequently. Student performing groups include the Gettysburg College Choir, which has re- ceived international recognition, the Chapel Choir, the College Marching and Symphonic Bands, the Gettysburg College Orchestra, the Owl and Nightingale Players, who present four major theatrical productions each year, and the Modern Dance Group.

The College Union is the center of student ac- tivities on campus. Many events such as con- certs, lectures, films, and dances are held in the ballroom of the Union. The Bullet Hole, also in the Union, is a snack bar that serves as an in- formal meeting place for the campus.

Social events are also provided by fraternities and sororities. Gettysburg has 13 fraternities and six sororities, all but one of which are na- tionally affiliated.

In addition to the social fraternities and sorori- ties, the College has many departmental, pro- fessional, and honorary societies. There are honorary fraternities or clubs for students in 13 different academic areas. Gettysburg also has a chapter of Phi Beta Kappa, the national academic honorary fraternity.

Al Many students participate in on- and off- campus community projects including tree planting. Bl Fraternities and sororities compete in friendly competition including a tug-of-war match. CI Freshmen Overnights are a means of getting new students acquainted with campus life and with each other. Gettysburg College — The Community 17

i/j

> E. ^*^%*^ ^W

Al The College Choir has brought recognition to Gettysburg Col- lege throughout the United States and abroad. Other tour groups include the Chapel Choir and Symphonic Band. Bl A quiet stroll is a good break from academic pursuits. CI Special interest housing is a popular on-campus resident program. Dl The student musicals are a highlight of the spring activities. — The Community CG Gettysburg College

To keep you informed about happenings on campus, there is the student newspaper, The Gettysburgian, the student-run FM radio station, WZBT, and a daily announcement sheet called "Potpourri." The newspaper and radio station otfer you opportunities to learn about all as- pects of journalism and radio broadcasting.

Other Gettysburg communications media in- clude The Spectrum, the College yearbook; The Mercury, a selection of student poems, short stories, and illustrations; and The Gettysburg Review, which publishes student academic work of outstanding merit.

At Gettysburg all students can participate in some supervised sport. Depending upon your athletic ability, you may choose to be part of the extensive intramural program for men and women or on one of 18 varsity teams. The inter- collegiate program for men includes football, soccer, basketball, swimming, wrestling, la- crosse, tennis, crosscountry, rifle, baseball, golf, and track and field. The teams in cross country, rifle, baseball, golf, and track and field are open to both men and women. In addition, there are separate women's teams in field hockey, volleyball, basketball, swimming, lacrosse, and tennis.

The College is a member of the College Divi- sion of the Middle Atlantic States Athletic Con- ference and enjoys well balanced athletic rival- ries with other teams in that division. B Al An artist-in-residence often works with the Modern Dance Group, which performs during the school year. Bl Informal dance in the College Union. CI Over 1,000 high school musicians participate in Band Day. Gettysburg College — The Community 19

After you take advantage of all that Gettysburg has to offer you, you may wish to pursue further graduate study or to enter your career field im- mediately. You may be undecided. The career counseling office will help you to clarify your goals and interests so you can make a wise career choice. This office maintains a library that includes vocational information, graduate school catalogues, and information about fel- lowships for graduate studies. Employment in- terviews with companies are offered on cam- pus; more important, however, our career coun- seling office gives training in how to find out about and apply for jobs wherever you may wish to work.

Student life at Gettysburg is lively and diverse. There is one simple goal for all the organized activities on campus—to enhance the full range of your liberal education.

Al Field Hockey is one of six intercol- legiate sports for women. Bl Kirby Scott set five Bullet football records in 1976. CI Gettysburg College athletes have obtained All-American status in wrestling, one of seven var- sity sports for men. Five other inter- collegiate sports are open to both men and women. Dl Many students participate in the College's in-

**'>< " • , — The <& Gettysburg College Community

Admission to Gettysburg is on the basis of high academic attainment, evidence of ability to do good college work as indicated by aptitude tests, and personal qualities. The College wel- comes applications from students of differing ethnic, religious, racial, economic, and geo- graphic settings. Applications for admission are due no later than February 15 of your senior year. Offers of acceptance are usually sent by

April 1. If you apply under the Early Decision Plan, you submit your application before November 15 of your senior year, and you will be notified of acceptance in early December. Total expenses covering comprehensive academic fee, room, board, and books and supplies are estimated at $5070 for the 1977- 78 academic year. Additional costs include personal expenses such as laundry and cloth- ing, transportation, etc. A generous program of financial aid is available for students who are unable to finance their entire education from family and/or personal resources.

The College catalogue can not give the full flavor of Gettysburg. When we ask our students "Why did you choose to come to Gettysburg?" most of them mention the College's academic programs, but they also talk about the friendli-

ness that is Gettysburg. One student said it this way: "I felt so at home when I visited Gettysburg that I knew I wanted to go there. It seemed the people cared more and noticed me more. When you don't know anyone, simple but meaningful gestures of kindness are never forgotten."

Only by visiting Gettysburg can you gain a full- er understanding of what a Gettysburg educa- tion can mean to you. As you sit in on a class, talk to a professor, or chat with students at the Bullet Hole, you will begin to appreciate all the ways that you can benefit from attending Get- tysburg. The admissions staff can answer any specific questions you have about the College, but you also will learn much from the many in- formal conversations you have during your visit.

If you want to visit Gettysburg or find out any- thing about the College, please write—or call— Delwin K. Gustafson, Director of Admissions, Al Graduation day, a time for smiles. Bl A day Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pennsylvania perhaps not for smiling but certainly a day for per- 17325, telephone (717) 334-3131. sonal satisfaction is when students give blood for the APO Red Cross program. CI For those looking beyond college, the Career Counseling Office provides up- to-date periodicals on employment opportunities. Gettysburg College — The Community 21

SfiKp^^Rg^

1

^| ^f^m^B~

—*- -- 1 . _

Al Bringing national politics to campus was former Sen. Eugene J. McCarthy. Bl Throughout the day music flows from Brua Hall where musical groups practice for con- certs and individual students for recitals. CI Artistry in ice adds to the picturesque campus. Dl Two weeks before school opens student counselors arrive to prepare for the orientation of new students. El The annual skateboard contest attracts the daring students. — o Gettysburg College The Community A TWO-MINUTE LOOK AT GETTYSBURG Type of College: Four-year, coeducational, National Honor Societies: Phi Beta Kappa

liberal arts college founded in 1832 and affil- (one of only 1 7 chapters in Pennsylvania) and iated with the Lutheran Church in America. honorary or professional societies in 13

Location: In the town of Gettysburg, in South academic areas. Central Pennsylvania. Only 80 miles from Social Life: 13 men's social fraternities and Washington, D.C., 55 miles from Baltimore, six women's sororities; College Union which and 36 miles from Harrisburg, the capital of sponsors a diverse schedule of social events.

Pennsylvania. Student Activities: Student-run FM radio sta-

Enrollment: The College seeks to limit its en- tion; student newspaper; full range of musical rollment to 1850 students—approximately groups including two choirs, two bands, and 55% are men and 45% are women. orchestra; dramatics; modern dance group; Campus: 200 acres with 43 buildings. numerous student special interest groups.

Library: Total collections of 224,000 volumes, Cultural Activities: Full schedule of lectures 28,000 microforms, 10,000 government pub- and concerts bringing to campus nationally- lications, 5,700 records, and subscriptions to known speakers and performers; film series 1,100 journals. at College Union; trips to Washington and Baltimore to events of special interest. Faculty: 137 full time with over two-thirds hav- ing an earned doctorate or the highest earned Sports: Extensive intercollegiate and in-

degree in their field. Faculty are involved in tramural programs with 12 intercollegiate many scholarly and professional activities, sports for men, 11 intercollegiate sports for

but high quality of teaching is the prime goal women, 16 intramural sports for men, and 12 of the faculty. intramural sports for women.

Degree Programs: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor Student Services: Faculty advisers, of Science in Music Education. academic and personal counseling, career counseling, financial aid counseling. Majors: Art, biology, business administration, chemistry, economics, English, French, Ger- Residence Halls: Ten residence halls and man, Greek, health and physical education, four cottages. All residence halls except two history, Latin, mathematics, music, philoso- erected since 1950. Some student residence phy, physics, political science, psychology, areas assigned to special interest student religion, sociology and anthropology, and housing groups.

Spanish. Students may develop their own in- Religious Life: Programs for students of all terdepartmental or interdisciplinary majors. faiths coordinated through the College Special Programs: Junior Year Abroad, Chapel. The Chapel Council, composed Washington Semester in government, Wash- primarily of students, has major responsibility ington Economic Policy Semester, United Na- for planning chapel programs which range tions Semester, Merrill-Palmer Institute pro- from traditional religious services to seminars

gram in human development and family life, on love, sex, and marriage, to social action Harrisburg Urban Semester, India Program, programs in the community. Colombia (South America) program, Student Government: Students assume the cooperative programs in engineering or for- major role in planning student activities and

estry, certification in elementary and sec- in enforcing rules of responsible citizenship. ondary education, and complete exchange of Student Honor Code gives students respon- courses with the other three colleges of the sibility for maintaining high standards of Central Pennsylvania Consortium. academic integrity. Academic Policies and Programs C3 Academic Policies and Programs

The Academic Policies and Programs of the Alleged violations of the honor code are han- College have a primary goal: to assist the stu- dled by an Honor Commission elected by the dent to obtain an excellent liberal arts educa- students. Decisions of the Commission may be tion. The liberally educated student will be ca- appealed to a student-faculty-administrative pable of exercising mature, rational judgments board of review. based upon information carefully gathered and analyzed. Such a student will be motivated to CURRICULUM continue independently the quest for knowl- edge after completion of formal studies. The Competence in individual disciplines and the liberal education should foster and reinforce in scope and strength of critical judgment which a students a high sense of intellectual, social, liberal education implies are the product of the and ethical values. student's willingness to make use of the oppor- tunities offered by a liberal arts curriculum. To THE HONOR CODE aid the student in selecting a major, Gettysburg College established "Distribution Require- A liberal arts program has as a basic premise ments" to assure the student an introduction to the ideal of academic integrity. Gettysburg stu- the variety of opportunities offered by a liberal dents live and work in a college community arts education. which emphasizes their responsibility for help- In the freshman year the Gettysburg student ing to determine and enforce appropriately high normally takes courses in a variety of fields and standards of academic conduct. begins to fulfill distribution requirements, such An academic honor system was instituted at as those in foreign languages, laboratory sci- Gettysburg College in 1957 and was strongly ences, social sciences, or literature. In the

reaffirmed in 1976. It is based upon the belief sophomore year the student usually selects a that undergraduates are mature enough to act major and, in consultation with a major adviser, honorably in academic matters without faculty plans a college program which will allow both surveillance and that they should be en- completion of graduation requirements and couraged to conduct themselves accordingly. substantial opportunity to choose electives. In At the same time, the College clearly recog- the last two years most students concentrate on nizes the obligation placed upon each student courses in their major fields or a Special Major to assist in maintaining the atmosphere without and supplement their programs with elective which no honor system can succeed. courses. Students are expected to complete the the The Honor Pledge, reaffirmed on all academic two year physical education requirement by work submitted for grading, states that the stu- end of the sophomore year. dent has neither given nor received unautho- Students majoring in the natural sciences rized aid and that he or she has witnessed no usually begin their specialization in the fresh- such violation. The preservation of the atmos- man year and follow a closely prescribed se- phere of independence permitted by the quence of courses. Premedical, predental, or Honor Code is the responsibility of the com- preveterinary students must begin fulfilling pre- munity as a whole. Students must comply with professional requirements in the freshman year. the Honor Code both in presenting their own work and in reporting violations by others. No student is admitted to Gettysburg College with- out first having signed the pledge. A person who would sign the pledge with reservation should not apply for admission. Academic Policies and Programs 25

January Term Among the courses offered by Gettysburg Col- lege in January of 1977 were the following: Beginning in the 1969-70 academic year, Get- Modern Dance tysburg College arranged its academic pro- Tropical Marine Biology (including two gram in a 4-1 -4 calendar of three terms: the fall weeks of study in Bermuda) term from September to the Christmas holiday, Military History of the American Revolution the January Term of four weeks, and the spring Geographical Limits to Man's of the Envi- term from February through May. The student Use ronment takes four courses in each of the fall and spring The Roaring Twenties Through the Glass of terms and only one course in January. The Fiction January Term, while complementing the other On Understanding Chemistry terms, offers its own unique opportunities for Education Internship: The British Primary experimentation by students and faculty. In School (in England) January the faculty is encouraged to undertake Symmetry and Its Application to the Arts and variety and innovation in teaching methods, Sciences and the students are offered not merely a Black Autobiography change of pace but a chance to concentrate on Calculus and the Computer a single intensive academic experience. Jazz Up To Now The January Term is to provide the designed Seminar in Philosophy of Religion student with opportunities to take greater re- The Communist Party in France and Italy sponsibility for his or her learning, to in and aid Moliere in English Translation this goal several options are available. In addi- Sociology of Aging tion to approximately one hundred courses Chamber Music: History and Performance taught on campus each January, there are Get- A January Term Catalogue is issued every Oc- tysburg courses taught abroad, student ex- tober; a copy of the most recent issue can be changes with other 4-1-4 colleges, oppor- obtained from the January Term Director. tunities for individualized study, and off- campus internships. Individualized study op- portunities which have been incorporated into THE ADVISING SYSTEM departmental offerings in the form of internships The College believes that one of the most valu- are conducted by the Departments of Biology, able services which it can render to its students Economics and Business Administration, Edu- is careful counseling. Accordingly, even before cation, Political Science, Psychology, and So- he or she arrives on campus, each freshman is ciology. Some recent internships have included assigned a faculty adviser to assist in dealing biology students working with local veterina- with academic questions and in explaining col- rians, political science majors interning in lege regulations. Washington, D.C., and psychology students engaging in research at a sleep disorders clinic During the first week of the fall term, all new and at a juvenile corrections center. students participate in an orientation program designed to help them become acquainted with the College. All entering freshmen receive in advance a detailed schedule of events of this program. During orientation, students have in- dividual conferences with their advisers, take

part in discussions of college life, and engage in other activities intended to familiarize them with the College. They also take achievement and placement tests which provide the College Academic Policies and Programs

with valuable information concerning their edu- The administration and major advisers infor- cational background and academic potential. mally assist students in securing employment These tests help Gettysburg to provide an edu- or placement in graduate school. The Office of cation suited to each student's capacities. Career Counseling maintains a well equipped Vocational Library and a wide selection of During the year, freshman advisers arrange pe- graduate school catalogues for student refer- riodic meetings with their advisees to review ence. Four times a year the Graduate Record the students' progress. Advisers are available Examination is given on the Gettysburg campus also at other times to discuss unexpected for those students who plan to enter a graduate problems as they arise. Any changes in a the School Admissions Test is freshman's schedule must be approved by the school; Law given twice year on adviser. each campus. student wishing to change the major course of At the end of the freshman year, or during the A study must secure the approval of the depart- sophomore year, when a student chooses a ment in which he or she is a major and the one major field of study, a member of the major de- in which he or she desires to major. Juniors and partment becomes his or her adviser and as- seniors making such changes should under- sists in the preparation of the sophomore stand that they may be required to spend more schedule. Thereafter, until the student leaves than four years in residence in order to com- College, he or she normally retains the same plete their concentration requirements. Permis- adviser, who performs functions similar to those sion to more than four years in residence of the freshman adviser, including the approval spend must be obtained from the Committee on of all course schedules. Academic Standing. It is the responsibility of sophomores and upperclass students to take the initiative in dis- COURSE UNITS cussing their entire academic program with their advisers and to view that program as a Academic programs are divided into course meaningful unit rather than as a collection of units. For transfer of credit to other institutions unrelated courses. The College encourages the College recommends equating one course qualified students to prepare for graduate work, unit with 3.5 semester hours. The 3.5 conversion which is becoming a necessity in an increasing factor is also used to convert semester hours to number of career fields. It is important for such Gettysburg course units for those presenting students to become familiar with the require- transfer credit for evaluation at the time of ad- ments of the graduate programs in which they mission or readmission to the College. A small are interested, as well as the qualifications for number of quarter course units are offered in fellowships and assistantships within these Music, Health and Physical Education, and programs, well in advance of their graduation ROTC. These course units should be equated to from Gettysburg College. Above all, they one semester hour. should recognize the importance of building a superior undergraduate academic record. Academic Policies and Programs 27

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF 1) Demonstration of proficiency in written BACHELOR OF ARTS English. Such proficiency is demonstrated

by passing English 1 01 or a writing exami- The College will confer the Bachelor of Arts de- nation administered to all entering stu- gree upon the student who completes satis- dents. factorily the following: 2) Foreign languages: normally 2 to 4 1)35 course units, including four January courses. The student must demonstrate Term courses, plus 4 quarter courses in achievement equivalent to that attested by Health and Physical Education; completing satisfactorily the designated 2) a minimum accumulative average of 2.0 intermediate level course or courses in and an average of 2.0 or better in the major French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, or field; Spanish. Such achievement may also be 3) the distribution requirements; demonstrated by an Advanced Placement 4) the concentration requirement in a major Examination, a departmental qualifying field of study, in some fields including a examination, or successful completion of comprehensive examination; one 300-level course.

5) a minimum of the last full year of academic 3) Religion: 1 course on the 100-level, in work, including the senior January Term, in addition to any course in that Department residence at Gettysburg College or in an used in the next requirement. approved College program; and 4) History/Philosophy/Religion: 2 courses, no 6) the discharge of all financial obligations to more than one of which may be in religion. the College. 5) Literature: 2 courses, in one or two of the Quarter course credits do not count toward the following: English, French, German, 35 course graduation requirement. Greek, Latin, Russian, or Spanish Litera- ture. The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of 6) Art, music, creative writing, or theatre arts: Science in Music Education are found on page 1 course. 34. 7) Laboratory science: 2 course sequence in one of the following: biology, chemistry, or Distribution Requirements Each candidate physics. for the Bachelor of Arts degree satis- must 8) Social sciences: 2 courses in one or two of factorily complete the distribution requirements the following: economics, political sci- listed below. Any requirement may be satisfied, ence, psychology, or sociology/ with or without course credit, by students who anthropology. can qualify for exemption (see page 30). The departmental listings under Courses of Study Major Requirements Each student must suc- (beginning on page 45) indicate which cessfully complete the requirements in a major courses fulfill a distribution requirement. See field of study. A major consists of from 8 to 12 the January Term Catalogue for the designation courses, depending on the field of study, and of January courses which may be used for the may include certain specific courses as deter- same purpose. Note that some Interdepartmen- mined by the department. Requirements of the tal Studies courses fulfill requirements in his- various departments are listed in the appropri- tory/philosophy/religion or in literature. ate introduction under Courses of Study. <3 Academic Policies and Programs

The following are acceptable major fields of RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND study at Gettysburg College: SCHEDULE LIMITATIONS

Art German Philosophy Biology Greek Physics The normal program for the Bachelor of Arts Business Health and Political Science degree consists of four courses in the fall and Administration Physical Education Psychology spring terms, and one course in the January Chemistry History Religion Term. Thus, a student will complete graduation Economics Latin Sociology and English Mathematics Anthropology requirements in four years of full-time academic French Music Spanish work in the September through May academic year. The last full year of academic work, in- A department may require its majors to pass a comprehensive examination. cluding the senior January Term, must be in residence at Gettysburg College or in an ap- student declare major no later A may a second proved College program. than the beginning of the senior year, with the Students proposing to complete graduation re- permission of the major adviser and the chair- quirements at a time other than in (in the man or chairwoman of the other department May concerned. summer, in December, or in January) must have their programs approved by the Committee on In addition to the major fields of study listed Academic Standing, through the office of the above, students may design a Special Major Dean of Students. Such approval should be program which allows a student, with the con- sought at least a year before proposed comple- sent of two faculty members and with the ap- tion of requirements. proval of the Committee on Interdepartmental full-time student is one carrying a minimum of Studies, to design an interdepartmental con- A three courses in the fall and spring terms, and centration of courses that focus on particular problems or areas of investigation, which, one in the January Term. No student who is a for take fewer though not adequately included within a single candidate a degree may courses than this without permission of the Committee department or discipline, are worthy of concen- on Standing. Students not take trated study. Academic may more than four courses during the regular term A Special Major is defined as a program of without the approval of the Dean of the College concentration in a field of study consisting of or the Dean of Students with the exceptions in- related courses in more than one department or dicated in the following paragraphs. in more than one major field of study. It shall required quarter in health consist of a minimum of eight courses, a sub- The courses and physical education the optional quarter stantial number of which should be on an ad- and courses in ROTC, generally taken during the fall vanced level. and spring terms of the freshman and sopho- Students interested in obtaining information more years, are in addition to the normal four about the Special Major and the procedures for courses in each of these terms. These courses declaring a Special Major are urged to consult do not count toward the 35 course graduation with the Chairman of the Interdepartmental requirement. Studies Committee before the end of the soph- in health physical education must omore year. Majors and take quarter courses in physical education ac- tivities in addition to the normal four course load during three terms of the junior and senior years.

Students may take quarter courses in applied music over the four course limit with the ap- proval of their advisers and of the Music De- partment. Academic Policies and Programs 29

REGISTRATION These students may take an additional course under the S/U option during the senior year, Credit will be given in courses for which the provided that their total number of S/U courses student is officially registered. The Registrar does not exceed six. Courses graded S/U do announces, in advance, the time and place of not affect a student's quality point average, but formal registration. A student registering after a course completed with an S grade will count will subject to a $5.00 the appointed day be towards graduation. late registration fee. When a student registers for and completes a A fee of $5.00 is also assessed for each course course which he or she has already taken at after the regular registration dates. A change Gettysburg College, both the credit and the submitted to the proposed change must be grade previously earned are cancelled, but official course slip after Registrar on an change they are not removed from the permanent first being approved by the instructors involved record. The credit and grade earned in repeat- and the student's adviser. In the fall and spring ing the course are counted toward the student's terms, students are not permitted to enroll in a requirements. course for credit later than twelve days after the

of I (incomplete) is issued by the Dean beginning of that term. A grade of the College or Dean of Students when By formally completing his or her registration, emergency situations, such as illness, prevent the student pledges to abide by College regula- a student from completing the course require- tions. ments on time. Unless the Committee on Academic Standing extends the time limit, an

THE GRADING SYSTEM Incomplete automatically becomes an F if it is not removed within the first six weeks of the Normally, courses are graded A through F, with term or terms following the one in which it was these grades having the following significance: incurred. A (excellent); B (good); C (fair); D (poor); and F (failing). A student may drop a course only with the per- mission of the instructor and his or her adviser. In successfully completing a course under this In the fall and spring terms, a student who offi- grading system, a student earns a number of cially withdraws for medical reasons or who quality points according to the following scale: withdraws during the first three weeks receives

A, 4; B, 3; C, 2; D, 1 ; and F, 0. A student's ac- a W. A student withdrawing after the first three cumulative average is computed by summing weeks receives a WP (withdraw passing) or WF his or her quality points and dividing by the (withdraw failing) according to the estimate of number of courses taken. Instructors may mod- the work done in the course up to the time of ify their letter grades with plus and minus signs. withdrawal. Those withdrawing from a course These are placed on the student's permanent during the last five weeks of a term will receive record, but they are disregarded in the quality a WF. A grade of N/F (non-attendance failure) point average except in certain computations will be given for those who do not attend the for honors. classes for a registered course and fail to with- The College also offers a Satisfactory/Unsatis- draw properly. The grades of WF and N/F carry factory grading option. An S signifies satis- quality points and are used in computing av- factory work and is given if a student performs erages. at C level or higher. A U signifies unsatisfactory work and is given for D or F level work. A stu- dent may elect to take a total of six courses on an S/U basis during his or her four years at Get- tysburg College; however, no more than two S/U courses may be taken in any one year. The only exception to this two course limit is for seniors who are enrolled in either Education 475 or 477. & Academic Policies and Programs ACADEMIC STANDING TRANSFER CREDIT

The Committee on Academic Standing normally Students may receive a maximum of two course reviews student records at the end of each term. credits for work taken at other colleges after en-

A student whose record is found to be unsatis- rolling at Gettysburg if such courses have first factory or who is failing to make satisfactory been approved by the chairman or chairwoman progress towards graduation, may be warned, of the department concerned and by the Regis- placed on academic probation, advised to trar. This transfer option is not available to those withdraw, or required to withdraw. A student on who receive transfer credit at the time of admis- probation must show satisfactory improvement sion or readmission to the College. The two during the following term or he or she may be course credit limitation does not apply to Cen- required to withdraw. (In accordance with the tral Pennsylvania Consortium Courses or to regulations of the National Collegiate Athletic off-campus study programs which are de- Association and the Association of Intercol- scribed beginning at page 35. Course credit

legiate Athletics for Women, a student who is but not the grade is transferred to Gettysburg if advised to withdraw but chooses to remain at the grade earned is a C or better. Grades as the institution in an attempt to improve his or her well as credit are transferred for work done at academic record, may not participate in the in- another Central Pennsylvania Consortium Col- stitution's intercollegiate athletic program.) lege, or in certain Gettysburg College approved programs (Consortium Programs, Washington TRANSCRIPTS and U.N. Semester Programs).

Each student is entitled to one official transcript EXEMPTION FROM DEGREE of his or her record at no charge. Additional REQUIREMENTS transcripts are $1.00 per copy. Requests for transcripts must be in writing and should be The College may recognize work on the college directed to the Office of the Registrar. level completed elsewhere by a student. This recognition may take the form of exemption WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION from degree requirements and may carry academic credit. Students should present their A student who voluntarily withdraws from the requests for such recognition to the appropriate College is expected to arrange for an interview department. They should be prepared to dem- with a member of the Dean of Students' staff. onstrate their competence on the basis of their Failure to do so jeopardize may a student's op- academic record, Advanced Placement Exami- portunity for readmission. nation (see page 127), or Achievement Test of All students who leave the College, for whatever the College Entrance Examination Board, or ex- reason, must petition the Committee on aminations administered by the department Academic Standing through the Office of the concerned. The decisions on exemption and Dean of Students for readmission. The Commit- credit rest with the department and the Dean of tee on Academic Standing will review the peti- the College. tion, the student's past record, activities since leaving college, and prospects for successful INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY AND SEMINARS completion of remaining undergraduate work. A student required to withdraw for academic rea- There are opportunities in most of the depart- sons must wait a full year before submitting a ments for students to engage in individualized petition for readmission. study and seminars. These opportunities are primarily for seniors, but other students are fre- quently eligible (see also Freshman Seminar program below). In some departments partici- pation in this type of activitiy is part of the re-

quired program of study; in others it is optional. Most of these courses are numbered in the 400's under Courses of Study. Academic Policies and Programs 31

SENIOR SCHOLARS' SEMINAR FRESHMAN SEMINARS

In 1974, the College introduced a special semi- Offered each year during the fall and spring nar for outstanding senior students. The semi- terms, the Freshman Seminar Program is de- nar, IS 401 , will comprise one-half of the normal signed to take advantage of the freshman stu- course load of a senior's fall term. The purpose dent's enthusiasm in order to develop a ca- of the seminar is to provide an opportunity for pacity for independent analysis and synthesis students of proven scholastic ability to partici- in learning. The seminars are small in size (6-15 pate in an interdisciplinary, problem-solving students) to stimulate lively participation and seminar concerning an issue which affects the discussion between students and professors. future of man. Man is faced with crucial Freshman students receive descriptions of sem- problems which threaten his existence and val- inars before fall registration. Examples of semi- ues. Among these problems are war and the nar topics given in previous years include: The nature of man, man's ability to alter his genetic Future of Society and Man; Adolescence and make-up, the control of environmental degrada- Identity: A Study in Literature; The Last Great tion, and the development of undeveloped Cause: The Spanish Civil War; and History of countries. Frequently, attempted solutions to Modern Western Thought. The excitement and these problems are based solely on technol- satisfaction discovered by the student in these ogy, whereas a consideration of cultural, histor- seminars should persist into subsequent years, ical, and psychological aspects of the problem and these early experiences may help the stu- in addition to technology would provide a more dent prepare for more advanced seminars. satisfactory solution. The seminar will use resource persons from on TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS and off the campus. A work area will be avail- able for the participants, and they will be ex- Gettysburg College education programs in pected to prepare a comprehensive report of secondary school subjects, elementary educa- their findings and recommendations. This re- tion, music education, and health and physical port will be published and distributed to inter- education have received program approval ested persons. from the Pennsylvania Department of Educa- tion. Because the liberal arts are central to the Students who wish to be considered for this College's teacher education programs, the Get- seminar must secure recommendations from tysburg student planning to teach must com- their major departments and submit them to the plete a major in an academic department of his Committee on Interdepartmental Studies in the or her choice. The student fulfills all the re- fall term of their junior year. The Committee and quirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree or for the course director(s) will select up to twenty the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Ed- participants from as many different academic ucation. Upon completing a program in teacher disciplines as possible. education, a student is eligible for a Pennsylva- Students selected for the seminar will be re- nia Certificate, Instructional I, enabling him or quired to register for non-credit, informal plan- her to teach in the public schools of the Com- ning sessions with the course director(s) during monwealth and nearby states with reciprocal the spring term of their junior year. The purpose agreements. of these sessions is further to define the seminar topic, to select resource persons, and to select and compile reference material. Students who participate in the planning sessions during the spring term of their junior year and register for the seminar in the fall term of their senior year will receive two course credits upon satis- factory completion of their work. —

<3 Academic Policies and Programs

Secondary Education Students interested in The student seeking admission to the sec- preparing to teach academic subjects in the ondary education program must file an applica- secondary schools must complete one of the tion with the Education Department by February following approved programs for secondary 15th of the junior year. Admission to the pro- certification: biology, chemistry, physics, gen- gram is granted by the Committee of Teacher eral science, mathematics and physics, Eng- Education, a body composed of faculty from lish, German, Latin, French, Spanish, health each department which has students in the and physical education, and comprehensive secondary education program. This Committee social studies. These secondary programs have also determines standards for admission to the been granted program approval by the Penn- program. Members of the Committee also teach sylvania Department of Education. The student Education 304 forthe students of their respective must complete an approved program listed in departments and observe them when they en- the Handbook for Teacher Education, which gage in student teaching.

will, in most cases, closely parallel the re- The admission of a student to the Education quirements in his or her major. In comprehen- Term depends upon the student's academic sive social studies, and mathematics and phys- achievement and a recommendation from his or ics, early planning of the program is especially her major department. The guidelines for necessary. evaluating a student's academic achievement The student preparing to teach in the secondary are an accumulative grade point average of schools is required to take Education 101 and 2.33 and a grade point average in the major of Education 309 or J 9, (Social Foundations of 2.66. Education) in the junior year. For the senior year Completion of a program in secondary educa- the student, in consultation with his or her major tion enables a student to teach in Pennsylvania, department, will select either the fall or spring Maryland, New York, New Jersey, and numer- term as the Education Term. The following pro- ous other states cooperating in a reciprocity ar- gram constitutes the Education Term: rangement. A student planning to teach in New Education 303 (Educational Purposes, Jersey will complete one of the above pro- Methods, and Educational Media: Sec- grams; the education courses as outlined; and ondary) Biology 101, 102, or Health and Physical Edu-

Education 304 (Techniques of Teaching and cation 21 1 . A student planning to be certified in Curriculum of Secondary Subjects a science must have a major in one of the basic Biology, English, etc.) sciences and should have a full year laboratory Education 477 (Student Teaching —Sec- course in each of the remaining ones. ondary, two courses) Students in the program leading to certification in secondary education shall present the six specified courses in Education. In addition to these six courses, students are permitted one additional education course in individualized study, or in an education internship, to count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree.

Students desiring experience in secondary teaching in an urban situation may plan to take their Education Term in The Harrisburg Urban Semester (THUS). In selecting this alternative the student will reside in Harrisburg forthe en- tire term. Please consult with the Chairman of the Education Department for further details. Academic Policies and Programs 33

Elementary Education The elementary edu- Student teaching (Education 475) consists of cation program is distinctive in giving the op- nine weeks in a public school near the College. portunity to concentrate in the liberal arts The student is in the elementary school for the studies and complete an academic major, thus entire day. At the end of the nine weeks he or qualifying for the Bachelor of Arts degree. The she completes two courses on campus, Educa- elementary education student may major in art, tion 309 and 334. French, biology, chemistry, physics, English, Elementary education students are required to Latin, Spanish, health and physical German, engage in pre-student teaching experiences in education, history, mathematics, music, politi- the elementary schools during the sophomore psychology, or sociology. cal science, and junior years. Arrangements for these expe- Students interested in entering the elementary riences are made by the Education Department. education program should consult with Mr. Students serve as observers, aides, and small Slaybaugh or Mr. Packard in the Education De- group instructors in elementary classrooms. later the fall term of the soph- partment no than The student seeking admission to the el- year in order to establish a program of omore ementary education program must file an ap- study. plication with the Education Department by The prospective elementary teacher should February 15th of the junior year. Admission to complete the following program: the program is granted by the Committee on Teacher Education, a body composed of faculty 1) Psychology 101, preferably in the freshman year members from the Education Department and This committee also estab- 2) Education 101, Mathematics J18 (Basic other departments. program. Concepts of Elementary Mathematics) or lishes standards for admission to the 180, and Psychology 225 The admission of a student to the Education 3) Education 331, Education J37 (Elementary Term depends upon academic achievement School Science: Purposes, Methods and and recommendation of the Committee on Instructional Media) or 370, Education 306, Teacher Education. Criteria for admission in-

and Psychology 225 if not completed pre- clude a C+ overall average and demonstrated viously. competence in the education courses com- 4) Education Term—fall or spring of senior pleted during the sophomore year and in the year Fall and January Terms of the junior year. Education 475 Elementary Student Students interested in teaching in states other Teaching courses) (2 than Pennsylvania will find that a number of Corrective Education 334 Reading states certify teachers who have completed a Education Social Foundations of 309 baccalaureate program in elementary educa- Education tion at a college approved by its own state de- partment of education. Such a reciprocity agreement currently operates among the New England states, New York, New Jersey, Penn- sylvania, Maryland, Delaware, and numerous other states.

Students in the program leading to certification in elementary education shall present the eight specified courses in Education. In addition to the eight courses, students are permitted one education course in individualized study, or in an education internship, to count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Policies and Programs

Music Education The prospective teacher of 7. 3 to 5 1/4 courses (12 to 21 quarter courses) in music in the elementary and secondary schools applied music: These courses do not count should complete the program for the degree of toward the 35 course graduation requirement Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This and may be taken in addition to the 36 requires successful completion of the following: courses permitted. Consequently, in the fall and spring terms the student will typically 1. 35 courses, exclusive of courses in applied music. During the normal four years a student carry 4 full courses plus several quarter may take 36 courses. courses in applied music. The latter must in- clude work in: 2. Two terms of the basic activities quarter Major instrument—8 quarter courses courses in health and physical education. Piano—Approximately 4 quarter courses These quarter courses are not counted to- Voice—2 quarter courses ward the 35-36 courses mentioned above. Instrumental Techniques—7 quarter courses 3. 12 courses in Music, as follows: 8. Participation for four years in an authorized Music Theory musical group and presentation of a recital in Music 141 (Theory I) the senior year. Music 142 (Theory II) 9. The requirements for the Bachelor of Arts de- Music 241 (Theory III) gree, listed Music 242 (Theory IV) on page 27. Music 341 (Theory V) The student in the Bachelor of Science program Music 342 (Theory VI) should consult with the Music Department as Music History and Literature early as possible in order to arrange a four year Music 312 (History of Medieval, Renais- program. In his or her freshman year he or she sance, and Baroque Music) should schedule Music 141, 142; a foreign lan- Music 313 (Music in Classic and Romantic guage; Psychology 101; two courses to fulfill Periods) the distribution requirement in history, philoso- Music 31 4 (Music in the Twentieth Century) phy, or religion; and a literature course. In the Conducting sophomore year the student should schedule

Music 205 (Choral Conducting) Music 241 , 242, and 31 2; two terms of a labora-

Music 206 (Instrumental Conducting) tory science; at least one course to fill a remain-

Applied Music ing distribution requirement if that has not been Music 456 (Senior Recital) done earlier. In his or her junior year a student

4. 5 courses in Music Education, as follows: should schedule Music 341, 342, 205, 206, 313, Music J22 (Principles and Procedures of 314; Education 309 (or J9); and complete any distribution In the Teaching Music in Elementary School) remaining requirements. sen- Music 321 (Principles and Procedures of ior year the student should schedule Education (if (Principles Teaching Music in the Secondary School) 101 not taken earlier); J22 and Procedures of Music in Elementary Music 474 (Student Teaching) (3 course Teaching

units) School); Music 321 . The Education Term (Music 474) and Senior Recital (Music 456) must be 5. Distribution requirements for the Bachelor of scheduled during the spring term. In each fall Arts degree: 13 courses maximum and spring term the student should schedule 6. Electives and Certification Requirements: applied music. Education 309 or J9 (Social Foundations of Education) Education 101 (Educational Psychology) Plus a minimum of 3 other electives Academic Policies and Programs 35

Employment Prospects in Teaching Of the Each internship is specially planned to ac- 1976 graduates in elementary education, forty commodate the educational, vocational, and percent secured teaching positions. In music personal goals of the individual participant. In- education seventy percent were teaching in the ternships are available in federal, state, county, next school year. In the secondary field, forty- municipal, private, and religious organizations. five percent secured teaching positions. They range from environmental protection, prison and probation, drug rehabilitation, Graduates of liberal arts colleges certified to day teach voluntarily choose many avenues of care, the Pennsylvania state legislature, mental health, city endeavor after graduation; some go to graduate planning, student teaching (for Pennsylvania certification), school, others enter business. In a tight job legal services, and market many graduates certified to teach begin community organization, through an almost initially as substitute teachers. The average endless list of urban related areas. Fees for are the salary for 1976 graduates reporting this infor- THUS same as Gettysburg's Com- prehensive Fee. mation to the College was $9215.00. Students already receiving any form of financial aid are eligible to have such OFF-CAMPUS STUDY financial assistance applied to the cost of the program. Interested students should consult Dr. Central Pennsylvania Consortium Charles F. Emmons, Assistant Professor of So- ciology and Anthropology, for further informa- The program of the College is enriched by its tion. membership in the Central Pennsylvania Con- India Program The India Program is a summer sortium, consisting of Dickinson, Franklin and and fall program at the University of Mysore in Marshall, Gettysburg, and Wilson Colleges. The India. Students attending this course may earn Consortium provides opportunities for ex- Gettysburg in-residence academic credit for a changes by students and faculty for individual full term, concentrating on Indian language, his- courses, or for one or more terms. Off-campus tory, culture, and sociology. Independent study opportunities also are provided through the and course work with professors at the Univer- Harrisburg Urban Semester, the Colombia Pro- sity of Mysore may also be arranged. Students gram, and the India Program. The Consortium will be in India from mid-July to mid-December, stands ready to explore innovative ideas for studying at the University of Mysore and taking cooperation among the member institutions. field trips throughout India. Credit earned will Consortium Exchange Program Gettysburg fall within the Gettysburg College 35 course re- College students are eligible to apply for quirement; every effort will be made to keep course work at another college within the Cen- total fees, including travel, comparable to Get- tral Pennsylvania Consortium. Both credits and tysburg's own charges. The on-campus coor- grades earned at a "host" college will be trans- dinator is Dr. Harold A. Dunkelberger, Professor ferred to Gettysburg. Students may take a of Religion. single course or enroll at the "host" college for a semester, or a full year. Interested students should consult the Registrar.

The Harrisburg Urban Semester The Harris- burg Urban Semester (THUS) is a comprehen- sive one-term investigation of urban studies. Students enrolled in THUS earn a full term's academic credit while living in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, and participating in a variety of academic, socio-cultural, and internship expe- riences. The course and internship structure is intended for students from all departmental backgrounds. <3 Academic Policies and Programs

Colombia Semester Program This is a semes- The Washington Semester may be taken during ter or a year of study at the Universidad either term of the junior year or the fall term of Bolivariana, E. A.F.I. T. (Escuela de Adminis- the senior year. To qualify, a student must have tracio'n de Finanzas), San Buenaventura and completed at least one course in political sci- Universidad de Medellih in Medelli'n, Colom- ence, have a minimum accumulative average of bia. Students with a working knowledge of 2.50, and 3.00 in the major, and clearly demon- Spanish and a satisfactory grade point average strate ability to work on his or her own initiative. at Gettysburg are eligible to apply. The Most participants major in political science, courses, which are taught in Spanish, will be history, sociology, and economics, but appli- approved for full semester credit at Gettysburg cants from other areas are welcomed. In addi- upon evidence of satisfactory completion. tion to the regular Washington Semester pro- Credit so earned will fall within the Gettysburg gram, related programs include the Foreign College 35 course requirement; every effort will Policy Semester, the International Development be made to keep total fees, including interna- Semester and the Washington Urban Semester. tional travel, and room and board with a Col- Further information may be obtained from the ombian family, comparable to Gettysburg's own Department of Political Science. charges. Further information can be obtained The Washington Economic Policy Semes- from Dr. Miller, of the John Chairman Romance ter Gettysburg College participates in this Languages Department. cooperative, intercollegiate honors program with The American University in Washington, Additional Off-Campus Programs DC. The course is designed for students with an interest in economics. It examines inten- Washington Semester Gettysburg College sively economic policy-making from both the participates with American University in Wash- theoretical and practical, domestic and interna- ington in a cooperative arrangement known as tional points of view. During the semester, stu- the Washington Semester. This enables a lim- dents are brought into direct contact with peo- ited number of superior students in the social ple who are involved in the formulation of sciences to engage in a first-hand study of the economy policy. federal in government action. The program of study includes (1)the Students in the Washington Semester program Economic Policy Seminar (two course credits), participate in seminars (two course credits), which encompasses a theoretical analysis of undertake a major research project (one course economic policy problems; extensive reading; credit) and serve an internship (one course on site discussions with economic policy credit) in a Congressional, executive or politi- decision-makers; preparation of papers; and cal office. The seminars, research project, and the presentation of alternative paradigms that internship provide students with several oppor- may be used to understand economic policy; tunities for discussion with members of Con- (2) the choice of an Internship (one course cred- gress and their staff, Supreme Court Justices, it) in a private or governmental agency involved executive officials, and lobbyists. Residence in with economic policy, or an intensive indepen- Washington provides a unique setting for the dent research project (one course credit); and conduct of political research. (3) an elective chosen from the courses offered

by The American University. It should be noted that the grades received in these courses, as well as the credit for four courses, will appear on the student's Gettysburg College transcript. Academic Policies and Programs 37

This program can be helpful to students in sev- The United Nations Semester Students quali- eral ways. For all students, it provides an oppor- fying for this program spend a term at Drew tunity to dispel the mystery surrounding the pol- University in Madison, New Jersey. On Tues- icy making process, to make them better in- days and Thursdays these students commute to formed citizens, and thus to improve their un- the United Nations for a survey course in inter- derstanding of the complex interaction between national organization which consists in part of the government and the economy. For those briefings and addresses by individuals in- persons who plan to be professional volved in United Nations activities. A research economists, it will provide a practical introduc- seminar also uses the facilities of the United tion to learning about the nation's important Nations Headquarters. Other courses to com- economic institutions as well as the political plete a full term's work are taken at the Drew considerations that influence the translation of Campus. policy. economic theory into government The Juniors and seniors who have taken an intro- will to familiar course allow students become ductory course in political science are eligible of with the basic economic issues the times and for nomination. Further information may be ob- with the different approaches for solving those tained from the Department of Political Science. problems. For the person who is interested in The Merrill-Palmer Institute The Merrill- becoming a business economist, lawyer, or Palmer Institute in Detroit, Michigan sponsors a community organizer, the knowledge gained junior year program in human development and about the bureaucracy in Washington and how family life. It offers flexible, intense, and spe- the federal government operates will be invalu- cialized programs for students interested in an- able in his or her career. thropology, psychology, sociology, child de- The student should take the Washington velopment and education, urban and commun- Economic Policy Semester in the fall or spring ity studies, and other fields related to human term of the junior year or the fall term of the services. Admission is based on the student's senior year. To qualify, a student must have a maturity and readiness to make use of the style minimum accumulative grade point average of and varieties of learning opportunity provided. 2.50, a grade point average of 3.00 in the major, Interested students should consult the Dean of and have demonstrated the ability to work on the College, or chairman of the Psychology De- his or her own initiative. In addition, students partment for further information. wishing to apply for this program should have Junior Year Abroad Qualified students may completed Economics 101-102, 153, 241, 243, apply for permission to spend either their entire and 254. Most participants major in economics junior year or one term of their junior year and business administration; however, inter- abroad. The Office of the Dean of the College ested applicants from other areas are en- maintains a file of information on programs of couraged to apply. Further information, includ- study in Europe, Latin America, or elsewhere. ing the application procedure for this program, During the first term of the sophomore year, stu- can be obtained from Dr. William F. Railing, dents who plan to study abroad should discuss Chairman of the Department of Economics and with their advisers how a junior year abroad Business Administration. would relate to their academic program. The Academic Standing Committee gives final ap- proval on all requests to study abroad; a stu- dent must normally have a 2.5 overall grade point average, 3.0 in the major, and no record of disciplinary probation. Junior year abroad pro- grams are not limited to language majors; often they include majors in history, art, or the social sciences. Academic Policies and Programs <^r

PROFESSIONAL STUDIES veterinary school, it is advisable to have com- pleted or be enrolled in these courses by the Preparation student planning a ca- Prelaw A spring of the junior year, when the tests are tak- in develop the ability to think reer law should en. While most students who seek recommen- logically and to express thoughts clearly. In dation for admission to professional school addition, the prospective law student needs a major in either biology or chemistry, the re- wide range of critical understanding of human quirements can be met by majors in most other not found institutions. These qualities are ex- subjects with careful planning of a student's in one field of study. They can be clusively any program. Premedical students are encouraged developed in a broad variety of academic to choose electives in the humanities and social majors. It should be noted that a strong sciences and should always plan their pro- academic record is required for admission to grams carefully in consultation with the major law school. adviser or with the chairman or another member The College has a prelaw committee of faculty of the Premedical Committee. and administrators each of whose members is All recommendations for admission to medical available to assist and advise students in their or dental or veterinary schools are made by the consideration of the legal profession and to aid Premedical Committee, normally at the end of them in gaining admission to law school. The the junior year. Students seeking admission to brochure, committee has prepared a available these professional schools must also take one through the Admissions and Counseling Ser- of the following examinations: MCAT (medical), vices Offices, describing prelaw preparation at DAT (dental), VAT (veterinary). The Premedical Gettysburg. Students planning a career in law Committee is composed of members from the should consult as early as possible with a Departments of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, member of the committee; a list of the members and Psychology, with an Assistant Dean of the is available through the of the College Dean College acting as chairman. Because of the Office. competition for admission to medical school, Premedical Preparation The Gettysburg Col- the Premedical Committee recommends that a lege curriculum provides the opportunity, within student maintain a high grade point average a liberal arts framework, for a student to com- (near 3.5) overall and in medical school re- plete the requirements for admission to profes- quired courses. Generally, students with com- sional schools of medicine, dentistry, and veter- petitive GPA's and MCAT's gain an interview at inary medicine, as well as several allied health one or more medical schools. schools. Students considering a career in one With interested members of each entering of these fields are advised to schedule their class, the Premedical Committee chairman and courses carefully, not only to meet the admis- members of the Premedical Committee discuss sion requirements for the professional schools, the requirements for admission to medical, den- but also to provide for other career options in tal, and veterinary schools and also alternatives the event that their original choices are altered. to these careers. During the students' four years The following courses will meet the minimal en- at Gettysburg, periodic meetings are held ex- trance requirements for medical, dental, most plaining the procedures which must be fol- or veterinary schools: Biology 111, 112; lowed when seeking admission to the profes- Chemistry 111, 112; Chemistry 203, 204; Math sional schools. 1 07, 1 08 or Math 111,112; Physics 1 03, 1 04 or Physics 111, 112; two or three courses in Eng- lish; and a foreign language through the inter- mediate level. Since completion of these courses will also give the student minimum preparation for taking the national admissions examinations for entrance to medical, dental, or Academic Policies and Programs 39

In the office of the Dean of the College a student In addition to fulfilling all of the college distribu- may consult catalogues for various professional tion requirements in three years, students in the schools, as well as a collection of materials on cooperative engineering program must take allied health professions. Reference materials Physics 111, 112, 203, J33, 216; Mathematics are available explaining programs in op- 111, 112, 211, 212, 363; and Chemistry 111, tometry, pharmacy, podiatry, physical therapy, 112. Students desiring to attend Pennsylvania public health, and health care administration. State must also take English 101, Speech 101, Also available are the medical and dental and Economics 101-102. Pennsylvania State school admission requirements, and informa- also requires two one-quarter courses in Engi- tion on graduate programs in biology and neering Graphics which may be taken by corre- health sciences. spondence or by attending a Pennsylvania in the summer. Certified Public Accounting Preparation Get- State campus tysburg College offers, to the best of its knowl- Because of the limited flexibility of the coopera- edge, the courses which are necessary to sat- tive engineering curriculum at Gettysburg, stu- isfy the Certified Public Accounting require- dents are urged to identify their interests in this ments in all the states. A student interested in a program at the earliest possible time in their public accounting career should see page 60 college careers.

F. Railing, Chairman of and contact Dr. William Forestry This program is offered in coopera- the Department of Economics and Business tion with the School of Forestry and Envi- Administration, as early as possible in his or her ronmental Studies of Duke University. The stu- college career. dent spends three years in residence at Gettys- burg and an additional two or two and one-half COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS years at Duke. Upon successful completion of one year at Duke, the student will have earned Engineering This program is offered jointly the Bachelor of Arts degree from Gettysburg with Pennsylvania State University and with College, and upon successfully completing the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Students remaining terms, the Master of Forestry (2Vz three years at Gettysburg College fol- spend years), Master of Science (2 years) or Master of at of universities. lowed by two years one these Environmental Management (2 years) degree Upon successful completion of this 3-2 pro- from Duke University. gram at Pennsylvania State, the student is Candidates for the program should indicate to awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree from Get- our Admissions Office that they wish to apply tysburg and the Bachelor of Science from for the Forestry curriculum. At the end of the first Pennsylvania State in one of fifteen engineering term of the third year, the College will recom- disciplines. A student attending RPI under this mend qualified students for admission to the program has the option of a 3-2, a 3-3, or a 4-2 Duke School of Forestry. No application need program. These programs culminate with a be made to the School of Forestry before that Bachelor of Arts degree from Gettysburg and a time. During the first term of the junior year at Master of Science in engineering or a Master of Gettysburg the student must file with the Office Engineering degree from RPI. RPI offers de- of the Dean of Students a petition for off-campus grees in twelve engineering fields. study during the senior year. All applicants are for this will Candidates program have an ad- required to take the verbal and quantitative ap- viser in the Physics Department. Normally a titude tests of the Graduate Record Examina- student will to Pennsylvania be recommended tion, preferably in October of their junior year. State or RPI during the fall term of the student's junior year. A student who receives a recom- mendation from the Physics Department is guaranteed admission into the engineering program at one or both of these universities. . o Academic Policies and Programs There are no rigid curricular requirements for All cadets who participate in Army ROTC are the three years at Gettysburg College. However, paid $100 monthly during the last two years of all College distribution requirements are to be the program. It offers, on a competitive basis, completed by the end of the junior year. The scholarships which pay full tuition and book student should select his or her courses each expenses plus $100 monthly. year in consultation with the preforestry adviser, who is a member of the Biology Department. SENIOR HONORS The student's program should include Biology 111, 112, Chemistry 111, 112 and an appropri- The College awards the following honors to ate mathematics course during the freshman members of the graduating class. These senior year; Economics 101-102 and a foreign lan- honors are intended for students with four years guage during the sophomore year; and Physics residence at Gettysburg College, and computa- 103, 104, a foreign language or English Litera- tions for them are based on four years' perform- ture, and art or music during the junior year. ance. Course selection in biology should include 1 Valedictorian, to the senior with the highest botany and ecology. Additional courses in accumulative average. mathematics are desirable. 2. Salutatorian, to the senior with the second The student who elects to take the Master of highest accumulative average. Environmental Management or Master of Sci- 3. Summa Cum Laude, to those seniors who ence degree devotes the last two years of study have an accumulative average of 3.75 or at Duke beginning in the fall following the junior higher. year at Gettysburg. Those who wish to pursue 4. Magna Cum Laude, to those seniors who the Master of Forestry begin at Duke in the have an accumulative average of 3.50 summer after completion of the junior year. through 3.74. 5. Laude, to those seniors who have an Army Reserve Officers Training Pro- Cum accumulative average of 3.30 through gram Students may enroll in either a two-year 3.49. or four-year Army ROTC program and be com- missioned as Second Lieutenants upon gradua- The Committee on Academic Standing may tion. grant the above honors to students with transfer

credit if they have satisfied the conditions of the The Army program is normally completed dur- honor during at least two years in residence at ing the four-year academic period and is avail- Gettysburg College and have presented excel- able to both men and women. Students par- lent transfer grades. ticipating in the Army ROTC four-year program attend a six-week Advanced Camp at an active In addition to the above, departments may Army installation, usually between their junior award Departmental Honors for graduating sen- and senior years. iors based upon their academic performance in a major field of study. Departmental Honors are The Army offers a two-year ROTC program for awarded to transfer students on the same terms those students who, for some reason, did not as to other students since the computation for enroll as freshmen. The basic requirement for this award is not necessarily based on four entry into the two-year program is to have two years in residence at Gettysburg College. academic years remaining, either at the under- graduate or graduate level. To become eligible to enroll in the Army ROTC two-year program, students must first complete a six-week Field Training course prior to entry. Academic Policies and Programs 41

DEANS' HONOR LIST Margaret E. Fisher Memorial Scholarship Award The income from a fund contributed by The names of those students who attain an ac- Dr. Nelson F. Fisher (1918) in memory of his cumulative average of 3.60 or higher in the mother, is awarded to a male student who ex- combined fall and January terms, or in the cels in one or more major sports and who spring term, are placed on the Deans' Honor achieves the highest academic average among List in recognition of their academic attain- winners of varsity letters. ments. To be eligible for this honor a student Samuel Garver Greek Prize The income from a must take a full course load of four courses in fund, contributed by the Rev. Austin S. Garver the long term, with no more than one course (1 869) in memory of his father, is awarded to the taken under the S/U grading option during that student who has made the greatest progress in term (except for students taking the Education Greek during the freshman year. Term, who may take two courses S/U). Samuel Garver Latin Prize The income from a PRIZES AND AWARDS fund, contributed by the Rev. Austin S. Garver (1 869) in memory of his father, is awarded to the The following prizes recognize outstanding student who has made the greatest progress in scholarship and achievement. They are Latin during the freshman year. awarded at a Fall Honors Program in October or Graeff English Prize The income from a fund a Spring Honors Convocation held in April or established in 1866 is awarded to a senior May. Grades earned in required in courses selected by the English Department on the physical education are not considered in com- basis of outstanding achievement in the work of putations for prizes or awards. Transfer stu- that Department. dents are eligible for prizes and awards. David H. Greenlaw Memorial Prize The in- come from a fund contributed by Mr. and Mrs. Endowed Funds Ralph W. Greenlaw in memory of their son, David H. is Baum Mathematical Prize The income from a Greenlaw (1966), awarded to the student who has contributed most to the techni- fund contributed by Dr. Charles Baum (1874), is cal aspects of the College's drama productions. given to the sophomore showing the greatest proficiency in Mathematics. John Alfred Hamme Awards Two awards, es- tablished by John Alfred Hamme (1918), are Henry T. Bream Award The income from a given to the two juniors have demonstrated fund contributed by alumni and friends of the who in the highest degree the qualities of loyalty, College in honor of Henry T. Bream, Professor of kindness, courtesy, true democracy, and lead- Health and Physical Education 1926-1969, is ership. awarded to one sophomore, one junior, and one senior student, each of whom during the pre- The Henry W. A. Hanson Scholarship Founda- ceding year, excelled as a participant in the tion Award The income from a fund contrib- College's intercollegiate athletics program uted by College alumni in honor of Henry W. A. while maintaining a sound academic record. Hanson and in recognition of his leadership of and distinguished service to John M. Colestock Award The award, contrib- Gettysburg Col- lege and to the cause of education in the Lu- uted by family and friends, is given to a senior male student whose optimism, enthusiasm, and theran Church and the nation, is awarded to a strength of character have provided excep- senior who plans to enter graduate school in for teaching. tional leadership in student affairs. preparation college The student The Malcolm R. Dougherty Mathematical Award The income from a fund contributed by the Columbian Cutlery Company, Reading, Pa., in memory of Malcolm R. Dougherty (1942), is awarded to a freshman showing proficiency in mathematics and working to earn part of his or her college expenses. c^ Academic Policies and Programs

must have taken the Graduate Record Examina- Franklin Moore Award The income from a fund

tion. If the senior chosen cannot accept, the contributed by the friends of Mr. Moore is given

next qualified candidate is eligible, and if no to the senior who, during his or her undergrad- member of the senior class is chosen, a com- uate years, has shown the highest degree of mittee may select a member of a previous good citizenship and, by character, industry, class. enterprise, initiative and activities has contrib- The Harry C. and Catherine Noffsinger Hartzell uted the most toward campus morale and the Award The income from a fund, contributed by prestige of the College. James Hamilton Hartzell (1924) in memory of Muhlenberg Freshman Prize The income from his parents, is awarded to the outstanding a fund given by Dr. Frederick A. Muhlenberg

junior student in the Department of Sociology (1 836) is awarded to the freshman taking Greek and Anthropology. The selection of co- or Latin who attains the highest general quality recipients may be made at the discretion of the point average. Department. Muhlenberg Goodwill Prize An illuminated The James Hamilton and Lucretia Irvine Boyd certificate to a senior male student "For his Hartzell Award The income from a fund con- growth during formative years at Gettysburg tributed by James Hamilton Hartzell (1924) and College in awareness of personal responsibility his wife is awarded to a sophomore student for for the welfare of all peoples; for a degree of outstanding scholarship and promise in the achievement in same during College years; and field of History. The selection of co-recipients in the hope of his future accomplishment for may be made at the discretion of the History betterment of Community, State and Nation." Department. William F. Muhlenberg Award The income Hassler Latin Prize The income from a fund from a fund is awarded to two juniors on the contributed by Charles W. Hassler, is awarded basis of character, scholarship, and proficiency to the best Latin student in the junior class. in campus activities. The Rev. George N. Lauffer (1899) and M. Nicholas Bible Prize The income from a fund Naomi Lauffer (1898) Scholarship Award The contributed by the Rev. Dr. J. C. Nicholas income from a fund is given each year to a (1894) is awarded to the senior who has done junior who has maintained high scholarship the best work in advanced courses in religion. and who evidences outstanding ability and The Keith Pappas Memorial Award Notation Christian character. It is understood that the re- on a plaque in the Dean of Students Office and cipient will complete the senior year at Gettys- a certificate is given annually as a memorial to burg College. Keith Pappas (1974), an honors graduate who J. Andrew Marsh Memorial Awards The in- made an extraordinary contribution to the life of come from the fund is presented each year to this College and its people. This award is to be the sophomore and junior students of Gettys- given to a current student, chosen by annually burg College who best exemplify the "whole selected representatives from the organizations person" concept through positive attitude, ex- of which Keith Pappas was a member, using ceptional spirit, high standards, and notable guidelines available from the Dean of the Col- achievement, both curricular and extra- lege, who most significantly affects the College curricular. Priority is given to candidates in the community through the quality of his or her par- Army ROTC program. ticipation in its functions and whose divergent Military Memorial Prize The income from a contributions give form to what is called Get- fund contributed by alumni and friends of the tysburg College. College is awarded to the student who has at- tained the highest standing in the advanced course of the Reserve Officers Training Corps. Academic Policies and Programs 43

The Jeffrey Pierce Memorial Award The in- Unendowed come from a Memorial Fund established in The Charles W. Athletic honor of Jeffrey Pierce (1971), is awarded an- Beachem Award The Physical nually to that male senior who, in the judgment Education Department presents a of the Department, has reached the highest trophy in memory of Charles W. Beachem the first of the level of achievement in the field of history. (1925), alumni- secretary College. Based on Christian character, scholarship, and Martha Ellen Sachs Prize The income from a athletic achievement, the award is given to a fund contributed by John E. Haas in memory of senior student. his aunt, a Lecturer at the College, is awarded Beta Beta Beta Junior is to a student exhibiting excellence in English Award The award given junior composition, with consideration given to im- to a worthy biology major who is an active of provement made during the year. member Beta Beta Beta and who has shown outstanding proficiency in the biological Stine Chemistry Prize The income from a fund sciences through the middle of the junior year contributed by Dr. Charles M. A. Stine (1901 ), is of college work. awarded to a senior chemistry major on the Beta Beta Beta Provisional The basis of grades in chemistry, laboratory tech- Award award is given to a worthy biology major who has be- nique, personality, general improvement in four provisional of years, and proficiency in chemistry at the time come a member Beta Beta Beta of selection. during the year and who has shown outstanding proficiency in the biological sciences through Samuel P. Weaver Scholarship Foundation the middle of the sophomore year. Prizes Prizes, established by Samuel P. C. E. Bilheimer is Weaver (1904), are awarded to the two students Award The award given to the senior major in health and physical writing the best essays on an assigned topic in educa- the field of constitutional law and government. tion with the highest academic average. Chemistry Department Earl E. Ziegler Junior Mathematics Award The Research Award The income from a fund contributed by Phi Delta award provided by the Chemistry Department is given to the graduating senior chemistry Theta Alumni is given in honor of Earl E. Ziegler, major has the greatest contribution both in Associate Professor of Mathematics at Gettys- who made his or her research to the research ac- burg College from 1935-1968, to the student own and tivities of the Chemistry Department. who is majoring in mathematics and has the highest average in mathematics through the College President's Award: Military Sci- middle of the junior year. ence An engraved desk writing set is awarded to the outstanding senior in the Earl E. Ziegler Senior Mathematics Award The Army ROTC program chosen on the basis of income from a contribution by Earl E. Ziegler, academic ex- cellence, military performance, especially Associate Professor of Mathematics at Gettys- leadership ability, character, industry and ini- burg College from 1935-1968, is awarded to the mathematics major who has achieved the high- tiative, and participation in activities. est average in mathematics through the middle Delta Phi Alpha Prize A book on German cul- of the senior year. ture is awarded to the outstanding student for Edwin and Leander M. Zimmerman Senior the year in the German Department. Prize The income from a fund is given to the Anthony di Palma Memorial Award An award senior whose character, influence on students, established by the family of Anthony di Palma and scholarship have contributed most to the (1 956), provides a book to the junior having the welfare of the College. highest marks in history. Other things being equal, preference is given to a member of Sigma Chi fraternity. Policies and Programs CEt Academic

French Cultural Counselor's Award A book Psi Chi Award The award is given to the senior presented by the Cultural Counselor of the psychology major who shows promise in the French Embassy is awarded to a senior for out- field of psychological endeavor. Other things standing achievement in French. being equal, preference is given to a member of Psi Chi. Frank H. Kramer Award The award is given by Phi Delta Theta fraternity, in memory of a former Psi Chi Junior Award An award is given to the Professor of Education, to a senior for the excel- junior psychology major who displays the lence of his or her work in the Department of greatest potential and initiative. Education. Sceptical Chymists Prize To encourage the Clair B. Noerr Memorial Award An inscribed presentation of talks, the prize is awarded by medal, established by Constance Noerr (1958) the organization to the member or pledge who in memory of her father, is awarded to a senior delivers the best talk before the Sceptical woman on the basis of proficiency in athletics, Chymists during the year. scholarship, and Christian character. Sigma Alpha lota Dean's Award Sigma Alpha Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Ac- lota, an international music fraternity, gives an countants Award This award sponsored by the award each year to a young woman in the local Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Ac- chapter who has exemplified the highest musi- countants is presented to a senior selected by cal, scholastic, and ethical standards, whatever the faculty of the Economics and Business Ad- her class standing. Contributions to the local ministration Department who has demonstrated chapter of Sigma Alpha lota and participation in excellence in the area of accounting and who, Music Department activities are important by participation in campus activities, shows criteria for selection. qualities of leadership. Eligibility for this award Sigma Alpha lota Honor Certificate Sigma is based on the satisfactory of completion a Alpha lota annually awards in each chapter an substantial of number accounting courses. honor certificate to the graduating woman who Phi Mu Alpha Award An award is made to a holds the highest academic average among senior who has contributed most to one of the music majors. music performing organizations, and has an Dr. George W. Stoner Award The income from accumulative average of 2.7 or better in his or a fund is awarded to a worthy male senior ac- her major. cepted by a recognized medical college. Pi Delta Epsilon Award A medal is presented Residential Life Commission Award A citation to a student who has done outstanding work on is awarded to a student in recognition of the the College newspaper or literary magazine or quiet influence he or she has exerted for the with the radio station. improvement of the campus community. Pi Lambda Sigma Awards The Pi Lambda Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Sigma Awards, of a sum money contributed by Award The award of a silver medal and a Pi Lambda Sigma, is given annually to senior a year's subscription to the Wall Street Journal is major in the Department of Economics and presented to a senior in the Department of Business Administration and to a senior major Economics and Business Administration who in the Department of Political Science. The re- has shown outstanding academic achievement cipients are selected by their respective de- in the study of finance and economics. partments and Pi Lambda Sigma on the basis of Charles R. Wolfe Memorial Award An award is their outstanding overall scholastic records, given by Alpha Xi Delta to a graduating senior departmental performances, campus activity, on the basis of scholarly endeavor, warmth of character and potential for future growth. personality, and dedication to the College. GETTYSBURG Courses of Study

Each year the Registrar's Office issues an An- Distribution Departments offering Requirements courses that fulfill the nouncement of Courses listing the courses to Requirement be taught during the fall and spring terms and Foreign Languages Classics, German and Russian, the times they will be taught. A January Term Romance Languages Catalogue is issued in the fall by the Office of History/Philosophy/ Classics, Interdepart- the Dean of the College listing the courses to be Religion (This is in mental Studies, History, taught during the January Term. Since not every addition to the dis- Philosophy, Religion, course listed in the following pages is offered tribution requirement German and Russian, each year, the Announcement of Courses and in Religion) Romance Languages (some courses in foreign language January Term Catalogue should be consulted to departments are conducted in obtain the most current information about English) course offerings. Literature Classics, English, Interdepartmental Studies, In general, courses numbered 100-199 are at a German and Russian, Romance beginning level. Intermediate courses are Languages (some courses in numbered 200-299. Courses numbered 300- foreign language departments 399 are at an upperclass level. Courses num- are conducted in English)

bered 400 and above are advanced seminars, Art, Music, Creative Art, English, and Music internships, and individualized study. Writing, or Theatre Arts Laboratory Science Biology, Chemistry, Physics Courses which are listed with two numbers, e.g. Biology 101, 102, span two terms. For courses Social Sciences Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and hyphen, the first numbered separated by a Anthropology course must be taken as a prerequisite for the requirement in Religion can be second. Where the two numbers are separated The distribution satisfied with a 100 level course in the Religion by a comma, either of the terms of the course department. The requirement of proficiency in may be taken independently of the other. written English can be demonstrated by passing The distribution requirements for a B.A. degree English 101 or a writing examination adminis- are listed on page 27 and for a B.S. in Music tered to all entering students. Education at page 34. Courses to meet the dis- The required 4 quarter courses in Health and tribution requirements are offered in various Physical Education are offered through the De- departments. Below is a list of distribution re- partment of Health and Physical Education. quirements for which courses are offered in more than one department and the departments The January Term Catalogue indicates which offering such courses. The course listings for distribution requirements can be fulfilled by the departments indicate the courses which ful- specific January Term courses.

fill distribution requirements. Course Descriptions I Art 47

ART Requirements for majors concentrating in stu-

dio are: Art 1 21 , 1 41 and introductory courses in painting, printmaking, and sculpture; advanced Professors Qually (Chairman) and Annis courses in at least two of these disciplines and Instructor Small a minimum of four courses in art history. The student is encouraged to take additional The Art Department has the following major ob- courses in the discipline of his or her special jectives: (1 ) to Study the historical-cultural sig- interest and competence. nificance and aesthetic structure of architec- Students intending to major in art with a con- ture, painting, and sculpture, and the enduring centration in studio should arrange to take Art dialogue between continuity and change; (2) to 121 and 141 in the freshman year. Students in- educate the visual sensibilities beyond the tending to concentrate in the history of art routine responses, toward an awareness of the should take Art 111, 112, and 120 in the visual environment around us, as well as cogni- freshman year. tion of works of art as the living past; (3) to requirements teach the history of art and the practice of art as Because of graduate school and extensive publications in French, German, and separate but interrelated disciplines; (4) to pro- vide the interested major with a curriculum Italian, majors concentrating in the history of art fulfill requirement which will give him or her a foundation for grad- are advised to their language uate or professional study leading to a career in in one of these languages. high school or college teaching, to positions as A collection of more than 30,000 color slides curators or research scholars in art, to commer- supports the teaching of art history and studio cial art and industrial design, or as professional classes. Students also have available a corre- painters, sculptors, and printmakers. sponding collection of 15,000 opaque color re- painting, The Department offers to prospective majors a productions of architecture, and in Washington, Balti- flexible program of study in interrelated studio sculpture. Art museums more, and Philadelphia, as well as art exhibits and art history courses. It encourages students from disciplines other than art to select freely at the College, make possible the necessary original of art. from both types of courses. Any course in art contact with works history may be counted toward the distribution A comprehensive examination, or its equiva- requirement in art, music, theatre arts, or cre- lent, will be required of majors in art history in ative writing. order to synthesize the content of the separate of architecture, painting, and Requirements for majors concentrating in the disciplines there will re- history of art are: a minimum of nine art history sculpture. For studio majors be a faculty of cumulative student courses selected by the student, in consultation view by the art first of senior with the adviser, which will meet his or her pro- work at the end of the term the jected needs and which the Department consid- year. ers to be a coherent program; and two basic studio courses in order to sharpen visual per- ception and foster an understanding of visual structure (but without any mandate for technical competence). The Department further supports the careful selection of accompanying courses

from the areas of history, philosophy, music, lit- erature, and the sciences. <£r Course Descriptions I Art

HISTORY OF ART 206 European Painting 1700-1900 attention 111, 112 Ideas and Events Behind the Arts Some to eighteenth century painters in Italy, France, and England and their relationship to the Enlight- A study of the visual arts from prehistoric times to the twen- enment. Major emphasis on the evolution of painting in tieth century. An attempt will be made to investigate France during the nineteenth century in relation to changes change in the arts as social, political and even natural in the social, scientific, and philosophical structure. Exam- events have stimulated response in the style and function ination in depth of new directions in visual form, space, of painting, sculpture and architecture. While an under- and expression in the paintings of Manet, Monet, Cezanne, standing of the contextual role of art is considered impor- Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Munch. Alternative years, offered tant, there will also be emphasis upon an understanding of fall 1978. the individual work of art in terms of aesthetic analysis of Mr. Qually form and content. Mrs. Small 207 History of Architecture and Sculpture

120 Theory of the Visual Arts An historical survey and critical analysis of the develop- ment of mass, volume, and space from ancient Egypt A course intended to give the liberal arts student a basic through the Baroque period in Europe, with major empha- approach to visual experience, and to develop a vocabu- sis on architecture. Alternative years, offered fall 1978. lary with which to communicate his or her sensory re- Mr. Annis sponses to the environment. This is not a chronological survey but a study of visual form, space, expression, mean- ing, and style relating to painting, sculpture, architecture, 208 Nineteenth-Century Architecture and urban design and film. Slide illustrated lectures, indepen- Town Planning dent reading, visual presentations and group discussions A study of the primary stylistic and technological devel- will provide the means for this study. opments which influenced European and American archi- Mrs. Small tecture and urban forms during the period of an emerging industrial society. Analysis will be made of the historical, 203 Italian Painting 1300-1600 social and esthetic factors which led to the revival of earlier building styles and contributed to the decisive but tempo- A survey of late Medieval, Renaissance, and Mannerist rary separation of design and engineering. Particular atten- painting in Italy within the context of religious, philosophi- tion will be given to the development of iron and glass cal and social changes and in response to changing con- technology, the effects of new modes of communication cepts of space. Major emphasis on Florentine painting in and transportation on the image and spatial character of the fifteenth century and on painting in Rome and Venice the city, and the increasing significance of the architect, during the sixteenth century. Particular attention will be engineer and urban reformer in the crucially changing given to Giotto, Masaccio, Piero della Francesca, Bot- world of the nineteenth century. Alternative years, offered ticelli, Michelangelo, Raphael, Bellini and Titian for their 1977 importance to the development of painting and for the vari- Mr. Annis ety which they, and others, give to the Renaissance style. Lectures supported by color slides taken on location also provide an introduction to the understanding of visual form. 209 Twentieth-Century Architecture and Urbanism Alternative years, offered 1 977. An evaluation of the development and character of the Mr. Qually urban environment as the visual embodiment of concurrent social, political and economic theories and design sys- 205 Northern European Painting 1400-1700 tems. Emphasis will be placed on the historical and con- tinuing significance of the agrarian ideal of Howard, A study of painting in the Netherlands and Germany from Olmstead, F. L. Wright, and the effects of the ideas and Van-Eyck to Holbein, and its transformation in seventeenth works of such urbanist architects as Sullivan, Gropius, Van century Holland, Flanders, France, and Spain under the der Rohe, Corbusier, Kahn, Venturi, Safdie and Soleri in impact of the counter-reformation and the creative genius shaping the contemporary structured landscape. Alterna- of Rembrandt, Vermeer, Rubens, El Greco, Velasquez, and tive years, offered spring 1978. Poussin. Alternative years, offered spring 1978. Mr. Annis Mr. Qually Course Descriptions I Art 49

210 Twentieth Century European Painting The Department has presses for relief, surface, A study of the schools and critical writings surrounding the and intaglio printing as well as welding equip- major figures. Such movements as Art Nouveau, Nabis, ment for sculpture. Fauvism, Cubism, Futurism, German Expressionism, De Stijl, Dada, and Surrealism will be considered. Prerequisite By agreement with the student, the department (or art history majors: Art 206. may retain selected student work. Mrs. Small

216 History of Modern Sculpture 121, 122 Beginning Drawing A study of the evolution of sculptural forms from the An introductory course. Drawing from controlled studio nineteenth century through the present decade with em- problems and from nature. Intended to promote coordina- phasis on the effects of science and technology on man's tion of hand and eye and to achieve a degree of technical changing image of man and his universe. Alternative years, mastery over a variety of drawing tools. Above all, to edu- offered spring 1979. cate the visual sense, of seeing in relationship; to foster an Mr. Annis acute awareness of form, and to develop the ability to create visual equivalents for the object in nature. Mr. Qually 219 American Painting

A survey of American painting from the Colonial Period to the early 1900's, studied in relationship to developments in 141 Basic Design (two-dimensional) Europe, and with emphasis on the response of art to the An introductory course to help the student develop a ca- changing social and technological environment in pacity to think and work conceptually as well as perceptu- America. ally, and to provide a basic discipline with which to organ- Mrs. Small ize a variety of materials into structural and expressive form. Mr. Qually 220 Painting in America Since 1900

The course begins with a consideration of American re- 127, 128 Beginning Painting sponses to twentieth-century European movements. Em- phasis is placed on the period since 1945, a time in which An introductory course for non-majors, and for majors as an the relationship of painting to other modes of art and extension of drawing and design with, of course, emphasis technological and social changes becomes particularly on the important element of color. Designed to sharpen the important in such movements as Pop, Op, Happenings, student's visual responses, to increase an understanding Minimal, and Funk. of the relationship of form and space, and of painting as Mrs. Small organized structure as well as personal expression. Expe- rience in still life, landscape, and abstract problems. Pre- requisite for studio majors: Art 121, 141. 400 Senior Seminar in Art History Mr. Qually A study of critical problems in art history and a penetration into aesthetic aspects of the visual arts beyond that permit- 131, 132 Beginning Printmaking ted by the normal courses in the history of art. The exact structure of the courses will be determined by the needs of An introductory course in printmaking. The creative proc- the students enrolled. Not offered each year. ess as conditioned and- disciplined by the techniques of Mrs. Small intaglio and lithography. Discussion of past and contempo- rary methods, and the study of original prints. Prerequisite for studio majors: Art 121, 122. STUDIO COURSES Mr. Annis

The purpose of all studio courses is to sharpen 141 Beginning Sculpture the sense of sight; coordinate mind, hand, and An introduction to the fundamentals of three-dimensional forms and modes of expression involving creative eye; develop the ability to organize visual mate- problems in the organization of space, mass, volume, line rial; and to integrate the intuitive and rational and color. Correlated lectures and demonstrations will be into creative activity. Lectures accompany used to acquaint the student with those aspects of basic studio courses when necessary to relate sculptural history and theory relevant to studio projects. theory and practice. This course is intended for the general student, the art major, and those who plan upon graduation to undertake studies in the design fields of architecture or urban plan- ning. Mr. Annis Art I Biology <5r Course Descriptions I

221, 222 Second Year Drawing BIOLOGY A continuation of 121, possibility of drawing the human figure, nude and clothed, individually and in group com- positions. Prerequisite: Art 121. Professor Barnes Mr. Qually Associate Professors Beach, A. R. Cavaliere (Chairman), and Schroeder 227, 228 Second Year Painting Assistant Professors Hendrix, Logan, Mikesell, Encouragement is given to the exploration of individual J. Winkelmann, and Darrah problems of pictorial organization and personal expres- Laboratory Instructors S. Cavaliere, sion, involving a variety of media or a concentration on one, according to the student's temperament and ability. Pre- E. Daniels, M. Hinrichs, M. Packard, Price, requisite: Art 127, 128. and H. Winkelmann Mr. Qually

Courses in the Department are designed to pro- 231,232 Second Year Printmaking vide a foundation in basic biological concepts Concentrates on one medium, selected according to the and principles and the background necessary student's preference and ability. Prerequisite: Art 131 , 132. Mr. Annis for graduate study in biology, forestry, dentistry, medicine, veterinary medicine and various 235, 236 Second Year Sculpture other professional fields. All courses in the De-

The student will formulate and conduct a program of corre- partment include laboratory work. lated studio projects entailing experiments in materials, A minimum of eight biology courses is required techniques, design systems, and forms of expression in- volving the elements of spatial organization. Prerequisite: to complete the major. This minimum is exclu- Art 135, 136. sive of Individualized Study and January Term Mr. Annis courses unless otherwise designated. Beyond Introductory Biology there are no specific 321,322 Third Year Drawing courses required for the major, and because of Mr. Qually the unstructured nature of the biology curriculum, prerequisites for upper level 327, 328 Third Year Painting courses are few. This freedom permits the di- Mr. Qually versity of backgrounds required by different professional goals. Specialization at the ex- 331, 332 Third Year Printmaking pense of breadth, however, is discouraged. A Mr. Annis student, in consultation with his or her adviser, should construct a broad, balanced curriculum. 335, 336 Third Year Sculpture Every program should include at least one Mr. Annis course from the areas of: botany, genetics, physiology, and zoology. Individualized Study Chemistry 111, 1 1 2 and Chemistry 203, 204 are Provides an opportunity for the well-qualified student to required of all majors in Biology. It is strongly execute supervised projects in the area of his special in- terest, whether studio or history. Repeated spring term. urged that Chemistry 111, 112 be taken in the Staff freshman year and that Chemistry 203, 204 be taken in the sophomore year. Course Descriptions I Biology 51

Two courses in introductory physics (either 111, 112 Introductory Biology Physics 103, 104 or Physics 111, 112) are re- An introduction to biological principles and concepts for science majors. First term: Structure and function of cells, quired for admission to graduate and profes- genetics, development, and mechanisms in evolution. this is not re- sional schools, but subject a Second term: Functional morphology of organisms, behav- quirement for the major. ior, evolution, phylogeny, and ecology. Three class hours and laboratory. A minimum competency in mathematics is ex- Staff pected of all majors in biology. Competency may be defined as a knowledge of 201 Vertebrate Morphology trigonometry, advanced algebra, analytic ge- Detailed examination of the origins, structures, and func- ometry, and calculus. Any deficiency should be tions of the organ systems of vertebrates. Special attention rectified with Mathematics 107, 108 (Applied is given to the evolution of major vertebrate adaptations. Statistics and Applied Calculus) or Mathemat- Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor. Three class hours and two scheduled laboratories. ics 111-112 (Calculus of a Single Variable). Mr. Winkelmann The distribution requirement in laboratory sci- ence may be satisfied by Biology 101, 1 02 or by 205 Principles of Genetics Biology 101 plus a January Term course desig- The principles of Mendelian genetics, the interpretation of nated for this purpose. inheritance from the standpoint of contemporary molecular biology, and the relationships between heredity and de- January Term offerings include a variety of velopment, physiology, ecology, and evolution. Prerequi- courses: (1) special courses in introductory bi- site: Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor. Three ology to satisfy the distribution requirement in class hours and laboratory. Ms. Logan laboratory science or for the major requirement, (2) courses in specialized areas of biology for 208 Microtechniques and Histochemistry students who have completed the introductory Fundamentals of microscopy, preparation of biological ma- course, (3) overseas field courses, (4) intern- terials for microscopic study, practice in basic techniques, ships in hospitals, research labs and private paraffin, nitrocellulose and freezing. Histochemical medical practices, and (5) opportunities for in- methods to locate and visualize substances within tissues dividualized study and self-designed intern- and cells. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of the instructor Three class hours and laboratory ships. Staff

101,102 General Biology 214 Biology of the Lower Organisms This course is designed to provide for non-science majors Cellular and subcellular organization in viruses, bacteria, an appreciation of the physical and chemical dynamics of protozoans, algae, fungi, and lichens; culture techniques, life; the structural organization within which these proc- reproduction, physiology, ecology, theories of evolutionary esses operate; the relationship of structure and function in origin, and phylogenetic relationships. Prerequisite: Biol- living organisms; and the interactions between organisms ogy 111, 1 1 2 or permission of instructor. Three class hours and their environment. Approaches of modern biologists to and laboratory. current problems are introduced. Particular attention is Ms. Logan given to the relationship of biology to human concerns. Three class hours and laboratory. Staff Biology ® Course Descriptions I 217 An Evolutionary Survey of the Plant Kingdom 313 Histology-Cytology A synopsis of embryo-producing plants; covers primarily The structural organization of cells with special reference liverworts, mosses, and vascular plants. Emphasis is on to the functional architecture of organelles; the cellular or- comparative morphology, adaptive diversity and ganization of human tissues and organs and the relation- phylogeny. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 1 12 or permission of ship of structure to function. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 instructor. Six hours a week in class-laboratory work. or permission of instructor. Three class hours and labora- Mr. Mikesell tory. Mr. Schroeder

220 Physiology of Plant Growth and Development 315 Electron Microscopy & Ultrastructure The physiology of growth and function in vascular plants; the relationship between structure and function in plant An introduction to the basic theory and practice of trans- systems; plant responses, growth promoting substances, mission electron microscopy using the RCA EMU4 electron photoperiodic responses, water absorption and transpira- microscope. Theory and practical techniques of tissue tion, mineral nutrition, general metabolic pathways. Pre- preparation including the use of the ultramicrotome. Intro- requisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor. duction to interpretation of animal and plant ultrastructure. Three class hours and laboratory. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 1 12 or permission of instructors. Mr. Cavaliere Lecture and laboratory by arrangement. Cost: approxi- mately $25.00 for materials which will remain property of student. Morphology of Angiosperms 302 Anatomy and Staff An anatomical approach to the study of higher plant structures; origin and differentiation of tissues and organs, 320 Biology of Development environmental aspects of development, plant anomalies. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor. A survey of biological development: cellular, and organ- Six hours a week in class-laboratory work. Offered in spring ismic. Major attention is given to embryonic development term of even-numbered years. in multicellular organisms, especially animals. Vertebrates Mr. Mikesell are emphasized in the study of the formation of animal organ systems and of developmental mechanisms. Prereq- uisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor. Three 304 Plant Taxonomy and Phytogeography class hours and laboratory. Concepts of vascular plant taxonomy emphasizing princi- Mr. Barnes ples and methods in plant systematics, cytogenetics, nu- merical taxonomy and plant geography; collection and 323 Parasitology identification of local flora. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor. Three class hours and labora- An introduction to the general principles of parasitism with tory. Offered spring term of odd-numbered years. emphasis upon the evolution, taxonomy, morphology, and Mr. Mikesell physiology of the major groups of animal parasites of man and animals. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112. Three class hours and laboratory. 306 Ecology Mr. Hendrix The principles of ecology, with emphasis on the role of chemical, physical and biological factors affecting the dis- 324 Vertebrate Zoology tribution and succession of plant and animal populations and communities. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or per- The classification and natural history of vertebrates, with mission of instructor. Three class hours and laboratory. emphasis on the local fauna. Prerequisite: Biology 111, Mr. Beach 112. Six hours in class, laboratory and field. Mr. Winkelmann

307 Biology of the Fungi Organization on the cellular and subcellular levels; culture techniques, morphology, physiology, reproduction and ecology; the relationship of fungi to human affairs—plant pathology, medical, economic and industrial mycology. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or permission of the in- structor. Three class hours and laboratory. Mr. Cavaliere Course Descriptions I Biology I Chemistry 53

327 Invertebrate Zoology CHEMISTRY The biology of the larger free-living metazoan invertebrate groups, exclusive of insects, with special emphasis on adaptive morphology and physiology and on phylogeny. Professors Fortnum, Rowland (Chairman), and Biology 111, 112 or permission of in- Prerequisite: the Schildknecht structor. Six hours a week in class-laboratory work. Mr. Barnes Assistant Professors Cotter and Parker Assistant Instructors Jackson and Kaufman 330 Bacteriology An introduction to the biology of bacteria: their morphology Each course offered by the Department pro- reproduction, physiology, genetics, and ecology. Isolation, vides an opportunity for a concentrated study of cultural techniques, environmental influences, biochemi- the various principles of classical and contem- cal characterization and host-parasite relationships of bac- teria will be emphasized in the laboratory. Prerequisite: porary chemical knowledge. From the introduc- Biology 111, 112. Three class hours and laboratory. tory to the advanced courses, application is Mr. Hendrix made of basic theories and methods of chemi- cal investigation. The courses offered by the 339 Cellular Physiology Department utilize lectures, discussions, library Life functions of plant, animal and microorganism cells: work, videotapes/films, and laboratory investi- growth and reproduction on the cellular level; cellular gations in order to emphasize the concepts that metabolism; interrelationships between cells and their en- vironments. Prerequisites: Biology 111, 112 or permission underlie the topics covered. Each course, as of instructor and Chemistry 111,112. Three class hours and well as the major itself, is designed for the curi- laboratory. ous and interested student regardless of the fu- Ms. Logan ture career aspirations of that student.

340 Vertebrate Physiology The eight basic courses required for a major are Chemistry 111, 112 (or 112A), 203, 204, J21, An introduction to the principles of animal function. Man is emphasized but other vertebrate groups are considered for 305, 306, and 317. Additional offerings within comparative purposes. A significant block of time (3-7 the Department may be elected according to hours per week) is spent in the laboratory, which stresses the interests and goals of the individual student. basic experimental techniques. An independent project Physics 111 must be undertaken as part of the course. Prerequisites: and 112 and mathematics through Biology 111, 112 or permission of instructor; Chemistry 211 are required of all chemistry majors. 111, 112. Three class hours and laboratory. Additional courses in mathematics (212) and Mr. Schroeder physics may be recommended for those con- templating graduate study in certain areas. Individualized Study Majors fulfill the College language requirement Independent investigation of a topic of special interest to in German or French. Junior and senior majors the student. Study would normally include both literature are expected to join with staff in and laboratory research carried out under the direction of a members an faculty member familiar with the general field of study. A afternoon seminar series which is designed to seminar dealing with the investigation will be presented to provide an additional opportunity for discus- the staff and students as a part of individualized study. sion of current developments in the field. Open to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: Approval of both the directing faculty member and the Department prior to registration day. Staff Chemistry & Course Descriptions I

The following combinations of chemistry The program of the Department is accredited by courses may be used to satisfy the distribution the American Chemical Society. The paths requirement in laboratory science: either 101 or taken by majors after graduation are varied, al-

1 1 1 fol lowed by 1 02, 1 1 2, 1 1 2A or the appropri- though most enter graduate work in chemistry. ately designated January term course; OR 104 Graduates also enter medical and dental in conjunction with the appropriate January schools, industrial and government research term course. (Course credit will not be given for laboratories, and secondary school teaching. more than two introductory chemistry courses including those given in the January term. 101 General Chemistry Credit will NOT be given for both 111 and 101 For students planning to complete only two courses in OR for both 102 and 112.) chemistry and who may have had limited or no previous instruction in chemistry. The most basic chemical princi- For the prospective secondary school teacher ples are illustrated along with their applications to modern the Department cooperates in offering Educa- living and especially to such areas as business, health, and social problems Laboratory experiments and tion 304, Techniques of Teaching and ecology, demonstrations include new techniques, properties and Curriculum of Chemistry. Secondary uses of a wide range of natural and synthetic materials Individualized study and directed laboratory Three lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. Mr. Schildknecht work are available in connection with most courses. An honors section (112A) of the Fun- 102 General Chemistry damentals of Chemistry course provides a The elementary chemistry of carbon compounds, radiation select group of students with such an opportu- and nuclear chemistry are emphasized with their impact nity at the introductory level. Emphasis is upon medical sciences, agriculture and energy problems placed upon individual as well as group study Laboratory work includes identification of useful inorganic organic solution, chromatographic and in the January Term offerings. During the stu- and substances by instrumental techniques. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 or dent's junior or senior year the major may elect 111 Three lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. Chemistry 462, a research course in which he or Mr. Schildknecht she can utilize his or her knowledge and creativity extensively. 104 Chemistry and the Environment

The department's library is at the disposal of all An introduction to some basic concepts in chemistry and their application toward an understanding of our environ- students enrolled in chemistry courses. Numer- ment. The course will begin with a basic treatment of lectures the ous and seminars are sponsored by atomic theory, chemical reactions, and gas laws, and Department and Sceptical Chymists. These in- through outside readings will treat some current problems, volve resource persons from universities, indus- including environmental pollution, solar energy, the history of atomic energy, nuclear power plants, and the chemical tries, government agencies, and professional bases for life The laboratory will be used to illustrate basic schools and are designed to complement the chemical principles and calculations and to acquaint the curricular activities of the department. Many student with some methods for environmental analysis. qualified upperclassmen —chemistry majors Chemistry 104 in conjunction with the appropriate January and others—gain valuable experience from Term course may be counted toward the distribution re- quirement in laboratory science. Prerequisite: none. For serving laboratory as assistants. non-science majors only. Three lecture hours and one lab- oratory afternoon. Mr Cotter and Mrs Jackson 1

Course Descriptions I Chemistry 55

1 1 Fundamentals of Chemistry 204 Organic Chemistry

An introduction to current thoughts and practice in chemis- An extension of the study of the various classes of organic try. Lectures deal with theories of bonding, geometry in compounds, including substitutions in the aromatic nu- chemical species, stoichiometric relationships, properties cleus, polycyclic compounds, and natural products such of solutions and gases, and elementary thermodynamics. as amino acids, carbohydrates, peptides and enzymes. The laboratory work covers quantitative relationships by Approximately one-half of the laboratory work will be de- employing titrimetric, gravimetric, and some simple spec- voted to a problem of the student's choice. Prerequisite: trophotometric techniques. This course is designed for bi- Chemistry 203. Three lecture hours and one laboratory af- ology, chemistry, and physics majors and others with a ternoon. good secondary school background in chemistry and el- Mr. Rowland ementary mathematics. Course credit is not granted for J21 Chemical Applications of Spectroscopy both Chemistry 101 and 111. Three lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. The theories and applications of ultraviolet, infrared, nu- are Mr. Parker and Staff clear magnetic resonance, and mass spectroscopy discussed in relation to the import of these spectroscopic methods in the analysis of chemical systems. The utiliza- 112 Fundamentals of Chemistry tion and limitations of each type of spectroscopy are cov- Kinetics and mechanisms of reactions, equilibrium, and ered. Course work includes lectures, discussions, and lab- electrochemistry are discussed in some detail. Electro- oratory sessions. The lab periods involve a study of the magnetic radiation and crystal field theory and other operation of the pertinent spectrometers as well as the ac- theories of complex formation are studied to introduce as- tual use of these instruments in the identification of com- pects of molecular geometry. Laboratory work includes pounds. Lecture work is supplemented by films and video- kinetic studies, qualitative analysis, and the application of tapes Prerequisite: Chemistry 203. various instrumental procedures to the quantitative analy- Staff sis of systems. Course credit is not granted for both

Chemistry 1 02 and 1 1 2. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111. Three 305 Physical Chemistry lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. kinetic theory are Mr. Parker and Staff The principles of thermodynamics and applied in the study of the states of matter, chemical re- actions, equilibrium, the phase rule, and electrochemistry 112A Fundamentals of Chemistry using lectures, readings, problems, discussions and lab-

Designed as an honors seminar for the more capable first- oratory exercises. The computer is utilized as a tool for year chemistry students. Kinetics and mechanisms of re- solving problems and for the reduction of experimental actions, equilibrium, electrochemistry, and crystal field data. Prerequisites: Chemistry 112 or 112A, Physics 112, theory are among the topics discussed. Laboratory work mathematics through calculus (usually Math 211 or 212) includes experiments in kinetics and equilibrium and the Three lecture hours, one discussion hour, and one labora- application of principles from lecture to a project of several tory afternoon. weeks duration. Emphasis is placed on independent work Mr. Fortnum with necessary guidance in both the seminar and the lab- oratory. Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 or 111 and invitation 306 Physical Chemistry of the Department. Two afternoons. kinetics, and Mr. Parker and Mr. Fortnum Theories of chemical quantum mechanics statistical1 thermodynamics are introduced and their appli- cations to chemical systems are studied through the use of 203 Organic Chemistry problems, lectures, readings, discussions, laboratory in- A study of the fundamental concepts of the chemistry of vestigations and projects. Assignments are made so as to carbon compounds, with emphasis on methods of prepara- encourage the individual study of specific related physical tion, reaction mechanisms, stereochemical control of re- chemical phenomena. Prerequisite: Chemistry 305. Three actions, and the application of spectroscopy to problems lecture hours, one discussion hour, and one laboratory af- of identification. Prerequisite: Chemistry 112 or 112A. ternoon. Three lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon Mr. Fortnum Mr Rowland Chemistry <3 Course Descriptions I I Classics

317 Instrumental Analysis CLASSICS Modern instruments are utilized in the study of chemical analysis. Topics include electroanalytical methods, quan- titative spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, chromatography Professor Pavlantos (Chairman) and radiation chemistry. Analytical methods will be stud- Assistant Professors C. R. Held and Parks ied from both a chemical and an instrumentation point of view. Some basic electronic principles for chemical in- strumentation will be presented, while the laboratory will The main objective of the Department is to give a also stress quantitative analytical procedures and labora- thorough foundation in Latin and Greek to those tory preparations. Prerequisites: Chemistry 204 and J21 Three lecture hours and two laboratory afternoons. students who expect to specialize in this field Mr. Cotter as teachers, graduate students, archaeologists, or linguists. The Department also strives to con- 353 Advanced Organic Chemistry tribute to the education of those who are not A detailed analysis of structure and mechanism in organic specialists; to help in the clear and artistic ex- systems is covered. Topics include qualitative and quan- pression of thought; and to help all students to a titative aspects of conformational equilibria, symmetry better understanding of language structure in rules governing pericyclic reactions, and the use of spec- troscopy in the study of organic mechanisms and re- general and thereby to a mastery of English. actions. Extensive readings in the current chemical litera- The long-range objective is to show all students ture are commonplace. Laboratory work involves advanced that the great literary men of Greece and Rome syntheses, quantitative organic analyses, and qualitative addressed themselves to thoughts and ideas and quantitative uses of spectroscopy Prerequisites: Chemistry 204 and J21. Three lecture hours and two lab- which are as urgent in the twentieth century as oratory afternoons. they were to those ancient civilizations. Mr Rowland Through knowledge of the past, students can be freed from a preoccupation with the present. 373 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Requirements for a major in Latin: 9 courses Topics include boron chemistry; valence bond, crystal field, and molecular orbital theories; and coordination beyond Latin 101, 102, including Latin 151 and chemistry. In addition to studying the stereochemistry and 312. Requirements for a major in Greek: 9 reaction mechanisms of coordination compounds, group courses beyond Greek 101, 102 including theoretical and experimental methods for the elucidation of Greek 151. the structure and bonding of these compounds are dis- cussed. Prerequisite: Chemistry 306. Three lecture hours. In both Greek and Latin the intermediate (201, Mr Parker 202) course, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite for all higher-numbered courses. 462 Individualized Study, Research

Latin 201 , 202 and Greek 201 , 202 may be used An independent investigation in an area of mutual interest to the student and a faculty director. The study normally to meet the College's language requirement. includes a literature survey and a laboratory study. An oral Latin 203, 204, 303, 304, 305, 306, 311, 401, report to staff and students and a final written report are Greek 203, 204, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, required. A student wishing to enroll in research should and Classics 162, 164, 166 may be used in par- submit a written proposal to the department for approval at tial fulfillment of the literature distribution re- least four weeks before the last day of classes of the term preceding the term in which the course is to be taken quirement. Latin 151 and Greek 151 may be Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty director and ap- used toward fulfillment of the College distribu- proval by the chemistry department. Open to junior and tion requirement in history, philosophy or reli- senior chemistry majors. Offered in the fall and spring terms. gion and may be counted toward a major in Staff history with the consent of that department. For prospective secondary school teachers the Department cooperates in offering Education 304, Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of Secondary Latin. Course Descriptions I Classics 57

Through a cooperative arrangement under the 302 Greek Historians auspices of the Central Pennsylvania Consor- Readings in the text of Herodotus or Thucydides. Oral re- tium, Gettysburg, along with the other three ports and a paper Not offered every year Mrs. Pavlantos member colleges - Dickinson, Franklin and Marshall, and Wilson - share membership in 303 Greek Comedy both the American School of Classical Studies An introduction to Greek drama. Selected comedies of in Athens and the Intercollegiate Center for Aristophanes are read with attention to style and metrics. Classical Studies in Rome. Not offered every year. Mr. Held GREEK 304 Greek Tragedy 101,102 Elementary Greek Selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. An introduction to the alphabet, inflections, and syntax of VariousCplays are also read in English. Oral reports. Not Attic Greek. offered every year. Mr. Held Mr. Held

151 Greek History 306 Greek Oratory A survey of Hellenic civilization from the Bronze Age to the Selected orations of Demosthenes and Lysias are studied. Hellenistic period. Extensive readings in the Greek Histori- Not offered every year. ans as well as modern scholars (in English). Independent Mr. Held paper or project. A knowledge of Greek is not required Offered 1978-79. Mrs Pavlantos Individualized Study Staff 201,202 Intermediate Greek

Designed to increase the student's skill in reading texts. LATIN Selections from Xenophon's Anabasis, some writers of the 101, 102 Elementary Latin New Testament and other authors are read, with an empha-

sis on grammar. Prerequisite: Greek 101, 102 or its equiva- An introduction to Latin. Designed for those who have had lent. no contact with the language. Mr. Held Mr. Parks

203 Plato 151 Roman History The Apology and Crito, with selections from other The history of the Republic. Extensive readings in the dialogues are read. Roman Historians as well as modern scholars (in English) Mr Held Independent paper or project. A knowledge of Latin is not required. Offered 1977-78. Mrs. Pavlantos 204 New Testament Greek An introduction to Koine Greek Selections from the New 201,202 Intermediate Latin Testament are read with attention to their language and content. Designed to increase the student's skill in reading texts. Mr. Held Selections from Latin prose and poetry are read, with con- tinuing grammatical review and analysis. Prerequisite: two years of secondary school Latin or Latin 101, 102. 301 Homer Mr Parks Selections from the Iliad and Odyssey are read with exami- nation of syntax and style. Supplemental reading in Eng- lish. Offered 1979-80. Mr. Parks Course Descriptions I Classics

203 Roman Prose 311 Lucretius Selections from Roman prose writers. Intensive review of Extensive reading in On the Nature of Things with attention grammar. Prerequisite: three or four years of secondary to Lucretius' metrical forms, science, and philosophy. Oral school Latin or Latin 201, 202. reports and a paper. Not offered every year. Mr. Parks Mr. Held

204 Roman Poetry 312 Prose Composition

Extensive reading in Catullus and Horace with a close ex- A course designed to increase the student's ability to trans- amination of poetic forms other than epic. Prerequisite: late from English to Latin. Includes a thorough grammar three or four years of secondary school Latin or Latin 201, review Not offered every year. 202. Mr. Held Staff

401 Vergil

303 Cicero A seminar devoted to the study of Vergil's literary style, Selected essays of Cicero, with supplemental reading from poetic genius, and humanity as seen in the Aeneid. Oral his letters and orations. Supplemental reading in English. reports and a paper. Open to seniors and qualified juniors Not offered every year. Not offered every year. Mr. Held Mrs. Pavlantos

304 Roman Comedy Individualized Study Selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Origin and devel- Staff opment of Roman Drama. Oral reports and a paper. Not offered every year. CLASSICAL LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Mr Parks 162-166 Genre Literature 305 Ovid An examination of the genre literature of Greece and Rome in translation. Selected works will be studied through anal- Extensive readings in the Metamorphoses. Oral reports and ysis of form, structure, and content No knowledge of Greek a paper. Not offered every year. primarily for the non-major Mrs. Pavlantos or Latin is necessary Designed but may count toward a major with the consent of the de- partment. 306 St. Augustine

Selections from the first nine books of the Confessions. Classics 162 Ancient Epic Attention is given to the differences between Late Latin and A study of Homer, Apollonius of Rhodes, and Vergil Of- Classical Latin. Not offered every year. Mr Held fered 1978-79 Mrs. Pavlantos

307 Roman Elegy Classics 164 Ancient Comedy Selected elegies of Catullus, Tibullus, and Propertius are A study of Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus and Terence read. Style and metrics of Latin love poetry are analyzed. Offered 1980-61 Not offered every year. Mrs. Pavlantos Mr. Held

Classics 166 Ancient Tragedy A study of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripedes, and Seneca. Offered 1979-80 Mrs. Pavlantos Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration 59

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Minimum requirements for students majoring in ADMINISTRATION economics are: Economics 101-102, 153, 241, 243, 245, and 333, and three courses chosen from the following: Economics 242, 301, 303, F. Railing Professor W. (Chairman) 305, 324, 336, 351, and 352. Majors in business Associate Professors Baird, Hill, and Williams administration are required to complete Assistant Professors Collier and Economics 101-102, 153, 241, 243, 245, and R. M. Gemmill 366, and to select three courses from the follow- Instructors Niiro, Patterson, Pineno, and ing: Economics 154, one advanced course in Stratton accounting, 351 , 352, 361 , 363, 365, and 367. In Lecturers Lewis, J. M. Railing, and Renner addition, the Department recommends that its majors take Mathematics 165. A student who The Department offers a program designed to plans to pursue graduate study in economics or produce an understanding of economic theory business administration is encouraged to take and economic institutions, and to provide stu- Mathematics 117-118 or Mathematics 111-112 dents with the specialized tools and knowledge and 211-212, and Economics 242, 351, and required to analyze the important economic is- 352. Mathematics 357-358 may be taken by a sues in human society. Theoretical and applied major in economics or a major in business ad- courses are offered which meet the needs of ministration in place of Economics 241, 242, students who intend to (1) pursue graduate provided both terms of Mathematics 357-358 study in economics; (2) enter graduate profes- are completed. sional schools in business administration, law, It should, however, be noted that a student may and related areas; or pursue a career in (3) not receive credit for two statistics courses cov- or government. Fundamentals rather business ering essentially the same material. Therefore, than techniques are stressed. a student who has taken Mathematics 107 or A student may select either economics or busi- Sociology 302, 303 prior to declaring a major in ness administration as a major field. Economics economics or in business administration will will is the social science which is concerned with not be required to take Economics 241 , but the study of the operation of various types of be required to take another course in the De- economic systems. An economic system is the partment, selected in consultation with Dr. W. F. means whereby human societies answer the Railing, to replace Economics 241. important economic questions facing them, During the first two years of residence, all stu- such as how to allocate scarce resources effi- dents who intend to major in economics or ciently, how to maintain economic stability, how business administration should complete growth, distribute to foster economic and how to Economics 101-102, 153, 241, 243, and 245. the fruits of economic activity equitably. Busi- Students who develop an interest in one of ness administration is the study of the lan- these two fields after entering the College will, guage, functions, techniques, and creative op- however, find it possible to major in the De- portunities involved in the control and operation partment as late as the close of the sophomore of the business firm or other organizations. year or the beginning of the junior year without

having followed the above program, if they have completed Economics 101-102 and a substan- tial number of the College distribution require- ments.

Economics 101-102 is a prerequisite for all courses offered by the Department except Economics 153, 154, 253-254, 310, 353-354, 355, 356, 363, 364, and 373-374. Upon applica- tion by a student, the prerequisites for a course may be waived by the instructor. and Business Administration <& Course Descriptions I Economics

The Department, to the best of its knowledge, 101-102 Principles of Economics offers the courses which are necessary to sat- The purpose of these courses is to give the student a gen- eral understanding of economic systems and economic isfy the Certified Public Accounting require- analysis, with emphasis on the operation of the American ments in all the states. Therefore, a student who economic system. The courses deal with topics of neoclas- majors in business administration or in sical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian economics, such as economics and concentrates in accounting at national income, employment and growth, monetary and fiscal policy, the price system, income distribution, and Gettysburg College will not find it necessary to international economics A student completing these in take the Cer- attend graduate school order to courses should be able to analyze economic problems and tified Public Accounting Examination in any reach well-considered judgments on public policy issues. state, provided the following courses are in- Messrs. Collier, Gemmill, Niiro, W. F. Railing, Stratton, and Williams cluded in his or her program: Economics 153, 154, 253-254, 305, 363, 364, 367, and at least 153 Financial-Managerial Accounting four of the following: 353-354, 355, 356, and 373-374. The primary objectives are to have the student grasp the overall usefulness of accounting to management and other Each student majoring in the Department must, interested parties, and to understand and use typical ac- counting reports of both the internal (managerial) and ex- as a requirement for graduation, achieve a sat- ternal (published) types Special emphasis is placed on isfactory score on the senior comprehensive the role of accounting in managing economic units by examination in his or her major field analyzing and interpreting financial statements. The sub- (economics or business administration), which ject matter is presented largely from the point of view of the user, rather than the producer, of economic information. is administered during the spring term of a stu- Offered during the fall and spring terms. dent's senior year. In order to qualify for De- Mr Baird, Mrs Lewis, Mr Patterson, and Mr. Pineno partmental Honors in his or her major field, a student must perform very well in the senior (1) 154 Fundamentals of Accounting Theory comprehensive examination, (2) satisfactorily A more detailed study of the process of identifying, meas- complete Economics 400 during the senior uring, recording, classifying, and summarizing economic year, and (3) have earned an acceptable over- information for single proprietorships, and corporations. Topics covered include the worksheet, special journals, all and Departmental grade point average. electronic data processing, payroll, interest, investments, Students majoring in economics or in business and cost accumulation, including its control. The subject administration are encouraged to participate in matter is presented largely from the point of view of the producer, rather than user, of economic information Of- The Washington Economic Policy Semester at fered during the fall and spring terms. Prerequisite: The American University. Those persons inter- Economics 153. ested should see page 36 and contact Dr. Mr Baird, Mrs. Lewis, Mr Patterson, Mr. Pineno, Railing at the beginning of the spring term of and Mr Renner their sophomore year, or earlier, to learn more about the Semester and to make application for 241 Introductory Economics and Business Statistics to it. The purpose of this course is to introduce the student statistical techniques and quantitative analysis as used in Students enrolled in The Harrisburg Urban economics and business Topics included are measures of Semester, who are majoring in economics or in central tendency, dispersion, skewness, kurtosis, the nor- business administration, should do the individ- mal distribution and applications; Chi-square applications; probabilities based on the normal distribution, the bino- ualized study project in this Department. mial distribution, and the Poisson distribution; sampling; The Departmental brochure, entitled Handbook inference theory and its application to decision-making; and linear regression and correlation. Offered during the for Majors, contains additional information re- fall and spring terms. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102 the policies of this garding and practices De- Please note that a student may not receive credit for both partment. All majors and potential majors are this course and Mathematics 107 or Sociology 302, 303. urged to obtain a copy of this booklet. Mr Hill

A student may satisfy the College distribution requirement in social sciences by successfully completing Economics 101-102. Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration

242 Intermediate Economic and Business Statistics 301 Labor Economics This course introduces more advanced statistical theory A study of the economic aspects of the employer-employee and its application to economic and business problems of relationship from the viewpoint of employer, employee,

analysis and forecasting. It includes nonlinear regression and the public is presented. Discussions of contract de- and correlation; multiple regression and correlation; Chi- termination; labor movements, problems and legislation; square tests; variance analysis; index numbers; and time union organization and behavior; and labor-management series and their decomposition as to trend, cyclical, sea- relations are included. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. sonal, and irregular components. Prerequisite: Economics Recommended: Economics 245. 241. Mr. Stratton Mr. Hill

303 Money and Banking 243 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory An examination of the role of money, credit, and financial This course continues the study of the theory of the deter- institutions in the determination of price and income levels. mination of the aggregate level of economic activity in a Coverage includes the nature and functions of money and free enterprise system, the methods by which a high level credit, the nature and operation of the commercial banking of employment and income may be maintained, the causes system, the structure and activities of the Federal Reserve of inflation and methods of preventing it, and related as- System, monetary theory, and the role of monetary policy in pects of monetary and fiscal policy. There is also a brief the American economy. Emphasis is placed upon the consideration of social accounting, with special emphasis evaluation of current theory and practice in meeting the on the National Income Accounts of the Department of needs of a dynamic economic system. Prerequisite: Commerce, and input-output analysis, flow of funds analy- Economics 101-102. sis, and national balance sheets. Offered during the fall and Mr. Gemmill spring terms. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. Mr. W. F. Railing 305 Public Finance

This course is concerned with the principles, techniques, 245 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory and effects of obtaining and spending funds by gov- An advanced study of the partial equilibrium theory of con- ernments, and of managing government debt. The nature, sumer demand; the theory of production; the theory of the growth, and amount of the expenditures of all levels of firm in market conditions of pure competition, monopoly, government in the United States are considered, along with oligopoly, and monopolistic competition; the theory of fac- the numerous types of taxes employed by the various tor prices and income distribution; general equilibrium; levels of government to finance their activities. The growth welfare economics; and linear programming. Offered dur- and size of government debt in the United States are also ing the fall and spring termsm Prerequisite: Economics studied. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. 101-102. Mr. W. F. Railing Messrs. Collier and Hill

310 Cultural, Social, and Physical Geography

253-254 Intermediate Accounting The first half of the course is a survey of the physical envi- A continued and more intensive study of the principles and ronment to acquaint the student with the elements and in- theories prevalent in accounting with consideration given terrelationships of the atmosphere, the hydrosphere, and to alternative methods of recording and presenting ac- the lithosphere. The second half of the course is a system- counting data. An effort is made to acquaint the student atic and regional study of the habitable earth with empha- with the predominant professional groups and their pro- sis on latitudinal position, the climatic and demographic nouncements on accounting matters. Prerequisite: resource limits: fauna and flora distributions; and the Economics 153, 154. superimposed involvement of cultural, economic and polit- Messrs. Baird and Patterson ical institutions. This course satisfies the geography re- quirement for those students who wish to teach in the pub- lic schools. Mr. Hill Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration

324 Comparative Economic Systems 352 Introduction to Econometrics

A comparative analysis of socialism, capitalism, centrally This course is designed to introduce the student to the planned and free enterprise economies. Primary attention applications of mathematical economic theory and statisti-

is given to the economic, political, philosophic and historic cal procedures to economic and business data. Economic aspects and institutions of Soviet type societies in relation theorems will be tested empirically, and readings in the to non-Soviet economies. Prerequisite: Economics 101- econometric literature and problems will be assigned. Pre- 102. Recommended: Economics 243, 245. requisites: Economics 243, 245, Mathematics 117-118 or Mr. Stratton Mathematics 111-112 and 211-212, and Economics 242 Mathematics 358. Mr. Niiro 333 History of Economic Thought and Analysis A historical study and analysis of economic ideas, institu- tions, and policies in relation to major forms of social, polit- 353-354 Cost Accounting ical, and economic problems. Particular emphasis is laid The study of physical and monetary input-output relation- on the economic, nationalist, and socialist criticisms of this ships and the use of such productivity and cost studies for typeof economic thought; historical schoolsand institutional managerial evaluation, planning, and control. Practice economics, and Keynesian and post-Keynesian develop- work is performed in job order, process, and standard ment of economic thought and its criticisms. Prerequisite: costs. Emphasis is placed on managerial control and use Economics 101-102. of cost accounting data in 354. Prerequisites: Economics Mr. Collier 153, 154. Alternate years, ottered 1977-78. Mr. Pineno

336 International Economic Development and Trade An examination of the economic and non-economic factors 355 Auditing accounting for the economic growth and development of An introduction to principles and procedures of auditing, modern economically developed nations and less devel- including preparation of audit programs and working pa- oped areas of the world. A review of the problems encoun- pers and the writing of reports. Some of the actual experi- tered in initiating and sustaining the process of economic ence of conducting an audit is simulated through comple- development is covered. Various theories of economic tion of a practice set. Prerequisites: Economics 153, 154. growth and development are analyzed and major policy Alternate years, offered 1978-79. issues are discussed, especially as they relate to interna- Mr. Baird tional trade. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. Mr. Collier 356 Federal Taxes A study of federal taxes, their historical development and 351 Application of Mathematics to Economics current implementation, with particular attention given to and Business the income tax on corporations and individuals. Emphasis This course is designed to introduce the student to the is placed on the researching of tax problems through use of application of calculus and matrix algebra in economic loose-leaf tax services. Some work on the preparation of theory, economic measurement, and business administra- returns is also included. Prerequisites: Economics 153, tion, and to enable him or her to carry theory from economic 154. into mathematical terms and wee versa. Readings in the Messrs. Baird and Patterson economic and business literature, and problems will be 361 Marketing Management assigned. Prerequisites: Economics 243, 245, and Mathe- The marketing system is evaluated as a mechanism for the matics 1 1 7-1 1 8 or Mathematics 111-112 and 21 1 -21 2. Mr. Niiro exchange of information, creation of and adjustment to demand, and the sale of products and services. Emphasis

is on the managerial approach to the selection, evaluation, and control of price, product line, distribution, and promo- tion in the marketing program. Marketing case studies are prepared and discussed. Prerequisite: Economics 101- 102. Mr. Pineno Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration 63

363 Business Law I 367 Business Finance

The purpose of Business Law I is three-fold: (1 ) to intro- An introduction to the principles, practices, and institutions duce the student to the American judicial system, (2) to involved in the acquisition and administration of funds by make the student aware of how legal disputes can occur, the business firm, with emphasis upon the corporate firm. and (3) to help prepare the student for the Business Law Coverage includes asset management, sources and costs Part of the Certified Public Accounting Examination. An of capital, the money and capital markets, business expan- overview of the historical development of law, the sources sion, failure and reorganization. Emphasis is upon the of law today, and criminal and tort laws are presented. The application of economic theory and basic decision theory law of contracts is then explored in depth. Civil procedure to the financial problems and practices of the firm. Prereq- and the court systems as well as secured transactions are uisite: Economics 101-102. also fully discussed. Offered during the fall and spring terms. Mr. Gemmill Mrs. J. M. Railing

373-374 Advanced Accounting

364 Business Law II An examination of accounting problems related to certain

This course is a continuation of Business Law I The student areas such as estates and trusts, non-profit organizations, is given further preparation for the Business Law Part of the partnerships, bankruptcies, and with particular emphasis Certified Public Accounting Examination. Among the topics on consolidations. Considerable attention is also directed covered are commercial paper, employment, principal and toward regulation of accounting practices as effected by agent, partnerships, corporations and estates. Prerequisite: governmental agencies, such as the Securities and Ex- Economics 363. change Commission, and professional bodies, such as the Mrs. J. M. Railing Accounting Principles Board and the Financial Accounting Standards Board Prerequisite: Economics 253-254. Alter- nate years, offered 1978-79 365 Personnel Management Mr Baird The changing nature of the management commitment and the essential techniques, attitudes, and areas of responsi- bility that contribute to a sound personnel program are 400 Senior Seminar presented. Both the functional context and the behavioral Open to senior majors with the consent of the Department. factors and implications that underlie individual and group Research papers on contemporary economic and business behavior in the work situation are studied. Additional time problems are prepared and discussed. Seniors must take

is spent on the nature of the decision-making process as it this course to qualify for Departmental Honors. affects the individual and the organization, as well as the Mr. Gemmill central importance of the individual in the organization. The place of character and personality, and a sense of individual Individualized Study and social responsibility are also stressed Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. Well qualified students may pursue topics of an advanced Mr Williams nature, through individual reading and research, under the supervision of a member of the Department's faculty. A student wishing to pursue independent study must present 366 Business Management a proposal at least one month before the end of the term The language background, and need for scientific man- preceding the term in which the independent study is to be agement and the changing social responsibilities and undertaken. Prerequisite: Permission of the supervising management's response are presented The major func- faculty member and the Department Chairman. Offered tional areas of internal and external activities of an organi- during the fall and spring terms.

zation are studied, and further consideration is given to the Staff contribution of behavioral and management sciences in treating the organization as a complex interrelated system. The attributes of good administration and administrative practices are emphasized. The decision-making pro- cess and the place of the computer in modern management are considered. The key position the professional manager holds in the firm or any other organization and in the economy is stressed. The importance of a professional at- titude is introduced. The organization is presented as the preeminent user of people, and of knowledge through peo- ple, as a major managerial and social responsibility. Pre- requisite: Economics 101-102. Mr. Williams —

<^ Course Descriptions I Education

304 Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of EDUCATION Secondary Subject The secondary subjects are: biology, chemistry, physics, English, French, Spanish, German, Latin, mathematics, Professor Rosenberger (Chairman) health and physical education, and social studies. This Associate Professor J. T. Held course is taught by a staff member of each department Assistant Professors Packard and Slaybaugh having students in the Education Term. Included is a study Supervisor of Elementary Teachers Harvey of the methods and materials applicable to the teaching of each subject and the appropriate curricular organization. Prerequisite: Consent of the major department. Repeated in The purposes of the teacher education pro- the fall term. grams are to give the student a thorough background in educational philosophy and 306 Educational Purposes, Methods, and Instructional theoretical concepts of instruction, and to pro- Media in Social Studies, Art, Music, Health and Physical Education vide an opportunity for student teaching. The philosophy and approach to teaching social studies The Education Department works cooperatively and geography in the elementary school. The correlation of with all other departments in the preparation of art, music, health and physical education with other el- ementary subjects. Study of art, music, and physical edu- teachers in secondary education, elementary cation as background for assisting the special teacher. education, music education, and health and Use of appropriate educational media. Prerequisite: Edu- physical education. Students interested in pur- cation 101. suing one of these programs will need to study Mr Packard and Special Instructors carefully the teacher education programs on pages 31 to 34. 309 Social Foundations of Education The study of educational theory and programs, profes- sional and legal aspects of teaching, the historical devel- 101 Educational Psychology opment of the American educational systems, and the rela- The development of the individual and the development of tionship of the modern school to society. The student pre- psychological principles of learning are extensively inves- paring to teach in secondary education will be engaged in tigated. An introduction to evaluating and reporting pupil a pre-student teaching experience as a student aide in a progress, and the statistics necessary for analyzing test classroom. Repeated in the spring term, offered also in the data. Repeated in the spring term. Psychology 101 recom- January Term as Ed. J 9 for preparation in secondary edu- mended as background. cation Elementary teacher education students enroll for Messrs. Packard and Slaybaugh this course during the Education Term. Messrs. Rosenberger and Packard 303 Educational Purposes, Methods, and Educational Media: Secondary 328 Principles of Guidance The function of schools in a democracy. Emphasis is The principles and practices of counseling and guidance. placed on methods and techniques of the teaching The systematic study of the individual, the theories and learning process and classroom management in sec- techniques in practice, guidance programs, and the place ondary schools. The underlying principles and techniques of guidance in the total educational program. Prerequisite: involved in the use of teaching materials and sensory aids. Education 101. Includes a unit on reading. Prerequisite: Education 101. Mr. Rosenberger Repeated in the spring term. Mr. J. T. Held 331 Foundations of Reading Instruction and the Language Arts

An introduction to the theory and problems in reading in- struction and language arts. Current trends relating to rec- ognition of these problems and appropriate instructional aids. Prerequisite: Education 101. Mr. Slaybaugh —

Course Descriptions I Education I English 65

334 Corrective Reading ENGLISH A study of the analysis and correction of reading dis- abilities in the elementary school. Survey of tests and mate- rials including children's literature as an incentive to Professors Baskerville, Clarke, Geyer greater interest in reading. Diagnosis and remedial tutor- (Chairman), Lindeman, Pickering, and Stewart ing of elementary school pupils who have reading problems. Prerequisite: Education 331. Associate Professors Bolich, Locher, Myers, Mr Slaybaugh and Schmidt Assistant Professors Di Pesa, Fredrickson, and 370 Elementary School Science: Purposes, Methods, McComb and Instructional Media Lecturers Jones and Schwartz Scientific principles for mastery by the elementary pupil in connection with appropriate experimental procedures; lec- ture, demonstration classes, instructional media, and field The courses offered by the Department are de- experiences are designed to give the prospective teacher signed to train students to express their a thorough background in elementary school science. Pre- thoughts clearly and effectively through spoken requisite: Education 101. Offered also in the January Term as Ed. J 37. and written language and to understand, inter- Mr. Slaybaugh pret, and assimilate the thoughts and experi- ences of the great writers of English and Ameri-

411 Internship in Teaching Composition can literature. English is excellent preparation Each member of this seminar will undertake a teaching for careers in teaching, publishing, law, journal- internship in a section of English 101. Under the supervi- ism, and government service and for graduate sion of the instructor in that section, the intern will attend study leading to advanced degrees in English, classes, prepare and teach selected classes, counsel stu- dents on their written work, and give students' papers a first the ministry, and library work. reading and a preliminary evaluation. All interns will meet The Department believes that a well-balanced regularly with members of the English Department to dis- program for a major in English should include cuss methods of teaching composition and to analyze the classroom experience. Required of all majors in English (1 ) some knowledge of the history of the English planning to enroll in the Elementary or Secondary Educa- language and of English as a system; (2) train- tion Program. Students should register for Education 41 1 in ing in the application of the techniques of liter- the Fall or Spring term prior to their Education Term. the different critical Staff ary analysis and ap- proaches to literature; (3) knowledge of the of 475 Student Teaching Elementary characteristics and development the major literary forms or genres; knowledge of the Student observation, participation, and teaching in the el- (4) ementary grades under supervision of an experienced literary history of England and America; teacher. Group and individual conferences are held for (5) study in depth of the work of one author of discussion of principles and problems. For nine weeks the significance. student will spend the full day in the elementary classroom. This course carries two course credits. Prerequisites: Edu- The Department offers two types of major: a cation 306, 331, 370 (J37) and Mathematics 180 (J 18). major with a concentration in English and Amer- Repeated in the Spring Term. ican literature and a major with a concentration Messrs Slaybaugh and Packard in theatre arts and drama.

477 Student Teaching—Secondary Student observation, participation, and teaching on the secondary school level under supervision of an experi- enced teacher. Group and individual conferences are held for discussion of principles and problems. A minimum of 90 hours of responsible classroom teaching is recom- mended. This course carries two course credits Prerequi- sites: Education 101, 303, and 309. Repeated in the Spring Term.

Messrs Rosenberger and J. T. Held & Course Descriptions I English

The Major in Literature The requirements for The Major in Theatre Arts and Drama In addi- the major in literature are twelve courses in Eng- tion to English 111, 112 and IS 1 03, majors with lish and American language and literature in a concentration in theatre arts must elect the addition to the fall term of Literary Foundations specified number of courses from each of the of Western Culture (IS 103). All majors are re- following categories: quired to take English 111, 112 and the fall term I. Theatre Arts (3 courses): Theatre Arts 203, Literary of of Foundations Western Culture 204, 208, 301, 310, 314 (IS 1 03), normally in the freshman or sophomore II. Drama (3 courses): English 225, 328, 329, In addition, the year. to obtain desired distribu- 365, 366 tion of courses, majors must elect the specified Majors concentrating in theatre arts should number of courses from each of the following elect studio and history courses in such allied categories: arts as painting, sculpture, music, creative writ- I. English Language (1 course): English 301, ing, film, dance, and speech. 302 Elementary and Secondary Education The II. English Literary History (2 courses from major for students enrolled in the elementary Group A; 2 courses from Group B): education program will consist of ten courses, A. English 331, 334, 337, 338 including English 111, 112, in addition to the B. English 341, 342, 345, 346 fall term of Literary Foundations of Western Cul- III. American Literary History (2 courses): Eng- ture (IS 103). Working with the chairman of the lish 215, 216, 318, 319, 320 English Department, each elementary educa- IV. Major Authors (1 course): English 362, 365, tion student will design a major program, fol- 366, or any seminar devoted to a British or lowing as closely as possible the department's American author considered by the De- distribution requirement. Students planning to partment to be of major importance. teach English in the secondary schools are re- January Term courses devoted to major au- quired to take English 301 or 302 and either 365 thors may not be used to fulfill this require- or 366. Speech 101 is recommended. Also, the ment. Department cooperates in offering Education Majors in English their should choose two re- 304, Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of maining electives from following: the English Secondary English and Education 411, Intern- 218, 219, 225, 323, 324, 328, 329, 332, 351, ship in Teaching Composition. 352. English 101, 121, 122, 123, 124, 135, 136, History 131, 132, 203, 204, and Philosophy 21 1, 201, 203, 205, 206, 305, and courses in speech 221, and 303, 304 are highly recommended for may not be used to fulfill the department's major majors. Students planning to do graduate work requirements. Courses in theatre arts count only in English should take French and German toward the English major with a concentration in courses. theatre arts and drama. All courses offered by the Department, except English 101, 201, 203, 205, 206, 301, 302, 305 and courses in speech and theatre arts, may be used to fulfill the college distribution require- ment in literature. Theatre Arts 203, 204 and English 205, 206 may be used to fulfill the col- lege distribution requirement in art, music, cre- ative writing, or theatre arts. Course Descriptions I English 67

101 English Composition 135, 136 Modes of Literature

Aims to develop the student's ability to express himself or A major literary mode, here defined both as an attitude herself in clear, accurate, and thoughtful English prose. which the author assumes toward his subject and as the Not limited to freshmen. Repeated in the spring term. manner in which the subject reveals itself, will be the pri- Staff mary focus. Through the reading of a varied group of plays stories, that poems, t and essays exhibit common characteristics of a mode, the student will consider the 111, 112 Literary Analysis origin and qualities of each mode, its evolution, some of This course aims to enable students to read a work of litera- the important writers, and the kinds of experience it ture critically, judgments based on textual evidence, make presents One or more modes will be offered from term to and express those judgments clearly and effectively in writ- term —for example, tragedy, comedy, satire, romance. of particular literary in ing. Through the examination works Staff class, the student learns the characteristics of the major literary forms and practices the technique of textual analy- sis. The student also writes critical papers. The short story, 201 Advanced Composition novel, and drama are studied in the fall term. Poetry is An intensive course in advanced rhetorical techniques with studied in the second term. special emphasis on exposition and argumentation. Staff Mr. Pickering

121 Studies in Narrative 203 Journalism

An intensive study of various forms of narrative, with em- This is a general introduction to the field of journalism. phasis on the novel, but may include also the epic, film, Students will spend most of their time practicing the tech- and other art forms at the discretion of the instructor. A niques of writing news copy, feature, sports, and editorial typical course might include several narrative types devel- articles; composing headlines, doing make-up, and essay- oping a single theme—for example, the quest. Primarily for ing their talents at copy reading and rewrite. The class will freshmen but open to a limited number of sophomores. spend as much time as can be arranged visiting local Staff newspaper and printing plants and interviewing profes- sional journalists. Mr Baskerville 122 Studies in Short Fiction

An intensive study of short fiction and its elements, with some attention to the development of the modern short 205, 206 The Writing of Fiction, Poetry and Drama

story. Primarily for freshmen but open to a limited number A workshop in the writing of short stories, verse, and plays, of sophomores. with an analysis of models. Either course may be used to

Staff fulfill the distribution requirement in art, music, creative writing, or theatre arts. Prerequisite: Permission of the in- structor. 123 Studies in Poetry Mr. Clarke A detailed study of selected poems, chiefly British and American, through critical analysis of form, structure, and meaning. Primarily for freshmen but open to a limited 215, 216 The American Literary Tradition number of sophomores A chronological study of American writing from Colonial Staff days to the present, with emphasis on the principal literary figures and their backgrounds. The first semester carries through the American Romantics; the second semester 124 Studies in Drama runs from the Realists to major contemporaries. This course involves an intensive study of a number of Messrs. Fredrickson and Locher plays representative of the history of the drama from clas- sical to contemporary times. Of major emphasis are the techniques by which the dramatic experience compels 218,219 The English Novel audience—reader involvement, the strategies which assist A study of the form and content of the English novel as the in comprehending this experience and the ways in which genre developed in the eighteenth century (218) and each of the plays relates to the literary tradition of which it nineteenth century (219). English 219 offered 1977-78. is a part. Mr. McComb Staff Course Descriptions I English <^>

225 The Golden Age of English Drama 305 The Writing of Poetry and Short Fiction: Advanced Somewhat overshadowed by the genius of Shakespeare, the achievement of other dramatists during the English A course open to students who have demonstrated that

Renaissance is nonetheless outstanding in its own right. their skills in the writing of poetry and fiction might be After some attention to the beginnings of the drama in the further developed The goal of each student will be the Middle Ages, this course will study such writers as Mar- composition of a group of poems or short stories. Prerequi- lowe, Jonson and Chapman in order to assess the literary site: English 205, 206 importance of Shakespeare's contemporaries Mr Clarke Mr. Myers

318 American Prose of the Colonial and 226 Introduction to Shakespeare Romantic Periods

Designed for students not majoring in English, this course A study of the fiction, essays, journals and autobiography endeavors to communicate an awareness of Shakespeare's written by major American writers from the early days to evolution as a dramatist and of his importance in the de- 1 860 Although Puritan and 1 8th Century prose will be cov- velopment of Western literature and thought. ered, emphasis will be on the masterworks of the American Mr. Myers Romantics: Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. Messrs Fredrickson and Locher 231 to 260 Studies in Literary Topics An intensive study of a single writer, group, movement, 319 American Prose of the Realistic Period theme, or period. Subjects will change from term to term and may include some of the following: Creativity and the A study which concentrates on fiction by major American Unconscious, Woman as Literary Artist, The Gothic Tradi- writers between 1860 and the early Twentieth century tion, American Humor, the 1920's, Black Literature De- Twain, Howells. James, and Crane will receive major em- signed primarily for the nonmajor, but may be counted to- phasis ward the major. Fulfills distribution requirement in litera- Messrs Fredrickson and Locher ture. With the consent of the department, a student may take this course more than once Open to freshmen 320 American Poetry Before 1900 Staff The development of American Poetry from Anne Bradstreet to Stephen Crane will be studied Emphasis will be placed 301 Introduction to Linguistics on Emerson, Poe, Whitman, and Dickinson. This course attempts a systematic but largely non- Messrs Fredrickson and Locher technical survey of major aspects of language. Em- phasized are the structure of modern English, semantics, 323, 324 Twentieth Century Fiction and the nature and development of social and geograph- The form and content of a representative selection of Eng- ical dialects. The course aims at enhancing the student's lish and American novels and, occasionally, short stories understanding of the complexity of language and its pro- written between 1900 and the present will be studied in found significance in human life. Mr McComb their social and intellectual context English 323 is devoted to fiction from 1900 to 1940 and will concentrate on James, Conrad, Joyce, Woolf, Lawrence, Hemingway, Faulkner, 302 History of the English Language and others English 324 is devoted to fiction from 1940 to

The purpose of this course is to provide an historical un- the present. Writers such as Updike. Nabokov, Bellow, derstanding of the vocabulary, the forms, and the sounds of Cary and others will be included

the language from the Old English / Anglo-Saxon periods Messrs Fredrickson and Geyer through the twentieth century. Class time is spent in devel- oping an elementary reading knowledge of Old and Middle 328, 329 Twentieth Century Drama English so as to deal effectively with those laws that govern A representative study will be made of the major figures in the development of English sounds— i.e., Grimm's and international drama from Ibsen to the present. The first term Verner's Laws through the Great Vowel Shift. will include Ibsen, Strindberg, Shaw, Chekhov, Synge, Mr. Baskerville O'Neill, and others. The second term will begin with writers

after World War II and will include Miller, Williams, Beckett, lonesco, Genet, Albee, and others Alternate years Offered 1978-79. Mr Schmidt Course Descriptions I English 69

331 Mediaeval Literature 345, 346 The Nineteenth Century A sketch of the development of Western literature from the A critical analysis of poetry, prose, and selected drama Patristic age through the Carolingian revival precedes a with some attention to the historical and intellectual back- careful study of the twelfth century literary renaissance. ground. English 345 is devoted to the literature from 1780 Certain major subjects are always included in the course: to 1830 and focuses on the works of Blake, Wordsworth, Anglo-Saxon poetry, Middle English lyrics and metrical Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. English 346 is de- romances, the Arthurian legend, Courtly Love, the Tristan voted to the literature from 1830 to 1900 and focuses on the

and Isolde story, and the Grail legend. If time permits, other works of Carlyle, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Rossetti, major works will be studied. Morris, Swinburne, Hardy, Wilde, and the Art for Art's Sake Mr. Baskerville Movement. Mr. Geyer

332 Mediaeval Narrative 351,352 Twentieth Century Poetry Beginning in late Classical times, the course will sample the forms of Mediaeval Narrative with particular emphasis A study of selected British and American poets of the mod- on Chaucer's contemporaries in the Fourteenth Century ern period, with attention given to the explication of indi- and on the works of Thomas Malory. vidual poems, as well as to the style and method of each Mr. Pickering poet and to the ways in which each responds to the problems and themes of his cultural milieu. The fall term is devoted to major figures who flourished prior to 1939, with 334 Renaissance Literature emphasis on E. A. Robinson, Robert Frost, Wallace Selected works of Pico delta Mirandola, More, Machiavelli, Stevens, Gerard Manley Hopkins, W. B. Yeats, T. S. Eliot, and Castiglione are read in order to provide a background and Dylan Thomas. The spring term deals with poets in basic Renaissance ideas and attitudes. The course then whose reputations have developed since 1939, with em- concentrates on the development of these ideas and at- phasis on Richard Wilbur, Theodore Roethke, Robert Bly, titudes in English writers likr Daniel, Drayton, Marlowe, and Sylvia Plath. Shakespeare, and Sidney, and finally Spenser, whose Messrs. Lindeman and Clarke works are used to summarize the highest achievement of the English Renaissance in non-dramatic literature. Mr. Baskerville 362 Chaucer Examination of a selection of Chaucer's minor poems and of five of his major poems (including "Troilus and 337, 338 The Seventeenth Century Criseyde" and "Canterbury Tales") is the means of asses- A study of the poetry, prose, and thought of the period sing the poet's response to literary influences and of trac- extending from the last years of Elizabeth to the early years ing the development of his original genius. of the Restoration. The fall term will take up selected poets, Mr. Pickering with emphasis on Donne and Jonson, as well as several prose writers, with emphasis on Bacon and the "new sci- 365, 366 Shakespeare ence." The spring term will begin with prose works by Bur- ton and Browne, poems by Marvell, and selected Restora- By means of a careful analysis of language, characteriza- tion lyrics. The remainder of the course will be devoted to tion, and structure in each of the numerous plays consid- the works of Milton, studying both his development as a ered, this course seeks to communicate an understanding poet and his relation to his age. both of Shakespeare's relation to the received traditions of Mr. Lindeman and Ms. Di Pesa his time, and of his achievement as one of the most impor- tant figures in Western literature. The fall term will focus upon the early plays through Hamlet and Troilus and Cres- 341, 342 Literature of the Restoration and sida; the spring term upon the later plays. Eighteenth Century Mr. Myers A critical analysis of the prose and poetry written between 1660 and 1798. The student determines what makes the period distinct and identifies those characteristics which show continuity with the past and those tendencies which foreshadow future literary developments. English 341, de- voted to the literature from 1660-1740, concentrates upon the work of Dryden, Swift, and Pope. English 342, devoted to the literature from 1740 to 1798, concentrates upon the work of the mid-century poets, and Johnson and Boswell. Ms. Stewart c$ Course Descriptions I English

400 Senior Seminar 252 Studies in Film Aesthetics Provides an opportunity for a limited number of students, Through a study of historically significant films, film theory working with a member of the staff, to study a topic through and criticism, this course aims to develop an appreciation reading, discussion, and the presentation of written papers for film as an art form. Students will read extensively and and oral reports. Permission of the instructor required. will write short critical papers about films and a term paper Staff which demonstrates a familiarity with film biography. Alter-

nate years. Offered 1 978-79. Mr. Fredrickson Individualized Study Independent investigation of a topic of special interest to the student under the supervision of a member of the staff. 301 Play Production Offered to students with superior academic records. Pre- A study of theater from book to curtain. All major phases of requisite: Approval of the Department and of the directing the production of a play will be analyzed—direction, act- faculty member. Application for individualized study must ing, set design, lighting, make-up, costuming, publicity, be made in advance of registration. Repeated in the spring and theater management—with particular attention de- term. voted to direction. Students will be expected to present at Staff the conclusion of the term a director's study of a full-length play, and in addition will direct scenes in class as well as in other scenes. The actual construction and painting of THEATRE ARTS act scenery is an integral part of the course. Mr. Schmidt Theatre Arts 203, 204 may be used to fulfill the distribution requirements in art, music, creative writing, or theatre arts. 310 Directing

The study of the theory and technique of the art of the 203, 204 History of the Theater director; the historical role of the director; how the director A survey of the theatre from the primitive to the present. selects a play and the criteria he employs; the analysis of Attention will be devoted to the continuity of theater a play; tryouts and casting; the purpose and technique of throughout the ages, with particular relevance of theater blocking; graphic composition and symbolic movement; design and production techniques to the plays of the stage movement and stage business; the director as a periods, and the relationship between each period and the scenic artist; central staging; directing period drama; how theater which it nurtured. In addition, students will be ex- the director relates to backstage and front-of-the-house. pected to analyze at least one work from each period in Students will be required to direct a number of scenes in light of the theater of which it was a part. The fall term is class and to stage and produce a one-act play. devoted to theatre of the Primitive, Egyptian, Greek, Ro- Mr. Schmidt man, Medieval, Elizabethan, Spanish, Renaissance periods, as well as to the Oriental theatre. The spring term is concerned with the Italian Renaissance (including 314 Advanced Acting

Commedia dell' Arte), French Neoclassical, Restoration, Further study in the theory and the technique of the art of Eighteenth Century, Nineteenth Century, American and the actor: the various schools and styles of acting; the Modern periods. Alternate years. Offered 1 977-78. analysis of a part; the interpretation of a role; the building of Mr. Schmidt a characterization. Acting techniques in periods other than our own will be studied and employed in a series of scenes. These periods include Classical Greek, Italian 208 Fundamentals of Acting Renaissance, Elizabethan, and Restoration, and will in- The study of the theory and the technique of the art of the clude work in both comedy and tragedy Prerequisite: actor; voice technique for the stage; the use of pantomime, Theatre Arts 208 and/or permission of the instructor. including the study of gesture and movement. Emphasis Mr. Schmidt will be placed on the discipline and control of the body and the voice to best serve the actor. Improvisation will be em- ployed. In addition, students will be expected to perform in scenes for class analysis. Mr. Schmidt Course Descriptions I English I German and Russian Languages and Literatures

SPEECH GERMAN AND RUSSIAN LANGUAGES 101 Public Speaking AND LITERATURES A study of the basic principles of public address. Consid- erable emphasis is placed on finding and arranging, in effective outline form, worthwhile materials. Frequent prac- Professor Schneider (Chairman) tice in speaking before an audience. Repeated in the Associate Professor Crowner spring term. Mr. Bolich Assistant Professors G. Collier, McCardle, and Ritterson

201 Advanced Public Speaking Lecturer Geib The adaptation of public address to various purposes: to entertain, to convince, and to induce to action. A portion of One of the attributes of a truly liberated individ- the course is devoted to an appreciation of the public ad- ual is acquaintance with the language and cul- dress as an art form. Prerequisite: Speech 101. Mr. Bolich ture of at least one foreign nation. The offerings of this department are designed to contribute to 220 Mass Communication the attainment of this goal. Apart from the val- A study of radio, television, and motion pictures and im- ues accruing from the mental discipline de- pact on society. Considerable attention will be given to the manded by language learning and the practical silent films. utilization of such learning in the areas of re- Mr. Bolich search and technology, international trade, di-

plomacy, teaching, and foreign travel, it is 301 Voice and Diction hoped that doors will be opened to an intelli- Study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, voice produc- gent and informed understanding of the Ger- tion, pronunciation, and speech disorders. Mr. Bolich man and Russian peoples and a more meaning- ful appreciation of their significant contribu-

302 Argumentation and Discussion tions to the world's cultural heritage. An introduction to the principles of argumentation. The dis- Through the use of the foreign language in the covery, selections, and evaluation of evidence and its use classroom and correlative audio-lingual drill in in the construction of oral arguments. Discussion and con- effort is directed toward the de- ference leadership are considered. the laboratory, Mr. Bolich velopment of a reasonable proficiency in speaking and listening comprehension as well 303 Oral Interpretation as in reading and writing. aloud from Study and practice in techniques of reading German 202 or equivalent proficiency is con- prose, poetry, and dramatic literature. Considerable atten- sidered prerequisite to all higher-numbered tion to the appreciation of good oral interpretation by use of recordings. German courses, unless specified otherwise. Mr. Bolich Major Requirements A major is offered only in German and consists of a minimum of nine 304 Radio Speech courses beyond the level of German 202, in- Radio as a means of communication and as a social cluding 211,21 2, 301 , 302, 321 , 322, and three agency. The principles of radio speaking and script writ- from those numbered 213, 323, 324, ing. courses Mr. Bolich 325, 326, 328. Majors preparing to teach Ger- man in the secondary school must also take Education 304, Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of Secondary German (does not count toward German major). Descriptions Languages Literatures o Course I German and Russian and Majors who take a Junior Year Abroad program 201,202 Intermediate German may count no more than six of those courses Continuation of the work of German 101, 102. Progressively toward the major and must take at least one more difficult reading, in class and outside, selected to introduce the student to German literature and civilization. German literature course in their senior year. Use of audio-visual cultural materials and correlative drill Majors who, by the end of the junior year, have in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: German 102 or its not demonstrated a satisfactory level of compe- equivalent. Staff tency in the reading, writing, speaking and lis- tening comprehension of German, as deter- 301 Advanced German mined by the department's staff, will be as- Designed for advanced work in the language and intended signed such additional work as considered for students who have successfully completed at least necessary and appropriate to the attainment of German 202, as well as for qualified incoming students. such competency by the end of the senior year. The plan of study incorporates extensive reading and in- tensive practice in aural comprehension, oral expression, following Distribution Requirements The and directed composition. Conducted mostly in German. courses may be counted toward the distribution Staff requirement in literature: German 119, 120, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 328, Russian 119, and 302 Advanced German

designated January Term courses. A continuation of exercise in the skills of German 301, but with emphasis given to readings and discussions on The following courses be counted toward may problems of German literary studies. Both primary and the distribution requirement in the area of histo- secondary (unedited) sources will be read. Students will ry, philosophy and religion and, with the con- be asked to present oral reports and to write resumes and in German. sent of the History Department, toward a history compositions on the materials read. Conducted Prerequisite: German 301 or demonstrated equivalent major: 211, 212, and 213. German preparation. The distribution requirement in foreign lan- Staff guage may be satisfied by completion of Ger- man or Russian 202 or of any 300-level course, German Culture Studies or of by demonstration equivalent achievement 211, 212 Survey of German Culture to 1945 in an Advanced Placement or departmental A study of the cultural history of the German people from qualifying examination. their beginnings to 1945, including an appreciation of their major contributions to the world's cultural heritage. Ac- GERMAN cepted toward fulfillment of the distribution requirement in the area of history, philosophy or religion. German Language Mr. Schneider

101,102 Elementary German 213 Survey of German Culture Since 1945 Essentials of grammar, composition, pronunciation. Oral A study of the culture, society and politics of contemporary and written work. Graded elementary reading. Use of Germany, East and West, including a comparison of the audio-visual cultural materials and correlative drill in the social systems and of attempts to deal with the problems of language laboratory. Prepares for German 201, 202. the present and future. Assigned readings in both critical/ Staff analytical and literary works. A knowledge of German is not required. Accepted toward fulfillment of the distribution re- quirement in the area of history, philosophy or religion. Alternates with German 212. Mr. McCardle Course Descriptions I German and Russian Languages and Literatures

German Literature 400 Senior Seminar Intensive study of selected aspects of German language, 119, 120 German Literature in Translation literature and civilization. Reading, discussion, oral and Critical analysis and appreciation of form and content of written reports. Topics will be selected with a view to af- representative German literary masterpieces, selected fording students an opportunity to strengthen their knowl- from the literary periods from the Middle Ages to the edge in the areas not covered in their other course work in cul- present, together with an examination of the times and the department. tural circumstances which produced these works. Does not Staff count toward a major in German. Accepted toward fulfill- ment of the distribution requirement in literature. Messrs. McCardle and Ritterson Individualized Study Guided reading or research under the supervision of a member of the staff. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- 302 Advanced German ment. See course description under German Language (above). Staff RUSSIAN

321, 322 German Literature of the Eighteenth Century 101, 102 Elementary Russian literature of Enlightenment, Storm A study of German the The goal of this course is a thorough grounding in the and Stress, and Classicism, with special emphasis on Les- structure of Russian. Emphasis is placed on active oral sing, Schiller and Goethe. Critical reading and analysis of involvement on the part of the student. The skills of reading, representative works. Outside reading and reports. Alter- speaking, and listening comprehension will be developed. nate years; offered 1978-79. Written work will also be an integral part of the course. Mr. Schneider Supplementary work in the language laboratory is re- quired. Mr. Collier 323, 324 German Literature of the Nineteenth Century A study of German literature from 1790 to 1870 with em- phasis in the fall term on Romanticism and in the spring 119 Russian Literature in Translation

term on the writers of Young Germany, Regionalism, and A reading of representative works in the areas of the novel, Poetic Realism. Critical reading and analysis in class of drama, and poetry. The works will be studied from the representative works. Outside reading and reports. Alter- standpoint of ideological and philosophical themes as well nate years; offered 1977-78. as from the standpoint of aesthetic and literary values. Al- Staff though there will be an emphasis on some of the great works of the nineteenth century, there will also be selec- tions from more recent times. Counts toward the distribu- 325, 326 German Literature of the Twentieth Century tion requirement in literature. A study of German literature from 1870 to the present with Mr. Collier emphasis in the fall term on writers of Naturalism, Impres- sionism, and Expressionism, and in the spring term on post

World War II writers. Critical reading and analysis in class 201,202 Intermediate Russian reading reports. Al- of representative works. Outside and This is a continuation and consolidation of the first year's ternate years; offered 1977-78. work. There is an increasing emphasis on reading and dis- Mr. Crowner cussion, in Russian, of the reading material. The oral-aural approach will continue to be emphasized. 328 Goethe's Faust Mr. Collier

An intensive reading and analysis of the work in class. A study of its aesthetic, moral, and ethical values and auto- 409, 410 Individual Readings in Russian biographical significance, together with an examination of An individual program of directed readings. Topics are to its modern cultural implications. Outside reading and re- be arranged by consultation between student and in- ports. Alternate years; offered 1978-79. structor. Mr. Schneider Mr. Collier I Health and Physical Education <3r Course Descriptions

Group III FITNESS EDUCATION HEALTH AND PHYSICAL HPE 131 Body Conditioning 133 Weight Training Professor Haas Associate Professors Biser, Hulton, Hummel, 134 Field Hockey Kenney, Sabol, Shoemaker, and Wescott 136 Team Handball (Chairman) 138 Track and Field Assistant Professors Bowers and Reider 140 Jogging Club Instructors Donolli, Rahn, Rost, Sauve, Schlie, 142 Aerobics and Streeter 144 Judo I

Lecturer J. Ann is 146 Judo II Assistant Wright 148 Self-defense 150 Gymnastics

The general aim of this Department is to con- 152 Soccer tribute to the total development of young men 154 Basketball and women by emphasizing the physical side 156 Speedball of their lives. Programs are designed to develop skill, competence, and lasting interest in health- Group IV RECREATIONAL SKILLS ful physical activities, to maintain optimum fit- HPE 161 Contracts (Individualized Program) ness through exercise, and to provide instruc- 163 Horsemanship I* tion in habits of living which will promote the 165 Horsemanship II* student's physical and mental well-being both 167 Riflery* in college and in later life.

166 Golf I Four quarter courses in health and physical ed-

168 Tennis I ucation are required for a Bachelor of Arts de- 170 Tennis II gree. These are taken during the fall and spring

Volleyball I terms of the freshman and sophomore years in 172 174 Volleyball II addition to the general 4-1-4 course require- 176 Badminton ment. One quarter term of study is required from Archery each of the following four groups: 178 180 Fencing 182 Bowling* Group I HEALTH 184 Touch Football HPE 105 Health Science (or Health Credit 186 Softball through proficiency testing) 188 Handball 190 Paddleball Group II AQUATICS 192 Racquetball

HPE 113 Swim I (non-swimmers) 194 Modern Dance I 115 Swim II 196 Modern Dance II Lifesaving 117 Advanced 198 Folk and Square Dance 119 Water Safety Instructor

In Group I freshman and transfers may take a 120 Endurance Swim Club proficiency test in health. If passed, the student 122 Synchronized Swim can elect to take Health Credit or substitute a 124 Swimnastics term of study in any other group. If not passed, 126 Water Polo HPE 105 must be taken. 128 Diving

"Requires extra fee Course Descriptions I Health and Physical Education 75

In each of the other three groups, the student 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 304 Major Skills has the option of selecting one odd-numbered Skill development and methods and techniques of class organization and instruction for the following physical edu- course which extends for a full term or two cation activities: lacrosse, field hockey, wrestling, modern even-numbered courses which taken during the dance, swimming, gymnastics I, folk-square-social dance, same term are the equivalent of a full term. The baseball, softball, tennis, badminton, elementary teaching, four group requirements may be taken in any gymnastics II, golf, archery, football, soccer, speedball, sequence. elementary-junior high-senior high games and recreational activities, basketball, volleyball, track and field, judo, and Students who are unable to participate in the conditioning activities. For health and physical education regular programs enroll in HPE 106, Adapted major students and taken each fall and spring term except during student teaching. Physical Education, which can be substituted 1/» course each for courses in any group except HPE 1 05 Health Staff

Science in Group I. The Department also offers an approved 112 Foundations of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation teacher training program for men and women. This course serves as an introduction to the profession. It is Prospective majors in Health and Physical Ed- concerned with history, philosophy, principles, and scien- ucation should schedule Biology 111 or 101, tific foundations. The present status, organization, and 1 1 2 or 1 02, and HPE 1 1 2 during their freshman goals in the professional areas also receive attention year. For the prospective secondary school Mr Wescott teacher the Department cooperates in offering Ed 304 Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum 209 Aquatics in Secondary Health and Physical Education. Includes the official Red Cross courses for Senior Life Sav-

ing, Water Safety Instructor I, and Water Safety Instructor II, for the following courses: Required a major are leading to certification. Theoretical and practical training the seven Major Skills courses, 112, 209, 211, in the course provides teaching methods and techniques in 214, 317, 318, 320, 325, 332, and 400. Profes- basic swimming strokes, diving, and lifesaving In addi- tion, emphasis is given to the coaching of swimming sional education courses required are Ed 101 teams, management and control of pools and waterfronts, or J 1 Educational Psychology, Ed 303, Ed 304, and maintenance of swimming and boating facilities. Ed 309 or J 9 Social Foundations of Education, Mrs. Bowers and Ed 477. Non-majors who wish to become teacher- 211 Personal and Community Health health issues of this decade coaches are advised to take the following A critical look at the relevant Careful inspection of data concerning drugs, human sexu- courses which will aid in their future coaching ality, marriage and family living, old age, pollution, etc. certification: HPE 214, 317, 318, 340 or J 25 Finally, the examination of the relationship of personal Sociology of Sport, J 27 Coaching of Football, health problems to the community at large. Mr Baseball, and Their Ramifications, and J 34 Sabol Organization, Administration, and Coaching of Basketball and Wrestling. 214 Medical Aspects of Sports Prepares the prospective coach for the prevention and care In to the required programs in health addition of injuries. Includes instruction about protective equip- and physical education and the major pro- ment, safety procedures, and facilities, as well as prepara- grams, the Department offers extensive volun- tion of the athlete for competition, emergency procedures, post-injury care, and medical research related to training tary programs in intramural sports and in inter- and athletics. Material in the official Red Cross Standard collegiate athletics for both and women. men and Advanced First Aid courses will be given and certifi- cates can be earned Practical work includes massage, taping, bandaging, and the application of therapeutic techniques Mr. Biser

317 Anatomy and Physiology A theoretical and practical study of human structure and function Analysis of the effects of health and physical edu- cation activities on the body Mr. Biser —

Physical Education I History <3 Course Descriptions I Health and

318 Kinesiology and Applied Physiology A study of voluntary skeletal muscles, not only in regard to HISTORY their origins, insertions, actions, and interrelationships with the body systems, but also with particular emphasis on the Professors Bloom, Crapster (Chairman), and essentials of wholesome body mechanics. Mr. Donolli Glatfelter Associate Professors Bugbee, Fick, Forness, 320 Adapted Physical Education and Health Inspection and Stemen

Provides instruction and experience in the health inspec- of school environment and of tion and observation the The Department aims to acquaint the student school children. Specific abnormalities of children are with the concept of history as an organized studied, and exercises are adapted to individuals to allow more complete personality development through activity. body of knowledge which is "the memory of Mr. Sauve things said and done". Mastery within this broad field provides an appreciation of history 325 Administration of Health, Physical Education, as literature, an understanding of our heritage, and Recreation and a standard by which one may thoughtfully Administrative and legal problems, personnel relations, evaluate our own time. Through classroom lec- social interpretations, budgets and finance, and plant and tures and discussions, an introduction to re- office management. Mr. Rost search, and seminars, the Department en- courages the student to develop as a liberally

332 Measurement and Evaluation in Health and educated person. Courses which the Depart- Physical Education ment offers help prepare students for graduate A study of the tests and evaluative procedures having prac- study and for careers in teaching, law, the tical use in health and physical education classes as well ministry, public service, business, and other as in research. The function and use of statistical concepts fields. and the principles of test construction are analyzed. Mr Rahn For the prospective secondary school teacher the Department cooperates in offering Educa- 340 Psychological and Philosophical Aspects tion 304, Techniques of Teaching and of Coaching Curriculum of Secondary Social Studies. Analysis of psychology and philosophy in their relation- ships to coaching athletics. An introduction to the basic Requirements for a major are nine courses, in- principles of psychology and philosophy, including the cluding History 300 (in the sophomore year or study of motivation, emotions, personalities, perception, the fall term of the junior year) and one of the communication, ethics, etc., and the use of these princi- senior research seminars. All majors must pass ples in coaching methods to solve coaching problems. Mr. Reider at least four additional 300-level courses cho- sen from at least two of three groups 400 Senior Professional Seminar American, European, or Asian history. Designed to relate and synthesize the various concepts, Senior research seminars—number 401 to interpretations, and understandings of modern health, 449—are normally restricted to history majors, physical education, and recreation. Offers the student the for one is required. A selection from the opportunity to work at an advanced level of extensive read- whom ing in the many faceted areas of the profession. list of seminars is offered each year. They pro- Miss Kenney vide students with an opportunity to work in small groups with a member of the staff in the 462 Individualized Study study of a selected topic. Typically participants A study of the various methodological approaches used in are expected to engage in reading, discussion, research. Designed especially for those planning to con- oral reports, and writing formal papers based tinue with graduate study. Offered either term. Mr. Streeter on individual research. Course Descriptions I History 77

History All courses in the fall and spring terms, except 233 Mission, Destiny, and Dream in American History 300, are acceptable toward fulfilling the An introduction to American history from the seventeenth century to the present by focusing upon the intertwining distribution requirement in history, philosophy, themes of the American people's belief in their unique mis- and religion. The following courses are also ac- sion and destiny in the world and their dream of creating a ceptable toward that requirement, and one of just and prosperous society. Students will probe the vary- them may be counted toward the major, but not ing manifestations of these themes through major events and movements in American social, economic, and cul- toward the 300-level requirement: German 211, tural life and in politics and diplomacy. 212, 213 (Survey of German Culture), Greek 1 51 Mr. Forness (Greek History), Latin 151 (Roman History), and

Spanish 312 (Latin America). 236 Urbanism in American History

An introduction to American history from the perspective of 101, 102 History of Europe from the Renaissance urbanism. Beginning with the colonial town and continuing to the megalopolis of the mid-twentieth century, students After noting the medieval background, these two courses life its influence survey major political, economic, social, and intellectual will investigate the nature of urban and upon the course of American development. developments in Europe from the Renaissance to the Mr. Forness present. The first course goes to the French Revolution; the

second extends from 1 789 to the present. Messrs. Crapster and Fick 300 Historical Method

This is a course designed for history majors which intro- 131, 132 History of the United States duces the student to the techniques of historical investiga- tion, the of history, examines the These two courses, with their dividing point at 1865, pro- deals with nature and of It surveys the vide a general survey of the historical development of the relation of history to other fields study. also American nation from the age of discovery to the present. history of historical writing. Prerequisite: Two courses in history. Open to freshmen only. Staff Mr. Glatfelter

203, 204 History of England 311, 312 Medieval Europe This course surveys English history from the Anglo-Saxon History 31 1 covers the period from the breakdown of institutions in with special invasions to the present, emphasizing institutional, social, Roman the West to about 1050, emphasis on the role of the Church, the Carolingian age, and cultural developments. Some attention is given to Ire- the land, Scotland, and the overseas empire. The dividng point the Viking invasions, the establishment of German Em- pire, and the beginnings of the struggle between Empire between the two courses is 1714. Messrs. Crapster and Fick and Papacy. History 31 2 deals with the central theme of the rise of a distinct Medieval civilization and the emergence of the Western monarchies. Some attention is given to the

221 , 222 History of East Asia civilization of Byzantium and Islam.

The first course covers East Asian civilizations to approxi- Mr. Fick mately 1800. The second concentrates on East Asian polit- ical, social, and intellectual developments since the West- 313 Renaissance and Reformation ern invasions of the nineteenth century. Mr. Stemen Beginning about 1300, this course treats the gradual de- cline of Medieval civilization and the emergence of new concepts and movements, the major theme being the tran- IS 227, Civilization of India 228 sition from "Medieval" to "Modern". It ends about the mid- Course description included under Interdepartmental dle of the sixteenth century with the establishment of Pro- Studies. testantism and the strong movement of reform within the Mrs. Gemmill Roman Church. Mr. Fick

231, 232 Biographical Approaches to American History 314 Age of Absolutism An introduction to American history through biographies of representatives and influential persons in significant Beginning with the sixteenth century wars of religion, this periods in America's past. Historical forces which shaped course continues with a study of the Habsburgs' failure to their lives and the impact on American development of dominate Europe, the Thirty Years' War, the emergence of each person studied are examined. An attempt is made to France to predominance, the development of the absolute establish criteria for determining the place of biography as state and "enlightened depotism," and the rise of new acceptable history. The dividing line between the two powers by 1700. Considerable attention is given to courses is 1865. economic, cultural, and social developments of the period, Mr. Bloom with some aspects of the eighteenth century discussed. Mr. Fick C^r Course Descriptions I History

315 Age of the French Revolution 332 American Diplomatic History Following a general survey of political, economic, social, The foreign relations of the United States since the Ameri- and intellectual currents in Europe on the eve of the French can Revolution, with emphasis on the twentieth century. Revolution, this course considers developments in France Mr. Stemen and the rest of Europe between 1789 and 1815 Mr Crapster 333 American Economic History This course examines the economic incentives for colonial 317 Europe 1848-1914: Nationalism, Industrialization settlement, for revolutionary change, for the westward and Democracy movement, for development of transportation, for the con- After a survey of European developments 1815-48, the flict between industrial classes, for the debate over course studies the Revolutions of 1848, industrialization currency, and for the coming of government regulation of and urbanization, the unification of Germany and Italy, business. state-building and the development of democratic institu- Mr. Bloom tions, dissident movements, and international affairs lead- ing to the First World War. 335, 336 American Social and Cultural History Mr. Crapster These two courses trace America's major social, religious, artistic, and philosophical movements and their immediate 318 Europe and Two World Wars and long-range impact on American life and culture Be- This course studies selected aspects of European history ginning with the American Revolution, History 335 covers that from the outbreak of the First World War in 1 91 4 to the end the period to the Civil War. History 336 continues from of the Second World War in 1945. period to the present. Mr Crapster Mr Forness

319 Europe Since 1945 341 Colonial America This course offers perspectives on Europe since 1945: re- Commencing with the European background and the Age construction, nationalism, European integration, the Amer- of Exploration before considering the settlement of North ican presence, the Cold War, the role of the state, with America, this course stresses political and constitutional consideration of the reflection of these in culture and soci- developments to 1750, with attention to European rivalries, ety. mercantilism, and attempts to achieve intercolonial unity Mr Crapster Colonial art, architecture and the American Indian are also discussed Mr. Bugbee 321 Modern China A study of Chinese history since the Opium War of the of Revolution nineteenth century, with emphasis on the National and 342 Age the American Communist revolutions. This course begins with a review of colonial beginnings, Mr Stemen followed by the French and Indian War, which set the stage

for the disruption of the old British Empire. It traces the road to revolution and independence, the war itself, the Confed- 326 Russia in the Nineteenth Century eration experiment, and the impetus which led to the Fed- Beginning with the Napoleonic period and ending with the eral Constitution of 1787 Political and constitutional de- Russian Revolution of 1917, this course traces the growth velopments are emphasized. of revolutionary movements and ideas in nineteenth cen- Mr. Bugbee tury Russia. Investigation of political, economic, and social conditions with some use of Russian literature is included. Staff 343 Jeffersonian-Jacksonian Era

Covering the period from the 1 790's to the Mexican War, this course treats the development of American national life 331 American Constitutional History and sectional interests under such influences as Jeffer- After a brief look at European backgrounds and the politi- son's agrarian republicanism and the new democratic cal thought and practice of Britain's North American col- movements of the Jacksonian period onists, this course considers the development of American Mr. Forness constitutional theory and institutions as revealed by legis- lation, executive policy, and judicial decisions on federal and state levels. Mr. Bloom Course Descriptions I History I interdepartmental Studies 79

345 Civil War and Reconstruction The course begins with a consideration of the seemingly INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES irreconcilable sectional differences in antebellum America, followed by examination of the failure to fix upon Lecturers J. Gemmill, L. Lindeman, a mutually acceptable and permanent compromise, the military and diplomatic conflict of 1861-1865, and the M. Baskerville, and Smith problems associated with Reconstruction. Mr. Bloom Through the Committee on Interdepartmental Studies, the College offers courses and pro- 348 Early Twentieth Century America motes opportunities for specialized inter- This course deals primarily with the major political, departmental programs that coordinate courses economic, and social developments in the United States in variety of areas. from about 1900 to 1945. Some attention is given to the role available a academic Among of the United States in the world during this period. these opportunities is the Special Major: a stu- Mr. Glatfelter dent with the consent of two supervising faculty members from different departments may de- 349 The United States Since 1945 sign a coherent program of at least eight courses This course deals with the major political, economic, and focusing on a particular issue or area not ade- social developments in the United States since 1945, and quately included within a single department. with the demands made upon the United States as a lead- ing world power. Such a major need not be built around any of the

Mr. Glatfelter courses or programs listed below. It may be based on any grouping of courses drawn from Senior Research Seminars: any part of the curriculum so long as the pro- posed major is coherent, serves a carefully de- 401 England in the 1880s Mr. Crapster fined purpose, and includes a substantial 402 Tudor England numberof advanced courses. The Committee on Mr. Fick Interdepartmental Studies has final responsi-

403 The Negro in Modern Urban America bility for approving Special Majors. Mr. Forness The Committee on Interdepartmental Studies 404 Founders of the United States bears responsibility for identifying and en- Mr Bugbee couraging interest in Interdepartmental Studies 405 The U.S. in the 1890s courses and programs, such as Asian Studies, Mr. Glatfelter American Studies, and Medieval and Renais- 406 Historical Development of the American Presidency sance Studies. Mr. Bloom

407 Diplomacy of the Truman Administration By nature of their objectives and content, Inter- Mr Stemen departmental Studies courses cross the lines of 408 American-Chinese Relations departments and specialized disciplines. For Mr Stemen example, some of these courses attempt to pro- 409 European Diplomacy in the Age of the Baroque vide the common body of knowledge tradition- Mr. Fick ally associated with a liberal education; others 410 American-Far Eastern Relations attempt to integrate the understanding of differ- Mr. Stemen ent kinds of subject matter; and still others use methodologies from diverse departments and Individualized Study disciplines. With the permission of an instructor who will supervise the project, a student may arrange for an individual tutorial, research project, or internship. Either term. Staff <3 Course Descriptions I interdepartmental Studies

101, 102 Ideas and Institutions of Western Man 227, 228 Civilization of India

A course introducing the student to an interdisciplinary The first course deals with cultural developments from the study of the problems of contemporary Western civilization Indus Valley Civilization to the coming of the Muslims, with through the study of documents illustrating the ideas and emphasis on Buddhism, the evolution of Hinduism, and the institutions of Western man since the Medieval period, with representation of these in art and literature. The second some attention to the Classic-Judaic beginnings. The fall includes an investigation of historical factors underlying term studies characteristic ideas and institutions affecting Hindu-Muslim antagonism as well as contemporary politi- economic, political, and religious developments during the cal and economic problems. Lecturers from various fields Middle Ages, Renaissance, Reformation, and Enlighten- will appear in both courses. Fulfills distribution requirement ment. The spring term concentrates on the Western world in history, philosophy, or religion. Alternate years, offered since the French and American Revolutions. Fulfills dis- 1978-79. tribution requirement in history, philosophy, or religion. Mrs. Gemmill Staff

235 Introduction to African Literature

103, 104 Literary Foundations of Western Culture A general introduction to traditional and modern literature A study of the major literary achievements of Western cul- from Africa south of the Sahara written primarily, but not ture regarded as philosophical, historical, and aesthetic exclusively, in English and French. (All works not originally documents. The authors included range from Homer and written in English will be read in translation.) An introductory Plato through St. Augustine and Dante to Shakespeare and section will be devoted to the oral tradition. The remainderof Milton. Complete texts are read and discussed, and the the course will treat the primary themes of contemporary student is introduced to those humanistic skills that have African literature, the majority of which bear the stamp of the traditionally distinguished the liberally educated person. colonial experience and its aftermath. Representative Fulfills distribution requirement in literature. readings will be chosen from West, South and East Africa Staff and will include novels, poetry, drama and short fiction. Consideration of social, political and anthropological ques- tions will be balanced by aesthetic appreciations through- 111, 112 Ideas and Events Behind the Arts out. Class discussions will be encouraged and a term paper An introductory study of the visual arts from prehistoric times and final examination will be required. Fulfills distribution to the twentieth century. An attempt will be made to investi- requirement in literature Alternate years, offered 1977-78. gate change in the arts as social, political, and even natural Mr Michelman events have stimulated response in the style and function of painting, sculpture, and architecture. While an understand- 237, 238 Literature of India ing of the contextual role of art is considered important, there will also be emphasis upon an understanding of the A study of major literary works of Indian culture from the individual work of art in terms of aesthetic analysis of form standpoint of religion, history, and aesthetics. The first

and content. Fulfills distribution requirement in art, music, course will include Vedic hymns, major epics, Bhagavad creative writing, or theatre arts. Gita, and Sanskrit literature of the Gupta period. The second Mrs. Small will deal with epics and lyrics of the Tamil culture, the poetry of bhakti, the Persian literary tradition, and the modern novel inspired by Western influence. Complete works will be read 206 Byzantine Civilization and discussed using criticism from Western and Indian The class will investigate the civilization which centered in sources. Fulfills distribution requirement in literature. Alter- Constantinople (now Istanbul) from the time the capital of nate years, offered 1 977-78. the Roman Empire was moved there in 330 AD. until its Mrs. Gemmill capture by the Turks in 1453. Equal consideration will be given to analysis of the social, political, economic, and theological structures of this "Mother" of Eastern and West- 244 An Introduction to American Folklore ern European civilizations. Fulfills distribution requirement This course will survey the types of American folklore: in history, philosophy, or religion. myths, tales, ballads, art, music, dance, games, gesture, Mr. Trone graffiti, etc. Their regional characteristics will be estab- lished and their non-American antecedents and correlatives examined. The students will be encouraged to develop their 211 Perspectives on Death and Dying own approaches and to collect from primary sources. Death and dying will be viewed from many different Mr. Locher perspectives: theological and philosophical, psychological and sociological, economic and legal. Various views of the past and present, East and West, will be examined, as well as such problems as dignity in dying, what happens after death, euthanasia, body disposal, and therapeutic grieving practices. Fulfills distribution requirement in history, phi- losophy, or religion. Mr. Moore Course Descriptions I Interdepartmental Studies 81

301, 302 Literature of Modern Western Culture 352 Modern Political Thought

Continues the study of major literary documents into the Systematic examination of the important political ideas and nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Novels, dramas, and philosophers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. short stories are discussed as artistic structures and are Treats the historical circumstances which motivated the seen in their relationship to modern culture. Representative writer, his philosophical and religious views of human na- writers include the French and Russian realists, James, ture and alienation, the philosophical assumptions which Joyce, Kafka, Mann, Camus, Albee, and Dickey. Fulfills led to his political ideas, as well as such traditional con- distribution requirement in literature. cerns of political philosophy as the purpose of the state, the Messrs. Lindeman and Loose role of institutions, constitutionalism, and civil liberties. Mr. Tannenbaum

312 Theology and Literature

Representative theological writings are read critically to 401 Senior Scholars Seminar: The Future of Man bring into focus the dominant religious ideas influencing The purpose of this seminar is to provide an opportunity for

Western culture since 1 800. Novels of the modern period are senior students of outstanding ability to participate in a analyzed and interpreted to discern the form and content problem-solving course concerning an issue which affects given to those ideas by men of letters. Authors studied the future of man. The issue selected for each year's seminar include Kierkegaard, Dostoyevsky, Conrad, Till ich. Faulk- will be one whose solution requires a multi-disciplinary ner, Camus, R. Niebuhr, Hemingway, Wieman, and West. effort. Examples of appropriate problems include the de- Fulfills distribution requirement either in history, philoso- sign of a development plan for a country or the construction phy, or religion, or in literature. of a set of guidelines which would govern man's application Mr. Loose of genetic engineering to himself. Resource persons from on and off the campus will be utilized. The seminar participants will produce a comprehensive report of their findings for 320 Human Sexual Behavior campus publication and distribution. This course carries This course is designed to discuss biosexual, sociosexual, credit for two courses. Interested students should consult and psychosexual development in a cultural-behavioral page 31 of this catalogue for admission criteria. setting. The work of psychologists such as Freud, Ellis, and Fromm and biologists such as Masters and Johnson, and

Morris, and sociologists such as Bell, Karlen, and Mead 411, 412 Experimental Seminar in Teaching will be discussed. Literary works by Lawrence, Roth, and Interdepartmental Studies 101, 102 de Sade will be included. The members of this seminar will attend the regular meet- Mr. Jones ings of Interdepartmental Studies 101, 102. They will lead discussion groups for that course. Sessions of the seminar 350 History of Modern Western Thought itself will be devoted to discussions of the materials and methods of Interdepartmental Studies 101, 102 in the light of The course covers the major ideas and intellectual the more advanced reading required for the seminar. In movements of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in the addition, each student will write a paper evaluating his or natural sciences, economic, social and political thought, her experience. Evaluation will be conducted on the basis of philosophy, religion, and the arts. Topics such as romanti- contribution to the discussion group; contribution to the cism, utilitarianism, liberal humanism, positivism, evolution- seminar; the quality of the evaluative paper. only ary thought, socialism, the development of psychology, the and Open to students selected by the instructor. ideologies of fascism and communism, the philosophies of Mr. Richardson existentialism and logical empiricism, and expressionism and surrealism in the arts are included. The approach to the material is chronological and emphasizes the historical re- 451 Individualized Study: Tutorial in Interdepartmental lationships between the ideas, but some attention is given to Studies the general historical context. The primary purpose of the 461 Individualized Study: Research in Interdepartmental course is to understand our recent intellectual heritage, and Studies its impact on the contemporary mind. The course is de- signed for students with a general background in the history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Open to juniors and seniors, and to others by permission of the instructor. Fulfills distribution requirement in history, philosophy, or religion. Mr. Schubart )

<3 Course Descriptions I Interdepartmental Studies

SPECIAL INTERDEPARTMENTAL AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAMS Gettysburg College offers a variety of courses ASIAN STUDIES analyzing American life and thought, thereby providing students with many opportunities for Gettysburg College offers a number of courses creating Special Majors in American Studies. for students wishing a sound introduction to Such majors may emphasize behavioral Asian culture as part of the liberal arts analyses, historical perspectives, literary and curriculum. Each Asian Studies course fulfills artistic dimensions, or coherent combinations some distribution requirement. These courses of such approaches as they are reflected in are presented by members of various depart- courses from several departments. For exam- ments, persons with interests and competence ple, Special Majors could be designed in the in Asian Studies. A student may construct a Spe- areas of early American culture, modern Ameri- cial Major with concentration in Asian Studies. can social stratification, ethnicity, and politics Students wishing to prepare for advanced work in twentieth-century America, or the religious in Asian Studies will be interested in the follow- and economic values of the American people. ing course combinations supplemented by off- Students should seek assistance in planning an campus Language and Area Study programs to American Studies Special Major from faculty which the college has access: members who teach courses in these areas or

1 An introduction to South Asia including Civ- from the faculty's Committee on Inter- ilization of India, Religions of South Asia, departmental Studies.

and Asian Political Systems. Course offerings suitable for Special Majors in 2) An introduction to East Asia including His- American Studies are found under many de- tory of East Asia and such courses as Re- partmental listings. In addition to courses de- ligions of East Asia and West Asia, Asian scribed in this catalogue, the Freshman Semi- Political Systems, and Modern China. nar brochure and the January Term catalogue 3) Any two-term sequence of courses in Asian list many courses offered by a variety of de- Studies taken at Gettysburg followed by an partments or as interdepartmental courses. intensive senior year of work in an Asian Such courses may also be applicable to spe- language and area courses at the Univer- cial interdepartmental programs. sity of Pennsylvania. 4) The Central Pennsylvania Consortium ar- rangement whereby students may engage with full academic credit in a summer and a fall semester in India. Interested students should consult the Dean of the College or Committee on Interdepartmental Studies for further information.

ASIAN STUDIES COURSES

IS 227, 228 The Civilization of India

IS 237, 238 Indian Literature

History 221, 222 History of East Asia History 321 Modern China

Political Science 202 Asian Political Systems Religion 241 Religions of South Asia Religion 242 Religions of East and West Asia Course Descriptions I Interdepartmental Studies

MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE STUDIES MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE STUDIES COURSES

Through the curricular offerings of eight Art 111 Ideas and Events Behind the Arts academic departments and the Interdepart- Art 203 Italian Painting, 1300 to 1600 mental Studies Program, the College makes Art 205 Northern European Painting, 1400 to 1700 available wide range of courses that deal with a Art 207 History of Architecture and Sculpture the civilization and culture of the Medieval and Classics: Latin 306 St. Augustine Renaissance eras. Those eras laid the English 302 History of the English Language foundations for many modern ideas and values English 331 Medieval Literature in the fields of literature, history, religion, politi- English 332 Medieval Narrative cal theory, music, art, science, technology, commerce, mathematics, and law. For many English 334 Renaissance Literature students concerned with a more realistic English 362 Chaucer understanding of the rich heritage derived from English 365, 366 Shakespeare the Medieval and Renaissance world, the English Theatre Arts 203 History of the Theatre vitality and creative energy of those eras hold a History 203 History of England special fascination and add new dimensions for History 311, 312 Medieval Europe comprehending contemporary issues. History 313 Renaissance and Reformation

Faculty members teaching courses in these IS 101 Ideas and Institutions of Western Man are organized the Council areas as on Medieval IS 103, 104 Literary Foundations of Western Culture and Renaissance Studies in order to facilitate IS 206 Byzantine Civilization scholarship and course development, to pro- Music 312 History of Medieval, Renaissance, and vide a forum for the discussion and promotion Baroque Music of ideas and common interests, to encourage Philosophy 303 History of Philosophy: Classical Special Majors, and to sponsor visits by stu- Philosophy 304 History of Philosophy: Medieval and dents and faculty to and cultural cen- museums Early Modern ters in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and Religion 121 Church History: To the Eighth Century Washington. The Council has also been active Religion 331 The Church Fathers in sponsoring distinguished visiting lecturers Spanish 305 History of Spanish Literature: Origins and performances of medieval music and to 1700 drama. Special majors in this area might deal with the medieval church and the arts, medieval literature and philosophy, or the ideological and institutional revolutions of the Renaissance. Students should seek assistance in planning such Special Majors through the Council on Medieval and Renaissance Studies. c^ Course Descriptions I Mathematics

Students majoring in mathematics are en- MATHEMATICS couraged to pursue in some depth an allied

area in which mathematics can be applied. It is Professor Holder recommended, but not required, that mathemat- Associate Professors Fryling (Chairman), ics majors, regardless of their related interests, Kellett, Leinbach, and Moorhead take Physics 111-112 in order to find the most Assistant Professors Flesner and King direct applications of mathematics at the intro- ductory level. Other fields such as chemistry, The mathematics curriculum is designed to biology, economics, political science, sociolo- provide a foundation for students who will spe- gy, and psychology are all using mathematics, cialize in mathematics or in fields which use and mathematics majors with a good back- mathematics, and to provide courses appropri- ground in any one of these fields have an in- ate for all liberal arts students. Sufficient lati- creased likelihood of finding careers which are tude is possible in the selection of courses to interesting and rewarding. To encourage such permit students majoring in mathematics to collateral study, permission may be granted to prepare for graduate study, for teaching, or for substitute up to two courses from another field careers as applied mathematicians. for 300-level mathematics electives. Such courses must be approved by the Mathematics A student intending to major in mathematics Department. The following courses illustrate the normally will take the basic sequence Mathe- level which would be acceptable for this pur- matics 111-112, 211-212 during his freshman pose: Chemistry 305, 306, Economics 351, and sophomore years. Advanced placement, 352, Physics 320, 332. This option is not open to either in Mathematics 121 or 21 1 , is possible for majors with the teaching objective, since they those who have scored sufficiently high on the already have a reduced requirement because Advanced Placement Examination or who oth- of their concentration in education. erwise can demonstrate mastery of the material of a full-year high school calculus course. At least one course that may be counted toward Placement of such accelerated students will be the major will be given in the January Term. determined on an individual basis by the De- Because of the importance of electronic digital partment with Chairman. Students inadequate computers in almost every aspect of applica- preparation for Mathematics 1 1 1 should take tions of mathematics, it is essential that stu- Mathematics 110 in the fall, followed Math- by dents majoring in mathematics become ac- ematics J21 (Calculus and the Computer) in quainted with the potential as well as the limi- January 112 in spring. and Mathematics the tations of computers at an early stage. In order Additional requirements for with a major non- to accomplish this, Mathematics 111-112 pro- teaching objective are Mathematics 234, 313 vides an introduction to FORTRAN and weekly and six other 300-level mathematics courses, computer laboratory periods in which problems two of which must comprise a year sequence. related to calculus are carried out. Further ex- Those with the secondary school teaching ob- perience in computing can be gained through jective are required to take, in addition to the Mathematics 165, 362, certain January Term basic sequence, Mathematics 234, 313, 343, courses, and through individualized study. Em- Education 304, and three other 300-level math- phasis is placed on the computer as a tool to ematics courses. aid in the study of mathematics (as well as other fields) rather than on the general study of the nature of computers. Course Descriptions I Mathematics 85

107 Applied Statistics 117-118 Calculus and Matrix Algebra

Designed for students in the Biological and Social Sci- This course is primarily devoted to those aspects of cal- ences. Both descriptive statistics and the fundamentals of culus and matrix algebra which are most important in probability theory are considered as an introduction to the economics and business administration. Both single and principal topic of statistical inference. The general princi- multivariable calculus will be studied, with particular em- ples of hypothesis testing are included, as well as the spe- phasis placed on maximization and minimization cific techniques of correlation, regression, and analysis of problems, with constraints for functions of several varia- variance. Throughout, relevant applications are em- bles. The course content, consisting of theory and phasized. An important aspect of the course will be a lab- applications, will be drawn from problems of economic oratory period in which students will become acquainted theory. Additional topics will be selected from differential with some of the tools which are useful for modern statisti- and difference equations, and linear programming. Credit cal analysis. Credit may not be granted for Mathematics may not be granted for more than one of the following 107 and Economics 241. Three lecture hours and two lab- courses: Mathematics 108, 111, 117. Prerequisite: oratory hours per week. Economics 101-102 or permission of instructor. Staff Messrs. Kellett and King

108 Applied Calculus 121 Honors Calculus

Designed for students in the Biological and Social Sci- This course is designed for accelerated students who have ences. The major concepts of this course include differ- been given one term advanced placement. The course will entiation and integration of algebraic, logarithmic, and ex- deal with selected topics from differential and integral cal- ponential functions. Applications appropriate to the discip- culus treated in more depth, and in some instances from a lines cited above will be emphasized. Credit may not be different viewpoint, than is customary in a first course. Pre- granted for Mathematics 108 and Mathematics 111. requisite: Score of three or higher on Advanced Placement Staff Examination or permission of the department chairman. Staff

110 Introductory Analysis This course serves primarily as a preparation for the study 165 Introduction to Computing of calculus. Topics include: review of algebra and This course provides a basic introduction to the nature of trigonometry, elementary functions, and basic concepts of computers, and the design and implementation of pro- calculus. This course together with Mathematics J 21 (Cal- grams which allow the computer to aid in problem solving. culus and the Computer) will provide adequate preparation Students will learn to express algorithms as flowcharts and for Mathematics 112. as FORTRAN programs. Topics covered include program Staff debugging and verification, table look-up procedures, data structures, and elementary data processing. No more than elementary mathematics is assumed, and both 111-112 Calculus of a Single Variable numeric and non-numeric problems are considered. Differential and integral calculus of one real variable. Top- Staff ics include introduction to limits, continuity, the deriva- tive, the definite integral, sequences, series, and el- of Elementary Mathematics ementary differential equations. Both theory and applica- 180 Basic Concepts tions are stressed. Course includes an introduction to This course is designed for future elementary teachers who computer programming and weekly computer laboratory are sophomores and above and have been approved for periods in which problems relating to calculus and the admittance into the program for elementary certification. computer are carried out. No prior experience with cal- Topics include the number system, different bases, culus or computing is assumed. Four lecture hours and a number line, use of sets, principles of arithmetic, introduc- laboratory session each week. tion to geometry and algebra. The course is also offered in Staff the January term as J 18. Mr. J. Held

207 Multivariate Calculus and Linear Methods

This course is especially appropriate for students in the social and biological sciences and is a sequel to Mathe- matics 107, 108. Topics to be covered include: partial de- rivatives, tangent planes, differentials, maxima and minima with and without constraints, multiple integrals, algebra of matrices, solutions to linear systems, linear programming. As an application of calculus, topics in continuous statis- tics will also be included. Prerequisite: Mathematics 107, 108. Staff Course Descriptions I Mathematics CSr

211-212 Linear Algebra and Multivariate Calculus 359 Stochastic Processes

Algebra of matrices, determinants, linear transformations, This course will deal with the probability theory concerned abstract vector spaces, vector calculus, multiple integra- with the flow of events in time such as birth, death, trans- tion, line and surface integrals, including Green's and formation, evolution, etc. It will introduce the student to a Stake's theorems, Fourier series. Prerequisite: Mathemat- variety of theoretical principles and applied techniques. ics 112 or 121. Four lecture hours per week. Topics included are: generating functions; recurrent Staff events; random walks; Markov chains, homogeneous and non-homogeneous processes; queueing processes; epidemic and diffusion processes. Prerequisite: Mathemat- 234 Introduction to Modern Algebra ics 357-358. A study of selected topics in modern algebra such as the Mr. King development of number systems, set theory, algebraic sys- tems, including groups, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: 362 Introduction to Operations Research Mathematics 112 or 121. Messrs. Flesner and Kellett A study of techniques and tools used in mathematical models applied to the biological, management, and social sciences. Topics selected from the following: optimization, 313-314 Mathematical Analysis game theory, linear and non-linear programming, dynamic This course provides both a rigorous treatment of the con- programming, transportation problems and network analy- cepts studied in elementary calculus and an introduction to sis. The computer will be used extensively. Prerequisite: more advanced topics in analysis. Among the topics stud- Mathematics 212, or 118 and 165. ied are: the real number system, elements of set theory, Mr. Leinbach introduction to metric space topology, limits and continui- ty, derivatives, sequences and series, uniform con- 363-364 Applied Mathematical Analysis vergence, functions of bounded variation, the Riemann- Stieltjes integral, and the Lebesgue integral. Prerequisite: Series solutions of differential equations, the Bessel and Mathematics 212. Legendre equations, orthogonal functions, Sturm-Liouville Mr. Holder systems, Fourier series, partial differential equations of physics, boundary value problems, special functions, top- ics from complex variable theory. Prerequisite: Mathemat- 316 Complex Variable Theory ics 212. Geometric concepts, analytic functions, mappings, inte- Messrs. Holder and Mara gration, Laurent and Taylor series expansions, and cal- culus of residues. Prerequisite: Mathematics 313. Messrs. Fryling and Leinbach 365 Differential Equations Theory and application of ordinary differential equations. Topics include: first order equations, linear equations of 333-334 Algebraic Structures second and higher order, systems of equations, power A study of the basic structures of modern abstract algebra, series solutions, and numerical methods. Applications will particularly groups, rings, and fields, culminating in the be considered from both the physical and non-physical fundamental theorem of Galois theory. Advanced topics in sciences. Prerequisite: Mathematics 212. linear algebra. Prerequisite: Mathematics 234, Alternate Messrs. Holder and Leinbach years. Messrs. Flesner, Kellett, and Leinbach

381 , 382 Selected Topics

The course will deal with some advanced phase of mathe- 343 Topics in Geometry matics not otherwise in the curriculum. The subject matter A brief introduction to the history of the development of and the frequency of offering the course will be dependent geometries from Euclid to the present, with emphasis on on student interest. Some possible areas for study are: the significance of non-Euclidean geometries. Topics from point set topology, combinatorics, graph theory, partial dif- projective geometry and its subgeometries, from affine to ferential equations, differential geometry, advanced topics Euclidean. Prerequisite: Mathematics 212. in statistics, numerical analysis, and number theory. Pre- Messrs. Flesner and Moorhead requisite: Permission of instructor. Staff

357-358 Mathematical Statistics and Probability

Probability, frequency distributions, sampling theory, test- Individualized Study ing hypotheses, estimation, correlation and regression, Well qualified students may pursue topics of an advanced small sample distributions, and applications. Prerequisite: nature through individual reading, under the supervision of Mathematics 212. staff members. Prerequisite: Permission of the department Mr. Fryling chairman. Staff —

Course Descriptions I Music 87

101 Introduction to Music Listening MUSIC A consideration of the principal music forms against the background of the other arts. Intensive listening is an es- sential part of the course. Repeated spring term. Associate Professors Getz, Nunamaker, Messrs. Morden and Nunamaker Weikel (Chairman), and Zellner Assistant Professors Belt and Finstad 103 The Symphony Instructors Matsinko and Morden The standard symphonic repertoire is listened to and dis- Private Instructors in Anderson, Music cussed and is related to its cultural setting. M. Hook, and Petrella Mr. Finstad

This department offers theoretical and practical 104 Opera instruction in music with programs leading to a Standard operatic works are listened to and discussed as examples of drama and music. Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music or Mr. Finstad Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education. In addition, it makes available 105 Introduction to Contemporary Music courses in music appreciation and oppor- A study of the major trends in twentieth century music with in instrumen- tunities for participation vocal and emphasis on the music of Stravinsky, Schoenberg, Bartok, tal organizations. Individual instruction in and the Avante Garde composers. This course is designed voice, piano, organ, and standard band and for students with a music background. Mr Belt orchestral instruments is offered by appoint- ment. The Department requires an informal au-

141 Theory I dition of all candidates proposing to major in Fundamentals of basic theory, notation, and nomenclature; music or music education. Appointments for introduction to writing skills; basic analytic technique such auditions should be made through the Col- especially melodic analysis. Correlated sight singing and lege Admissions Office. aural perception skills. Keyboard application Mr. Getz The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in music education (see page 34) 142 Theory II satisfies the certification requirements for Continuation of writing skills; analysis and writing of teaching or supervising music in elementary chorales. Correlated sight singing and aural perception and secondary schools, in Pennsylvania and skills. Keyboard application nearby states with reciprocal agreements. Messrs Weikel and Getz

Requirements for a major in music leading to a 241 Theory III Bachelor of Arts degree consist of 12 full An intensive study of the common practice period; exten- courses (Music 141, 142, 241, 242, 341, 342, sive written and analytic projects; study of musical 312, 313, 314, 205, 206, and 456) plus quarter structure through small forms. Correlated sight singing and courses in the student's major applied area to- aural perception skills. Keyboard application. taling one and three-quarters full courses (7 Mr Weikel quarter courses). The student major must also participate for four years in an authorized musi- 242 Theory IV cal group and present a recital in the senior An intensive study of late romanticism to the present day by means of analytic and written projects. Correlated sight year. singing and aural perception skills. Keyboard application. Music majors in the elementary education pro- Mr. Weikel gram must meet the same requirements as the B.A. program with the exception of Music 341 341 Theory V and 342. A study of the structural organization of music including the analysis of the larger forms of composition drawn from the The distribution requirement in art, music, cre- standard literature of the eighteenth-twentieth centuries. ative writing, and theatre arts may be fulfilled by Mr. Weikel one of the following: Music 101, 103, 104, 105, 312, 313, 314, and certain designated January Term courses. Course Descriptions I Music

342 Theory VI 313 Music in Classic and Romantic Periods

Instruction in transposing, arranging, and coloring for the A study of the principal stylistic tendencies of the periods various instruments. A study of the ranges and charac- of music from 1740 to c. 1900. Extensive listening to and teristics of string, wind, and percussion instruments (with examination of illustrative materials. emphasis on written projects for the laboratory ensemble). Mr. Nunamaker Mr. Morden

314 Music in the Twentieth Century 205 Choral Conducting A study of the principal stylistic tendencies of music from Development of a basic conducting technique. Emphasis c. 1900 to the present with examination of the works of placed upon the choral idiom including vocal problems representative composers Also consideration of American and tonal development, diction, rehearsal procedures, in- composers and developments in experimental music. terpretation, and suitable repertoire for school, church and Mr Nunamaker community. Mr. Getz 474 Student Teaching

Students are assigned to teach in public schools in coop- 206 Instrumental Conducting eration with, and under the supervision of, experienced Continued development of conducting skills and score teachers. Individual conferences with the College super- reading involving instrumental interpretation, musical visor and supervising teacher are required. Offered in styles, balance, intonation, rehearsal procedures, and spring term only. Three course units suitable repertoire for large and small ensembles. Mr. Getz Mr. Zellner

Individualized Study J22 Principles and Procedures of Teaching Music Prerequisite: Approval of department and directing faculty in Elementary School member. The methods and materials of teaching music in the el- ementary grades. Various approaches to guiding pupils in APPLIED MUSIC perception of, reaction to, and evaluation of musical expe- rience are included. Messrs. Getz and Finstad The Department offers instruction in voice, piano, organ, and the standard band and or- 321 Principles and Procedures of Teaching Music chestral instruments. The repertoire is adapted in the Secondary School to the student's ability. One quarter course The principles and procedures of teaching music in the secondary school. Study of methods and materials relative credit is given for one half-hour private lesson to music classes and performance groups The evaluation per week per term. Supplementary piano and of material, methods, and techniques. voice may be in classes. Mr Getz Students majoring in music who are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree may take up to 303 Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint eight quarter courses of private instruction, and Introduction of the contrapuntal technique of the sixteenth century through the study of plain song and early motets. those who are candidates for the degree of Composition in the small forms is a part of the course Bachelor of Science in Music Education may Mr. Weikel take up to 12 quarter courses of private instruc- tion, at no additional cost beyond the com- 304 Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint prehensive fee. An introduction to the contrapuntal style of the eighteenth century and an analysis of the baroque forms with attention The Department also sponsors various music to linear motion and fundamental harmonic progression; organizations, including the Choir, Chapel composition in the various forms. Choir, Band, and Orchestra. All regular College Mr. Belt students are eligible to audition for any of these, either at the beginning of the school year or at 312 History of Medieval, Renaissance, and other times by appointment. Baroque Music The history of the major forms and styles of music and composers from the pre-Christian era through the eighteenth century. Extensive use of musical examples and recordings. Mr. Nunamaker Course Descriptions I Music 89

111-112 Woodwind Instrument Class 125 Organ

Instruction in the technique of woodwind instruments, Private instruction designed to include literature of various using the clarinet as the basic instrument. periods, sight reading, hymn-playing and transposition, Two V* courses chant and anthem accompanying, and rudiments of mod- Mr. Zellner ulation and improvisation. Required: repertory class every

two weeks. Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance of all 113-114 Brass Instrument Class majbr and minor scales (two octaves) and a Bach Inven- Instruction in the technique of the brass instruments with tion. Fee for one forty-minute lesson per week per term: trumpet or cornet as the basic instrument. Two V* courses $95. v* course Mr. Morden Messrs. Weikel and Belt

115-116 Stringed Instrument Class 127 Band Instrument Instruction Instruction and practice in the techniques of stringed Private instruction in woodwind and brass instruments. Re- instruments and the organization of string section. a peated spring term. Fee for one half-hour lesson per week Two V* courses per term: $95. '/» course Mr. Nunamaker Messrs. Zellner and Morden

117 Percussion Class 129 Stringed Instrument Instruction of practical The organization and theoretical materials Private instruction emphasizing both the fundamentals of concerning all of their the percussion instruments, playing string playing and repertory. Repeated spring term. Fee for techniques and teaching procedures. V* course one half-hour lesson per week per term: $95. Mr. Zellner Va course Mr. Nunamaker 121 Voice

Private instruction in fundamentals of voice culture with 456 Senior Recital emphasis breath control, upon resonance, tone quality, Solo or duo presentation of representative literature of vari- diction, pronunciation, and an appreciation of the best ous stylistic periods of the student's major applied area works of the masters. Repeated in the spring term. Fee for with emphasis on historical performance practice. one half-hour lesson per week per term: $95. V* course Mr. Finstad and Mrs. Hook 131 College Choir An intensive study of the best of choral literature. In addi- 122 Voice Class tion to appearances in nearby cities, the Choir makes a A study of vocal techniques using lectures, class discus- two-week concert tour each spring. Five rehearsals sions, and demonstrations. The course will have a practical weekly. No credit workshop atmosphere: practicing basic vocal production Mr. Getz with emphasis on posture, breath control, diction, and vowel formation. v* course Mr. Finstad and Mrs. Hook 132 Chapel Choir This Choir performs standard musical literature with the purpose of supporting and assisting the College 123 Piano community in the Sunday morning services. Cantatas and Private instruction in the development of the necessary oratorios are presented as occasional concerts in the techniques for facility in reading and interpreting a musical spring of the year. Three rehearsals weekly. No credit score accurately at the keyboard. Literature includes rep- Mr. Matsinko resentative compositions of various styles and periods. Public performance is required of those majoring in this area of concentration. Fee for one half-hour lesson per 133 Band

week per term: $95 '/» course Membership in the Band, which is open to men and Messrs. Matsinko and Belt women, depends entirely on the individual's ability and interest. The Band plays at athletic events and during the spring term gives concerts on the campus and in nearby 124 Class Piano cities. Three rehearsals weekly. No credit Emphasis on sight-reading, ensemble playing and har- Mr. Zellner monizing melodies with various types of accompaniment as well as playing some of the standard piano literature. Va course 135 Orchestra Messrs. Matsinko and Belt The study and performance of orchestral music of all eras. Membership is open to all students of qualifying ability. Two rehearsals weekly. No credit Mr. Nunamaker Philosophy <5r Course Descriptions I

102 Ideas of Men

PHILOSOPHY The opposing ideas of men on vital philosophical issues are studied by reading and discussing some of the major philosophical texts. These works are selected on the basis Professors Coulter and Richardson (Chairman) of the quality of the ideas and the literary qualities of their Associate Professor Schubart statement. Texts might include works by Plato, Descartes, Mill, James. Russell, Kierkegaard, and Sartre. Mr. Coulter Philosophy is a study of questions and answers in search of human perspective. Philosophy 211 Logic and Semantics asks such questions as: What kind of a universe An introduction to formal logic and a study of the uses of do we live in? How can we obtain knowledge? language, with particular reference to meaning and defini- What values should we live for? What goals and tion; nature of inference from premises to conclusion; rules responsibilities should we choose? What is for deductive inference; construction of formal proofs in science? How can we communicate with each sentential and quantificational logic; the nature of lan- guage; informal inferences and fallacies, theory of defini- other? What do words mean? In trying to answer tion. such questions both the questions and the an- Mr. Coulter swers are explored. The courses offered by the Philosophy Depart- 221 Introduction to Philosophy ment are designed to help students explore the Contemporary analysis of philosophy and the main tradi- tional approaches to it: scientific, aesthetic, ethical, and assumptions that any inquiry makes about religious. Their assumptions, methods, and results are human beings, their place in nature, their role in analyzed with a view to giving the student both the tools history and the purposes which are involved in and the motivation for building his or her own philosophy the social, scientific, religious, ethical, and aes- Mr. Richardson thetic aspects of human existence. Such inquiry can help students integrate the knowledge 223 Ethics gained from all their courses into a more coher- The main types of theories of ethics. The course em- phasizes, first, the goals and obligations of human life and ent perspective. their relation to a general philosophical position; and sec- The program of the Department is designed to ond, the relevance of ethical theory to contemporary indi- vidual and social situations Prerequisite one course in help students gain such a perspective in a philosophy or permission of instructor. number of different ways. student take A can Mr Schubart courses in philosophy to fulfill a distribution re- quirement and/or to supplement a major in an- 303 History of Philosophy: Classical Philosophy other department. A major in philosophy might A study of the philosophers and philosophies of ancient be chosen for its own sake, or as preparation for Greece and Rome with emphasis on the world views de- further work in a number of different fields. Phi- veloped by them Major emphasis will be on Plato, Aristo- losophy can be chosen as a second major tle, and Hellenistic Neoplatonism. Mr. Coulter along with a major in another department. The members of the Department are also interested 304 History of Philosophy: Medieval and Early Modern in encouraging students to design Special A study of philosophers and philosophies of Medieval Majors in which philosophy is an integral part. Europe as these reflect the impact of Christianity, and of A typical philosophy major includes eight Early Modern Europe as these reflect the impact of modern science on the traditional problems and assumptions of courses in the Department, chosen in consulta- philosophy Major thinkers to be studied include Augus- tion with the student's adviser. The number of tine, Thomas Aquinas, Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke, such required courses has been deliberately Berkely, Hume, and Kant. Mr Coulter kept low so that students may be able to take advantage of the whole curriculum of the Col- lege. 314 Seminar in Philosophy of Law The principal philosophies of law. The course includes such topics as the relation of law to culture, to ethics, and to political theories, and the significant developments in law in the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries

Not offered 1 977-78 Mr Schubart Course Descriptions I Philosophy / Physics

320 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Philosophy A study of the major continental thinkers of the period. The PHYSICS philosophies of Kant and Hegel as criticisms of the En- lightenment, and as idealistic constructions. The Professors Daniels, Haskins, and Mara philosophies of Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche as criti- cisms of idealism, and as significant new constructive at- Associate Professors Cowan (Chairman), tempts. T. J. Hendrickson, and Scott Mr. Richardson Assistant Professor Marschall

321 Seminar in Twentieth Century Philosophy Within wide limits, a physics major can be tai- A study of contemporary philosophies such as prag- lored to meet the needs and desires of individ- matism, logical positivism, analytical philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, and Marxism. ual students. A major in physics is appropriate Mr. Schubart for those who enjoy the subject and who have

no particular career in mind. It is also suitable 332 Seminar in Ethics preparation for careers ranging from govern- The course covers such topics as: contemporary devel- ment and law to theoretical physics and opments in ethical theory; the relation of ethics to molecular biology. economic, political, and social practices and theories; the philosophy of law and its relation to ethics; and the analy- Persons who become physics majors ought to sis of the fundamental concepts of ethics. The student will be curious about the ways of nature and have a have the opportunity to choose a specific topic in ethics, or strong urge to satisfy this curiosity. Their suc- one of the preceding topics, for investigation. Mr. Schubart cess depends upon their ability to devise and perform meaningful experiments, their intuitive

334 Seminar in Philosophy of Art understanding of the way nature behaves, and skill in into The course explores such topics as: the nature of art; the their casting ideas mathematical functions of art, aesthetic experience, aesthetic judgment; forms. No two majors are endowed with pre- and relates aesthetics to other aspects of philosophy. cisely the same division of these talents, but Mr. Schubart they must develop some proficiency in each.

Courses in the Department emphasize those 337 Seminar in Philosophy of Religion theories and principles that give a broad, unify- An analytical study of the meanings of contemporary re- ligious concepts and statements, with an attempt to relate ing understanding of nature and the analytical this study to contemporary constructive attempts. reasoning needed for their use. Laboratory Mr. Richardson training stresses the design of experiments, the techniques of precise measurement, and the in- 340 Metaphysics terpretation of data. A systematic study of some of the major issues raised when opportunities for we attempt to formulate our basic assumptions about the The Department offers many "real" world. Emphasis will be upon such ontological ques- interested students to take part in discussions tions as the relation between mind and body, and the exis- with each other and with the staff. It also offers tence of a supernatural being. Alternate years, offered opportunities for investigations apart from those 1978-79. Mr. Coulter associated with formal courses. Students may pursue investigations devised by themselves, 400 Senior Seminar or they may assist the physics faculty in their to An advanced seminar for philosophy majors in which sig- ongoing projects. Students are encouraged nificant problems are raised, and where the student has the take advantage of these opportunities, since opportunity to write a thesis on one of the problems, or on only by participating in these ways can they one of the major contemporary philosophers. experience physics as the activity that it is. Mr. Richardson

Individualized Study

With the consent of the Department, majors may take a course of directed reading and conferences under the supervision of a member of the staff. Repeated spring term. Staff Physics & Course Descriptions I In addition to the usual classrooms, seminar Qualified majors should also consider the op- rooms, laboratories, and faculty offices, Mas- portunities afforded by Physics 452. This ters Hall contains the physics library, a course entails the study of a problem in physics machine shop, and a planetarium. The Depart- or astronomy selected by a student in consulta- ment has well equipped nuclear physics, X-ray, tion with a staff member. The problem may be of optics, and electronics laboratories, and it di- a theoretical or experimental nature. A student rects the observatory and the planetarium. electing this course should obtain an adviser Some of the larger pieces of equipment are for the project by the end of his or her junior multichannel analyzers, coincidence-anticoin- year and expect to begin work in the fall term of cidence circuitry, two X-ray diffraction units, a the senior year with the completion of the work Mossbauer analyzer, a neutron howitzer, a 16" to be accomplished in the spring term of the Cassegrain telescope with cameras, a UBV senior year. 12" photometer, a Varian electromagnet, and an Freshmen who are considering a major in phys- All the astronomical spectrometer. Depart- ics should enroll in Physics 111, 112 and Math- ment's facilities plus the computer are available ematics 111-112, if possible. While it is desira- for use by physics students. ble for majors to take this freshman program, The minimum physics major consists of eight students may accomplish a full major in phys- courses including Physics 111, 112, 203, 206, ics even if they take Physics 111, 112 in their and J26. This minimum major is excellent prep- sophomore year. Some of the outstanding aration for physics certification for secondary graduates of the Department decided to major school teaching and industrial or government in physics at the end of their sophomore year. laboratory work. Anyone for whom graduate The Department administers the Cooperative study is a possibility should plan to take twelve Engineering Program with Pennsylvania State courses in the Department. Physics graduates University and Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. are prepared to pursue graduate work in phys- Students selecting this program will take Phys- ics and in allied fields such as: astronomy; as- ics 111, 112, 203, J33, and 216 and will grad- trophysics; biophysics; geophysics; mechani- uate from Gettysburg with a major in Physics cal, electrical, nuclear engineering; and upon successful completion of an engineering physiology; space science; oceanography; degree at Pennsylvania State or RPI. For more meteorology; and environmental studies. details on the Cooperative Engineering Pro- All majors must complete mathematics courses gram, see page 39. through Mathematics 212 or its equivalent. The laboratory science distribution requirement Those planning to go to graduate school should may be satisfied by taking one course from also complete the Applied Analysis course among Physics 101, 1 03, or 1 1 1 and one course Mathematics 363-364. Majors must also exhibit from Physics J1, 102, 104, or 112. increasing competence with the computer and prerequisites listed in the course programmable calculator facilities as they The below de- scriptions are meant only guides. Any course progress through the courses in the physics as curriculum. is open to students who have the permission of the instructor. Qualified students should apply to take the seminar courses during their upperclass years. Honor students majoring in other departments are also encouraged to enroll in these semi- nars. Seminars meet for one afternoon each week, and students electing them should be prepared to do extensive independent work. Course Descriptions I Physics

Physics 101 Energy in the Modern World Physics 107 Topics in Astronomy

Designed for students not majoring in science or mathe- A single area of current interest in astronomy is highlighted matics. Energy concepts are used as a unifying theme for in this course. The development and present state of think- the study of the basic laws of mechanics, heat, elec- ing in such fields as the structure and origin of the solar tromagnetism, and nuclear physics. These laws are system, stellar and galactic evolution, extraterrestrial life, applied to the study of electricity generation, nuclear and cosmology may be investigated. The specific area of energy, solar energy, windmills, and other topics relevant concentration will be published in the announcement of to the energy problem. Energy consumption and supply courses during the spring preceding the course. May not patterns of the United States are discussed. Prerequisite: be counted toward the minimum requirement for a major in Competence in high school algebra. Three class hours and physics. Prerequisite: completion of the college science three laboratory hours. distribution requirement or the consent of the instructor. Mr. Cowan Mr. Marschall

Physics J1 Vibrations, Waves, and Music Physics 111 Mechanics

An introduction to the physical principles employed in the An introduction to classical mechanics: laws of motion and production of sound and music. The acoustical properties the conservation laws of linear momentum, energy, and of musical instruments will be studied in depth. The labora- angular momentum. Simple harmonic motion. Motion of tory provides experience in electrical measurements, vi- particles in gravitational, electric, and magnetic fields. The brations, and the analysis, synthesis, and production of rudiments of calculus and vector analysis are introduced sound. Opportunities exist for individual projects such as and used throughout the course. Laboratory work em- the design and construction of a simple musical instru- phasizes the detection, measurement, and interpretation of ment. The level of mathematics required is elementary electrical signals and elementary circuit analysis. Students algebra. Some experience in music is expected. Prerequi- already having credit for Physics 101, 102 or 103, 104 may site: Physics 101 or consent of instructor. Class and labora- register for Physics 111 for credit only with the permission tory hours. of the department. Prerequisite: Mathematics 111, which Messrs. Hendrickson and Scott may be taken concurrently. Four class hours and three lab- oratory hours. Mr. Mara Physics 102 Astronomy Fundamental observations of classical astronomy and the recent discoveries of modern astrophysics. Starting with Physics 112 Relativity, Electricity, and Magnetism the solar system, the course surveys contemporary knowl- The special theory of relativity. Electrostatic fields, edge of stellar systems and of the structure and behavior of currents, magnetic fields, electromagnetic induction, the universe at large. Physical principles of gravitation, Maxwell's equations, light as a propagating electro- relativity, atomic and nuclear structure, and electro- magnetic disturbance. Laboratory work emphasizes the magnetic radiation are introduced where they apply to as- detection, measurement, and interpretation of optical sig- tronomical problems. The laboratory will stress astronomi- nals and nuclear radiation. Prerequisite: Physics 111. Four cal techniques and will include both analysis of data and class hours and three laboratory hours. observations of the sky. Prerequisite: Physics 101. Three Mr. Mara class hours and three laboratory hours. Mr. Marschall Physics 140 Environmental Science and Pollution

An introduction to the interactions between systems and Physics 103, 104 Elementary Physics man. Topics include the environment as a system, expo- A general coverage of the fields of classical and modern nential growth, population, food supply, energy and re- physics with time devoted to areas of special interest in sources, pesticides, solid wastes, and air, water and noise biology: fluids, heat, radiation and the physics of vision pollution. May not be counted towards a major in Physics. and hearing. While particularly useful for biology majors, Not offered every year. Prerequisite: One course in Chemis- the course will serve any student as an introduction to a try, Biology or Physics. Three class hours. wide range of topics in physics. Rudimentary calculus is Mr. Cowan taught and used. Prerequisite: facility in algebra and ge- ometry. Three class hours and three laboratory hours per week. Mr. Scott Physics & Course Descriptions I Physics 203 Waves and Thermal Physics Physics 319 Classical Mechanics Properties of light and sound waves including polariza- Topics covered include Newtonian mechanics, linear and tion, interference, and diffraction. Physical and geometric nonlinear oscillations, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dy- optics. Temperature, heat, and the first and second laws of namics, central force motion, noninertial frames, rigid thermodynamics. Prerequisite: Physics 112. Three class bodies and the inertia tensor. Prerequisites: Physics 203 hours and three laboratory hours. and Mathematics 212. Mr. Daniels Mr. Hendrickson

Physics 206 Modern Physics Physics 320 Quantum Mechanics The phenomena leading to the concepts of quantum Includes the Schrodinger and the Heisenberg develop- theory, photoelectric effect, Compton effect, discrete ment of quantum mechanics. Problems covered include spectra, X-ray electron, and neutron diffraction. Black body the one dimensional square well and barrier, the harmonic radiation, statistical physics, the uncertainty principle, oscillator, the rigid rotor, the hydrogen atom, and the quantum states, and the quantum theory of atomic and nu- helium atom. Time independent perturbation theory is in- clear structures. Prerequisites: Physics 112 and calculus. troduced. Prerequisites: Physics 206 and 319. Three class Three class hours and three laboratory hours. hours. Mr. Haskins Mr Cowan

Physics J33 Engineering Mechanics: Statics Physics J26 Advanced Physics Laboratory Equilibrium of coplanar and noncoplanar force systems; A laboratory course with experiments drawn from various analysis of structures; friction; centroids and moments of areas of physics such as: optics, electromagnetism, atomic inertia. Required for engineering students. Prerequisites: physics, and nuclear physics with particular emphasis on Physics 112, Mathematics 211. contemporary methods. Error analysis and experimental Mr. Mara techniques will be stressed. Normally taken by physics majors in January of their junior year. Mr. Haskins Physics 216 Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics Motion of a particle; translation and rotation of rigid bodies; Electricity and Magnetism work and energy; impulse and momentum. Required for Physics 330 engineering students. Prerequisite: Physics J33. Three Static electric and magnetic fields, electromagnetic induc- class hours. tion, Maxwell's equations in space, fields in different iner- Mr. Scott tial frames, fields in matter, time dependent fields. Prereq- uisites: Physics 112 and Mathematics 363. Three class hours. Physics 301 Electronics Mr. Mara Characteristics of semiconductor junction devices. Cir- cuits using these devices include amplifiers, oscillators, Physics 332 Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics operational amplifiers, switching circuits, and digital cir- cuits. Prerequisite: Physics 112. Two class hours and six General statistical methods. Classical and statistical ther- laboratory hours. modynamics. Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, and Mr. Daniels Fermi-Dirac statistics. Applications of statistical methods to selected topics in solid state physics, low temperature physics, and other fields. Prerequisites: Physics 206 and Physics 305 Astrophysics 319. Three class hours. The physics of the sun and stars. The consequences of Mr. Hendrickson radio, photometric, and spectroscopic observations for modern theoretical astronomy. Selected topics from among Relativity, Atomic, and Molecular Physics stellar atmospheres and evolution; variable stars; the ef- Physics 341 fects of the earth's atmosphere and ionosphere, the in- Special relativity: includes four vectors, tensor analysis, terplanetary and interstellar media on radiation; radio electro-magnetic field tensor. Atomic physics at a level sources. Qualified students may carry on observational requiring quantum mechanics: includes perturbation projects. Prerequisites: calculus and two courses in phys- theory, angular momentum, hydrogen fine structure and ics. Not offered every year. hyperfine structure, helium atom, many electron atoms. Mr. Marschall Prerequisites: Physics 206, 330, and 320. Three class hours and three laboratory hours. Mr. Haskins Course Descriptions I Physics I Political Science 95

Physics 342 Nuclear Physics and Fundamental Particles

Nuclear and particle physics at a level requiring quantum POLITICAL SCIENCE mechanics: including time-dependent perturbation theory, scattering, Breit-Wigner cross-section, Mossbauer effect, isotopic spin. Prerequisite: Physics 341 or 441. Three class Professors Boenau (Chairman) and Jarvis hours and three laboratory hours. Associate Professor Mott Mr. Haskins Assistant Professors Borock, MacLean, Nyitray, and D. Tannenbaum Physics 401 Tutorials: Special Topics

Designed to cover physics or physics related topics not The Department aims at providing an under- otherwise available in the curriculum. Open to upperclass physics majors who arrange with a staff member for super- standing of the study of politics, emphasizing vision. Possible areas of study include advanced elec- the methods and approaches of political sci- tronics, medical physics, astrophysics, acoustics, optics. ence and the workings of political systems in Prerequisite: approval of department. various domestic, foreign, and international set- Staff tings.

Physics 430 Electricity and Magnetism Seminar The program provides balance between the Covers the same topics as Physics 330. See above de- needs of specialists who intend to pursue grad- scription of seminar courses. Prerequisites: Physics 112, uate or professional training and those who do Mathematics 363, and the permission of the instructor. One not. Courses offered in the Department help seminar afternoon and three laboratory hours. prepare for in Mr. Mara the student careers politics, fed- eral, state and local government, public and private interest groups, Physics 441 Relativity, Atomic, and Molecular business, journalism, Physics Seminar law, and teaching. Covers the same topics as Physics 341. See above de- Majors in the Department are required to take a scription of seminar courses. Prerequisites: Physics 206, minimum of 10 courses in political science. Po- 320, 330, and the permission of the instructor. One seminar afternoon and three laboratory hours. litical Science 151 should be taken as early as Mr. Haskins possible. In the junior and senior years, majors are urged to participate in small-group semi- Physics 442 Nuclear Physics and Fundamental nars and to take advantage of individualized Particles Seminar study. Majors also are encouraged to enroll in Covers the same topics as Physics 342. See above de- related social science courses. Courses scription of seminar courses. Prerequisites: Physics 341 or graded S/U are not accepted toward a major. 441 and the permission of the instructor. One seminar af- ternoon and three laboratory hours. Majors are required to take work in each of the Mr. Haskins following groups:

1) Introduction to Political Science: 151 Physics 452 Independent Study in Physics and Astronomy 2) Advanced American government: at least

Experimental or theoretical investigation of a research 1 course from the following: 221, 222, 223, level problem selected by the student in consultation with a 224, 231, 311, 312 staff member. Students should arrange with a staff member 3) Comparative politics: At least 1 course for supervision by the end of the junior year. Open only to

from the following: 200, 201 , 202, 203, 204, second semester senior physics majors. Work is reported in a departmental colloquium. Prerequisite: Approval of 205 department. 4) International Relations: 241 or 242 or 245 Staff 5) Political Theory: 351 or IS 352 Any of the following courses may be counted towards the College distribution requirement in social sciences: 101, 151, 200, 201, 202, 203,

204, 221 , 222, 223, 224, 231 , 241 , 242, 31 1 , and 312. Political Science

151 Introduction to Political Science 204 African Political Systems A study of the scope of political science, the methodologi- An analysis and comparison of selected independent cal approaches used, and the relation of political science states of Africa and their political processes and forms of to the other social sciences. Special attention will be given government. Attention is given to the significance of the to major research sources and reference works useful to colonial period, national independence movements, political scientists. Required of all political science socio-economic and political problems of developing majors. states, and attempts to promote regional and continental Staff unity. Mr. Jarvis

101 American Government 205 The Politics of Modernization The institutional structure and policy-making process of An analysis of politics in the developing countries or Third government are examined as reflections of the assump- World. Attention is given to such topics as the role of peas- tions of liberal democracy and of the American social and ants and new elites, the military, agricultural transformation economic systems. In addition to the legislative, executive, and land reform, incremental transformations and revo- and judicial branches of government, political parties, in- lutionary change, the role of ideology, and the relationship terest groups, and elections are considered. Not open to of the developed world to the developing countries. senior majors. Staff Staff

221 State and Local Government 200 Introduction to Comparative Government A study of the structure, functions, and political processes An introduction to the systematic and comparative study of of non-national government in the United States. political phenomena. Attention is given to central organiz- Mr. Tannenbaum ing concepts and to the process of formulating hypotheses, models, and theories. Problems considered include lead- 222 Public Administration ership and authority, political stability, civil strife and revo- Study of the politics, structure, and procedures of gov- lution, legitimacy, participation, and political develop- is given to ment. ernmental administration. Particular attention administrative process, policy-making, and the public Staff the responsibility of administrators. Mr. Tannenbaum 201 European Political Systems An analysis and comparison of the political processes and 223 Legislative Process forms of government of Great Britain, France, West Ger- Congress. Topics many, and the Soviet Union. The course focuses on the United States covered include: theories of representation; nomination Mr. Boenau and electoral processes; internal organization of Congress; influences on Congressional policy-making; and Congres- 202 Asian Political Systems sional interaction with other participants in the policy proc- An analysis and comparison of the political processes and ess. forms of government of major Asian countries. Particular Mr. Nyitray attention is devoted to China, Japan, and India. Mr. Boenau 224 Presidential Politics

The role of the Presidency in the American political system; 203 Latin American Political Systems the selection of presidential candidates; the Presidency An analysis and comparison of the political processes and and bureaucratic structures and procedures; presidential forms of government of selected Latin American countries. leadership; and the Presidency in the policy process.

Consideration is given to the significance of geographical, Mr. Nyitray social, economic, and historical factors in Latin American politics, as well as the role of the armed forces, the church, 231 American Parties and Politics and organized labor. their role in democracy, Mr. Jarvis An examination of political parties, and the nature of the party system in relation to other social and political processes, including social trends, interest groups, political leaders, and leadership. Two-party poli- tics is compared to the politics of third parties and mass movements. Aspects of voting behavior and campaign techniques are considered. Mr. Mott Course Descriptions I Political Science I Psychology 97

241 International Relations An examination of the theory and practice of international PSYCHOLOGY politics. Attention is given to the various approaches to the study of international politics and the major forces govern- Professors Mudd (Chairman) and Piatt ing relations between states. Topics will include conflict and behavior, foreign policy, transnationalism, organiza- Associate Professors D'Agostino, Frank, tion, power, force, and ethics. Pittman, and Shand Mr. Bo rock Assistant Professor Gobbel Instructors Brady and Gay 242 American Foreign Policy

An analysis of the development, implementation, and ef- The objective of the Department is to promote fects of U.S. foreign policy. Mr. Borock knowledge of behavior, with emphasis on the formation of a scientific attitude toward behav- 245 World Order ior and appreciation of the complexity of human An examination of international organization, regionalism, personality. This objective is approached by and security systems as they effect the reduction of interna- providing a representative array of courses in tional violence and promote tolerable standards of stabili- Psychology, including independent study, and ty by providing selected opportunities for field Mr. Borock experience.

311, 312 American Constitutional Law Psychology 101 is a prerequisite for all other The first term deals largely with case studies of Supreme courses in the Department. Requirements for a Court decisions involving powers and limitations of the leg- major include Mathematics 107, Psychology islative, executive, and judicial branches of government 101, 305, 341; one of the following laboratory and decisions involving the principles of federalism, sepa- ration of powers, and judicial review. The second term courses: 314, 316, 317, 318, 325, or 336; and, deals primarily with case studies relating to Constitutional four additional courses in psychology. Majors guarantees of individual rights. Either course may be taken should note that most laboratory courses have a independently of the other. 200 level course as a prerequisite. Mr. Jarvis

It is recommended that students looking for-

351 History of Political Thought ward to admission to graduate school take psy-

A study of the development of Western political thought chology 211 and two advanced laboratory from the ancient Greeks to the nineteenth century. courses from among 31 4, 31 6, 31 7, 31 8, 325, or Mr. Boenau 336. Training in computer programming also is recommended. Students should consult with IS 352 Modern Political Thought their advisers for specific information on the For course description see Interdepartmental Studies. prerequisites for work at the graduate level in Mr. Tannenbaum the specialized areas of psychology.

400 Seminars Departmental Honors in psychology are to in The student is offered opportunity to work at an advanced awarded graduating majors who, the com- level of extensive reading in either domestic, foreign, or bined judgment of the staff, have demonstrated world politics. A common core of reading and written re- academic excellence in course work and who ports by each student is provided. Topics differ each term have completed an Individualized Study. The and will be announced in advance. Enrollment by permis- sion of instructor. Honors Thesis, open by invitation of the De- Staff partment Staff only, is not required for De- partmental Honors. Individualized Study The following courses may be used to fulfill the The student selects an approved topic for intensive study distribution requirement in social sciences: and presents his or her findings in the form of oral or written 101, 204, 210, 214, 225, 226, 320, and desig- reports to a member of the staff responsible for supervising his or her research activities and reports. Open only to nated January Term courses. senior majors or with permission of the instructor. Re- peated in the spring term. Staff <^ Course Descriptions I Psychology

101 General Psychology 226 Developmental Psychology: Adolescence

An introduction to the basic facts and principles of psy- A review of theory and research concerned with the psy- chology, including the study of human motivation, learning, chological development of the adolescent. Topics include: emotion, perception, thought, intelligence, and personali- physiological changes; vocational, social, sex-role and

ty. Some attention is given to the applications of psycholo- value development: and the search for identity. Psychology gy. Repeated spring term. May be used toward fulfilling the 225 is recommended as a prerequisite but not required. distribution requirement in the social sciences. Mrs. Gobbel Staff

230 The Psychology of Religious Beliefs, 204 Human Information Processing Attitudes, and Values

Starting from theoretical concepts and methods surveyed Empirical findings in the recent scientific study of religion in Psychology 101, the topics of sensation, perception and regarding the development of religious and moral traits of cognitive processes will be developed more completely. character, the personality structure of the religious person, Offered in the spring term. religious dogmatism and prejudice, open and closed Messrs. D'Agostino and Mudd mindedness, normal and abnormal aspects of religious experiences, beliefs, and practices. Mr. Shand 210 Behavioral Economics and Social Engineering An introduction to behavioral economics and the im- Experimental plications of that field for social planning in a high mass 305 Methods consumption society. The process and evaluation of An introduction to scientific method and experimental de- decision-making in the public and private sectors of the sign Emphasis is placed on kinds and sources of error in economy are considered from a behavioral science point experimentation, methods of control, and design and anal- of view. The potential contribution of behavioral systems ysis of experiments. Prerequisites: Psychology 101 and analysis to more effective social and economic planning is Mathematics 107 Three class hours and three laboratory reviewed. hours. Mr. Mudd Messrs D'Agostino, Mudd and Pittman

211 Psychological Tests and Measurements 314 Assessment of Personality and Intelligence

Fundamental principles are studied in the development of Experimental and correlational methods in the study of reliable and valid devices designed to reveal measurable human characteristics of personality and intelligence, in- characteristics of personality and intelligence. Special cluding factor analysis and the use, in experiments, of in- emphasis is placed on the critical evaluation of tests, the telligence tests and projective techniques. Laboratory in- assumptions underlying their construction, and the role of cludes a review of current methods and experimental de- testing as one of the basic procedures of social science. signs for the study of such topics as prejudice, humor, Laboratory instruction necessary for the correlation of self-concepts, handwriting, belief, creativity, art and theory and practice is given. Prerequisite: Math 107 (may music. Each student will choose one topic and design an be taken concurrently). Three class hours and two labora- experiment or factor-analytic study. Prerequisites: Psy- tory hours. chology 305 and Psychology 211. Three class hours and Mr. Shand the equivalent of three laboratory hours. Mr Shand

214 Social Psychology

A review of current psychological theory and research in 316 Perception social psychology. Topics include attitude and behavior An introduction to sensory and perceptual processes. Lec- change, conformity, interpersonal perception, and the tures deal with the analysis of psychophysical phenomena cognitive control of motivation. such as stimulus properties and thresholds, sensory cod- Mr. Pittman ing, adaptation effects, feature detection, constancies, meaning, and the influence of motivational states on the perceptual response. Laboratory work includes several 225 Developmental Psychology. Infancy and Childhood minor studies and one major research study on a special A comprehensive study of the psychological development topic such as person perception, sensory control of behav- of the individual, from to conception adolescence. Topics ior, etc. Prerequisites: Psychology 305, 204. Three class include perception, learning, early experience, cognition, hours and the equivalent of three laboratory hours. etc. Various theoretical issues and perspectives are dis- Mr. Mudd cussed. Mmes. Gay and Gobbel Course Descriptions I Psychology 99

317 Psychology of Verbal Learning and Memory 336 Physiological Psychology An introduction to human verbal learning and memory. A study of the anatomical and physiological bases of be- Topics include associative learning and short and long- havior and cognition. Emphasis is placed on the neuro- term retention with particular emphasis on storage and re- psychology of sensation, motivation, memory and thinking. trieval processes. Prerequisites: Psychology 305, 204. Prerequisites: Psychology 101, Biology 101, 102, or 111, Three class hours and three laboratory hours. 112, and either Psychology 305 or permission of the in- Mr. D'Agostino structor. Three class periods and three laboratory hours. Mr. Piatt

318 Experimental Social Psychology 341 History and Theories of Psychology A specific content area in social psychology, selected from among topics such as attitude change, interpersonal per- A historical review of the development of basic theoretical ception, and cognitive control of motivation, will be stud- points of view, experiments, concepts, methods, and find- ied. Current theories and empirical data will be used to ings which form the major part of the subject matter of illustrate experimental designs and relevant methodologi- psychology today. Special attention is given to empiricism, cal considerations. Laboratory work includes the design, structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalt, and execution, and analysis of several experiments. Prerequi- psychoanalysis as schools of thought which have contrib- sites: Psychology 214 and Psychology 305, or permission uted to the formulation of the different theoretical empha- of the instructor. Three class hours and the equivalent of ses evident in present-day psychology. three laboratory hours. Mr. Mudd Mr. Pittman 400 Seminar

320 Dynamics of Human Adjustment and Personality An opportunity to work on a selected topic in a small group

Textbook and collateral readings combine in an examina- under the guidance of a member of the staff. Not offered tion of major assumptions and strategies in the scientific every term. The topic for a given term will be announced in study of personality. Lecture and discussion focus on advance. Enrollment by permission of the instructor. May learning, affective, and cognitive processes as unifiers. be repeated. The usefulness of verifiable evidence is emphasized. Pre- Staff requisites: Two courses in psychology; junior or senior standing. Individualized Reading Mr. Frank Opportunity is given the student to do intensive and critical reading and to write a term paper on a topic of special 325 Experimental Psychology of Life-Span interest. In the course of his or her study the student will be Development expected to become thoroughly familiar with the various

Life-span developmental psychology will be studied in reference books, microfilms, and scientific journals which depth. Specific areas will be selected from cognitive, so- are available for library research in the field of psychology. cial, sensory and perceptual development. Laboratory Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. May be repeated. sessions will provide an opportunity to learn research Staff techniques appropriate for developmental investigation Students will design, execute and analyze an independent Individualized Empirical Research project. Prerequisites: Psychology 225 and Psychology The student designs and conducts an empirical study 305. Three class hours and the equivalent of three lab which involves the collection and analysis of data in rela- hours. tion to some psychological problem under the supervision Mmes. Gay and Gobbel of a staff member. Students are required to present an ac- ceptable research proposal no later than four weeks follow- 326 Abnormal Psychology ing the beginning of the term or to withdraw from the The study of abnormalities of personality and behavior course. The research culminates in a paper. Prerequisite: which commonly occur in mentally handicapped, deviant, permission of the instructor. May be repeated. neurotic, and psychotic persons. The general principles Staff and theories of abnormal personality development, includ- ing those of psychoanalysis, are reviewed illustrative and Honors Thesis case materials are presented. Film demonstrations of ab- The Honors Thesis is designed to meet the needs of the normal phenomena are given, and a field trip is taken to a clearly superior student. During the senior year each par- mental institution. Psychology 214 or 320 recommended ticipant will engage in an original program of research but not required; open to juniors and seniors only. under the direction of a thesis committee. In addition to Messrs. Frank and Shand completing a formal thesis, each student will present and discuss his or her research before the entire staff. Suc- cessful completion of the program entitles the student to receive credit for two courses which can be applied to- wards a Psychology major. Prerequisite: by invitation of the Department only. Staff Religion O- Course Descriptions I

BIBLICAL STUDIES RELIGION 101 History, Literature, and Religion of the Old Testament Professors Dunkelberger (Chairman), Freed, A study of the history, literature, and religion of the He- Loose, and Moore brews from the age of Abraham to about 200 B.C. The history and culture of Israel are related to those of Associate Professor Hammann surrounding nations, with special emphasis on the Assistant Professor Trone relevancy of archeological data. Repeated spring term. Lecturer Jordahl Messrs. Moore and Freed

Essential to a liberal arts student's understand- 111 History, Literature, and Religion of the New Testament ing of the past, of life, and of himself or herself A study of the origin and development of early Christianity is a solid, factual knowledge of the varied re- in light of its Jewish background from about 200 B.C. to 1 50 ligious experiences, beliefs, and institutions of AD. It includes an investigation of the history and religion man. This Department offers the student a vari- of the New Testament and a survey of the spread of Chris- ety of courses in which the complex tianity through the Roman world. Repeated spring term. Messrs. Freed and Moore phenomena of religion can be investigated. A student may elect courses in biblical studies, 117 Topics in Biblical Studies history of religions, and religious thought. An intensive study of a religious topic, problem, writer, or A major consists of eight courses. Some majors, theme in the field of Biblical Studies. depending on prior preparation and work taken Staff outside the Department, may be asked to take additional courses in the Department in order to 201 The Prophets of the Old Testament round out an adequate program, but in no case A study of the life and times of Israel's prophets as drawn from the Old Testament and extra-Biblical sources, with will more than 12 courses be required. The Sen- special emphasis given to both the importance of prophe- ior Seminar (400) is required of all majors. Pre- tic interpretations for their own day and to their lasting ef- theological students and those contemplating fect upon Judeo-Christian thought. Alternate years: offered church vocations should especially consider a 1977-78. Mr. Moore major in this Department.

Only one of the following courses will fulfill the 202 Wisdom Literature one-course distribution requirement in religion: A comparative study of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, 117, 121, 127, 131, 132, 133, 134, 101, 111. Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Solomon with the wisdom 135, 136, 137, and 142. Any courses offered in literature of the Sumerians, Egyptians, Babylonians, and the fall and spring terms (except for the Senior other contemporaries and predecessors of the Israelites. Spring term each year. Seminar [400] and Individualized Study) and Mr. Moore some of the January Term courses may also ful- fill one course of the two-course distribution re- 203 Biblical Archaeology quirement in history, philosophy, or religion, An introduction to the history, methodology, and findings of which is in addition to the one-course distribu- Palestinian archaeology with attention to the related fields tion requirement in religion. of Egyptian and Mesopotamian archaeology. Lectures on field technique, slide presentations, museum visits, and Of particular interest to religion students and consideration of the historical and religious significance of majors are the College-approved bilateral artifacts will be central to the course. Fall term each year. study arrangement with the University of Penn- Mr. Moore sylvania and the India Semester Program of- fered through the Central Pennsylvania Consor- tium in conjunction with the University of My- sore in India. The India Semester, with the De- partment approval, may count as one course credit toward the major. 1

Course Descriptions I Religion 101

31 The Life and Teachings of Jesus IS 206 Byzantine Civilization

A critical survey in depth of the life and teachings of Jesus For course description see Interdepartmental Studies. as presented in the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke. Mr. Trone Among others, the problems of historicity and mythology in the Gospels are dealt with in an effort to learn about the life and way of Jesus. Prerequisite: Religion 111. Offered alter- 222 Church History: Fifteenth to nate years. Twentieth Century Mr. Freed A study of the pluralistic developments of institutional Christianity from the formulative sixteenth century Reforma- 312 The Gospel of John tion through the periods of Scholasticism, Pietism, Ra- tionalism, Evangelicalism, Liberalism, and Ecumenism. Of- Chief emphasis is given to the thought and content of the fered alternate years, fall term. Gospel itself. An effort is made to discover some of the Mr. Dunkelberger various forms of its thought background, especially that of

the Old Testament. Some study of the Gospel in its rela- tionship to the Synoptic Gospels and to the First Epistle of 241 The Religions of South Asia John is included. Prerequisite: Religion 111. An historical and phenomenological study of the religions Mr. Freed of South Asia: Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Sikhism, and Islam. Original sources in translation are investigated to 313 Judaism From 200 B.C. to 500 AD. promote understanding of the religious ideas, institutions, and systems involved. The history, institutions, religious ideas of the Jews from Mr. Dunkelberger about 200 B.C. to 500 AD. Jewish writing of the period, including those from Qumran and the Talmud, are studied as the primary sources of information. Prerequisite: Reli- 242 The Religions of East Asia and West Asia gion 101. Offered alternate years. Primarily an examination of the varieties of historical and Mr. Freed contemporary Buddhism. The class will also study some other religious tradition from east or west Asia that can be HISTORY OF RELIGIONS contrasted with Buddhism. Insofar as possible original sources in translation will be used. Spring term every year. 121 Church History: To the Eighth Century Mr Hammann A historical study of all groups who claimed the name "Christian" from the post-Biblical period to the eighth cen- RELIGIOUS THOUGHT tury. Theologies, liturgies, councils, heresies, schisms, and the outstanding participants are described and evalu- 131 Religion and Modern Man—An Introduction ated with the aid of primary documents. The course will explore the many ways in which religion Mr. Trone expresses itself in the twentieth century world. It is particu- larly concerned with the function of the Judeo-Christian

127 Topics in History of Religions tradition in modern western culture. It involves, however, points of view from the religious traditions of Asia as they An intensive study of a religious topic, problem, writer, or have had an impact on the contemporary scene. Fall term theme in the field of History of Religions. every year. Staff Mr. Dunkelberger

142 Great Religious Personalities 132 The Religious Meaning of Being Human A critical and comparative study of great religious per- in the Contemporary World sonalities of the past, especially founders of religious tradi- The religious experience and patterns of salvation devel- tions, like Moses, Confucius, Gautama the Buddha, Jesus by the world's major religions will studied from the the Christ, Paul, Mohammed, Augustine, Luther, Nanak, oped be perspective of man's nature and needs as these are re- and some recent charismatics. Evaluations will consider flected in current controversies, problems, decisions, and the historicity of evidence, the development of a tradition, values. An analysis will be made of various ways of study- the ethics attributed to the individual and the theological ideas which he may have espoused. Spring term every ing religion with an emphasis upon the phenomenological year. method and its relevance to the interpretation and under- standing of religious phenomena. will to Mr. Dunkelberger Students be asked isolate and investigate the basic issues and conflicts in which they are involved as persons in order to determine the validity of their approach to a resolution of contempo- rary problems. Offered fall and spring terms, alternating with 232. Mr. Loose o Course Descriptions I Religion 133, 134 Modern Issues, Religious Perspectives 243 Mythology and Religion Seeking out the most important questions of our time, the Mythology and Religion have always been companions. class will discuss controversial issues as they are currently The course will aim at understanding this friendship. Stu- taken up by writers with a religious point of view. The sub- dents will familiarize themselves with particular jects and writing studied will change from semester to mythologies, ancient and modern, and will try to under- semester as new issues are raised and new answers at- stand the connection with the associated religious tradi-

tempted. If a student has taken 133, he may take 134 only tions. Fall term each year. with the permission of the instructor. Mr. Hammann Mr. Trone

IS 312 Theology and Literature 135 Religion in Fiction For Course Description see Interdepartmental Studies. An examination of the fictional representation of religious Mr. Loose stories. The works of Renan, Kazantzakis, Graves, Lagerkvist, Hesse, Percheron, and others will be read. Fall 331 The Church Fathers term every year. Mr. Hammann For Orthodox theology and for Roman Catholic theology, the Church Fathers are norms for Christian thought. They were the expositors of the faith as defined by the Ecumeni- 136 Religions From the Center to the Fringe cal Councils of the Church, and they were essential for the An historical and critical study of recent sectarian and cul- Medieval theological disputes. The study will begin with tic developments primarily in the western religious tradi- Paul of Tarsus and end with the last of the Latin Fathers, tions. Such movements as Ba'hai, Christian Science, Mor- Isidore of Seville (d. 600), and with the last of the Greek monism, Zen in the West, and Hasidism will be considered. Fathers, John of Damascus (d. 749). In seminar fashion, the The study will aim at understanding the religious charac- backgrounds, personalities, and the writings of the Fathers, teristics as well as the social effects of these movements their opponents, and friends will be discussed. Spring term every year. Mr. Trone Mr. Hammann

332 History of Christian Thought: Fifteenth to 137 Topics in Religious Thought Nineteenth Century

An intensive study of a religious topic, problem, writer or Beginning with late Medieval and Reformation theological theme in the field of Religious Thought. expressions, the investigation continues with Protestant Staff Scholasticism, Pietism, Rationalism, and Evangelicalism. Among others, the thought of Luther, Calvin, Loyola, Wes- ley, and Kant is considered. Alternate years; offered IS 211 Perspectives on Death and Dying 1977-78. For Course Description see Interdepartmental Studies. Mr. Dunkelberger Mr. Moore

333 Contemporary Religious Thought in the West 232 The Religious Meaning of Being Responsible Primary theological literature of nineteenth and twentieth in Contemporary Society century Europe and America is studied critically. Contrasts Religious interpretations of moral values and ethical and continuity of themes, constitutive ideas, and theories will from the of be studied perspective determin- movements in representative works by Kierkegaard, Barth, ing responsible action for resolving moral problems re- Tillich, Hartshorne, Buber, Bonhoeffer, Altizer, and others flected in current In controversies, issues and decisions. are examined for the purpose of determining the basic pre- addition, will students be asked to examine the question as suppositions underlying the various texts. to whether or not human existence has an intrinsic, essen- Mr. Loose tial goal with a correlative prescriptive moral structure, so that deviation from this goal leads to self-destructive less whereas compliance with the goal leads to creative seif-ful- 400 Senior Seminar fillment. Offered fall and spring terms, alternating with Re- The seminar provides a supervised program of intensive ligion 132. research, discussion, written papers, and oral reports, em- Mr. Loose phasizing methods of interpretative analysis and requiring a knowledge of the important and current literature in the

areas selected by the student. It is open to advanced stu- dents by permission of the staff. Staff

Individualized Study With the consent of the Department, a student may take a course of directed study and conferences supervised by a member of the staff. Repeated in the spring term. Staff —

Course Descriptions I Reserve Officer Training Corps

102 Enrichment Course

RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS Student participates in Professional Development Labora- tories but attends no Military Science classes. Instead stu- dent selects a regular academic course that will broaden Army ROTC: Military Science his or her interests and that would benefit him or her in the Professor Vossen (Chairman) military. Prerequisite: MS 101. 'A Course Credit Assistant Professors Cocks, Snodgrass, Culver,

and Foster 201 American Military History

Assistant Instructors Czarnecki, Stollar, and A study of the development of American military institu- Thompson tions, policies, experience and traditions from colonial times to the present. Covers interrelationship between the The Department of Military Science offers military and other aspects of American society. Prerequi- site: Permission of the instructor. V* Course Credit courses which develop a student's ability to or- ganize, motivate, and lead others. The Depart- 202 Enrichment Course ment's course offerings, open to all students for (Same as MS 102) 1A Course Credit credit, are distinguished from the Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) Program.

301 Advanced Military Science I

No military obligation is connected with enroll- Consists of two subcourses, one dealing in principles of ment in a departmental course of the first two leadership and their application in both a military and non-military environment. The second subcourse deals years of the ROTC program. Selected men and with study and practical exercises in effective speaking women continuing in the program beyond the and writing. Prerequisite: MS 1 01 -1 02, 201 -202, or six week Sophomore year (the Junior and Senior years basic camp between sophomore and junior year. Prerequi- are known as the Advanced Course) agree to a site: Permission of the instructor, if not enrolled in the ROTC program. 1 Course Credit military service obligation. This obligation

should be investigated on an individual basis; it 302 Advanced Military Science II is normally three years but may be for as little as of concerned with military three months. ROTC graduates are commis- Consists two subcourses, one law and its application at the junior officer level, and the sioned Lieutenants in the U.S. Army, as Second second with small unit tactics in which the student learns the Army Reserve, or the National Guard. Offic- through practical exercises the basic principles of han- ers may obtain delays for graduate study and/or dling small tactical units in combat. Prerequisite: MS 301 or permission of the instructor. 1 Course Credit qualify for such study at government expense.

Although originally designed for four years, the 311 Advanced Military Science III ROTC Program may be reduced by: Consists of three subcourses: the first is concerned with international relations and the United States, the second pro- a. Acceleration—Students may enter the with military operations involving the various elements of gram during the latter portion of the freshman the Army, and the third with military intelligence. Prerequi- year, or later. Completion of required courses site: MS 301-302 or permission of the Instructor. 1 Course Credit can be accomplished in three years.

b. Basic Camp and Advanced Placement 312 Advanced Military Science IV By attending a six-week summer program stu- Consists of several subcourses dealing in management dents may qualify for Advanced Course enroll- techniques, a study of logistics, command and staff and ment with remaining work to be completed in administrative functions, and obligations and responsi- two years. Those with prior military training bilities of a military officer. Prerequisite: MS 31 1 or permis- sion of the Instructor. 1 Course Credit through active service, high school or college ROTC, or at a service academy, may be granted Leadership Laboratory advanced placement of up to three years, allow- All ROTC cadets participate in a professional development ing program completion in one year. laboratory on Tuesday afternoons each semester. This lab- oratory period is designed to provide an understanding of 101 Introduction to Military Science the fundamental concepts and principles of Military Sci- ence and an opportunity to develop leadership and man- A study of the organization of the Army and ROTC, the agement potential. Students will develop skills in Moun- military as a profession, customs and courtesies of the ser- vice, a survey of the U.S. defense establishment, taineering Techniques, Survival Techniques and Orienteer- ing. introduction to leadership through practical exercises. Pre- requisite: Permission of the instructor. V* Course Credit O- Course Descriptions I Romance Languages and Literatures

Some courses for majors are offered in ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND January. However, majors in French or Spanish may LITERATURES count only one January Term course in their re- spective majors toward the major requirements. Professor Kurth Prior to their first registration at the college, all Associate Professors Barriga, Lenski, and students receive preregistration materials Miller (Chairman) which give detailed instructions on language Assistant Professors C. M.Hendrickson, placement and fulfilling the distribution re- Michelman, Viti, and Weaner quirement in foreign languages. The following Instructors A. Tannenbaum and B. Fick courses may be counted toward the distribution Lecturers Aguirre, Kline, Lima, and requirement in literature: French 205, 206, 305, E. Viti 306, 313, 320, 321, 322, 324, 325, 327, 328; offered The chief aim of the basic courses by Spanish 205, 206, 305, 306, 307, 313, 320, 321, the Department is to give the student facility in 322, 324, 325, 326. Some courses to be used the use of the spoken and written foreign lan- toward this requirement are offered in January. guage and some acquaintance with its litera- The distribution requirement in foreign lan- ture. The oral-aural aspect of modern language guages may be fulfilled by successful comple- teaching is stressed in the language labora- tion in French or Spanish of 202, 203, 205, 206 tories which complement classroom instruction or a course at the 300-level or above. Achieve- in the language. All students in the Department, ment equivalent to 202 may be demonstrated and especially those in the elementary and by an Advanced Placement Examination or a intermediate phases of language study, are Departmental Qualifying Examination given strongly urged to take advantage of the during the initial week of fall term. French or facilities offered by the laboratory in McKnight Spanish 205 or 206 satisfy the foreign language Hall. The first years of language study require at requirement and at the same time count toward least one hour per week in the language labora- the literature requirement. The courses, which tory. are complete as individual units, emphasize in- On a more advanced level, literature and civili- tensive reading of complete works in literature zation courses are designed to lead the student for comprehension and analysis of style. Stu- to the well-informed appreciation of the litera- dents who choose this alternative should have ture of that is of and cultures other societies one adequate preparation in reading of significant the hallmarks of liberal a education. amount of prose of various literary periods. A Students specializing in the Romance Lan- student who shows unusual proficiency in 201 guages will find that, in addition to their hu- may, with the consent of the Department Chair- manistic value, these studies afford sound pre- man, take 206 and thereby fulfill the language paration for careers in teaching, social work requirement and half the literature requirement. and many fields of government service as well French 310, Spanish 310, Spanish 311, and as for graduate study. Spanish 312 fulfill distribution requirements in Requirements for a major in French or Spanish history, philosophy or religion. include French or Spanish 301, 302 and six additional courses above the 206 level. French majors may substitute French 303 for French 302. French majors must include French 305 and 306 in their major program. Spanish majors must include Spanish 305, 306, and 307 in their major program. French or Spanish Individu- alized Study may be taken only once as part of the minimum requirements for the major. These requirements may be waived in special cases at the discretion of the Department. Course Descriptions I Romance Languages and Literatures 105

FRENCH 305, 306 History of French Literature: Middle Ages to 1789; 1789 to Present 101, 102 Elementary French A general survey of French literature in two parts: represen- writing French. Elements of speaking, reading and Lan- tative readings and discussion of outstanding writers and guage laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited to of main literary currents. Prerequisite: French 202 or equiv- those who have not studied French previously. alent. Staff Messrs. Michelman and Viti

103, 104 Fundamental French 310 French Civilization of speaking, reading and writing French Fundamentals The manifestation of history, art, economics, politics, and Language laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited sociology in the culture of France Fulfills distribution re- have previously studied French who are to those who and quirement in history, philosophy or religion Prerequisite: enrolled according to achievement on the Departmental French 202 or equivalent. Alternate years. Offered 1977- Qualifying Examination. 78 Staff Staff

French 201,202 Intermediate 313 Studies in Literary Topics Practice in oral and written expression and grammar re- An intensive study of a single writer, group, movement, view; of French writings con- readings and discussion as theme, or period. Subjects will change from year to year with culture. limited tact French Enrollment to those who and may include some of the following: French comedy, French enrolled have previously studied and who are ac- the moraliste tradition, Rabelais, la pre'ciosite, French cording to achievement on the Departmental Qualifying women writers. Enrollment open to Juniors and Seniors, to laboratory is required. Examination. Language usage others by permission of the instructor. Fulfills distribution Staff requirement in literature as well as a major course re- quirement 203 Advanced Intermediate French Staff

Composition and conversation which fulfills the language requirement in one term. Offered fall term only. Enrollment 320 Lyric Poetry limited to have previously French and those who studied A general view of French lyric from Villon to Saint-John to the who are enrolled according achievement on De- Perse Intensive study will be given to Baudelaire, The partmental Qualifying Examination. Symbolists and the Surrealists. Explication de Texte will be Staff used extensively. Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. Mr Kurth

205, 206 Readings in French Literature

These courses have two objectives, skill in reading French 321 Seventeenth Century Theatre prose for comprehension, and reading a significant amount French drama, comedy and tragedy of the classical period. of French literature of literary and cultural merit. Conducted Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Alternate years Offered in French, these courses differ from French 201, 202 in 1977-78 that they emphasize reading for comprehension of content Mr Kurth Enrollment limited to those who have previously studied French and who are enrolled according to achievement on the Departmental Qualifying Examination. 322 The Age of Enlightenment Staff A study of the Age of Enlightenment through reading and discussion of the representative fiction, non-fiction, and theatre Alternate years. Offered 1977-78 301, 302 French Composition and Conversation Mrs. Tannenbaum Exercises in directed and free composition, group discus- sion and presentation of individual oral work; review of grammar and syntax at an advanced level Staff

303 Phonetics and Diction

Study of modern phonetic theory; practice in transcription, pronunciation, and diction Laboratory course Alternate years. Offered 1978-79 Mrs Tannenbaum Literatures

324 The Literature of French Romanticism SPANISH Reading and discussion of French Romantic literature, with 101,102 Elementary Spanish special emphasis on poetry and theater. An attempt will be made to reach a viable definition of the Romantic move- Elements of speaking, reading and writing Spanish. Lan- ment in general and of French Romanticism in particular. guage laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited to Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. those who have not studied Spanish previously. Mr. Viti Staff

325 From Realism to Symbolism 103, 104 Fundamental Spanish The literary and social aspects of the realist, naturalist, Fundamentals of speaking, reading and writing Spanish. symbolist, and decadent movements, with special empha- Language laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited sis on the prose of Flaubert, Maupassant, Zola, and Huys- to those who have previously studied Spanish and who are mans. Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. enrolled according to achievement on the Departmental Mr. Viti Qualifying Examination. Staff

327 Contemporary French Theatre 201, 202 Intermediate Spanish Study of major trends in modern French drama. Giraudoux, Cocteau, Claudel, Montherlant, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, Practice in oral and written expression and grammar re- lonesco, Beckett, Genet. Alternate years. Offered 1977-78. view; readings and discussions of Spanish writing as con- Mr. Lenski tact with Hispanic Culture. Enrollment limited to those who have previously studied Spanish and who are enrolled ac- cording to achievement on the Departmental Qualifying 328 Contemporary French Novelists and Examination. Language laboratory usage is required. Their Craft Staff A study of representative works by major twentieth-century French novelists from Gide and Proust to Butor and 203 Advanced Intermediate Spanish Robbe-Grillet. Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. Mr. Lenski Composition and conversation which fulfills the language requirement in one term. Offered fall term only. Enrollment limited to those who have previously studied Spanish and 400 Seminar who are enrolled according to achievement on the De- An intensive study of a particular aspect of French litera- partmental Qualifying Examination. ture, civilization, or culture to be determined by the in- Staff structor in consultation with the students. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the Depart- 206 Readings in Spanish and ment Chairman. 205, Spanish American Literature Staff These courses have two objectives, skill in reading Spanish prose for comprehension and reading a signifi- Individualized Study cant amount of Spanish and Spanish American literature of Guided readings or research under the supervision of a literary and cultural merit. Conducted in Spanish, these member of the staff. Prerequisites: Permission of the in- courses differ from Spanish 201, 202 in that they em- structor and approval of the Department Chairman. phasize reading for comprehension of content. Enrollment Staff limited to those who have previously studied Spanish and who are enrolled according to achievement on the De- partmental Qualifying Examination. Staff

301, 302 Spanish Composition and Conversation

Exercises in directed and free composition; group discus- sion and presentation of individual oral work; review of grammar and syntax at an advanced level. Staff Course Descriptions I Romance Languages and Literatures

305, 306 History of Spanish Literature: Origins to 1700, 320 Lyric Poetry 1 700 to present A study of Spanish lyric poetry through the ages. The The development of the poetry and the prose, the literary course will concentrate on the interrelationship of form, features of the masterpieces of the literature of Spain from content and idea, noting major influences upon the poetry the eleventh century to the present. Prerequisite: Spanish of each period. Appreciation is considered a major goal of

202 or its equivalent. Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. this course,. and much poetry will be read orally and dis- Staff cussed. Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. Staff

307 History of Spanish-American Literature 321 Prose of the Golden Age of Spain Study of the essay, the short story and especially the poetry of Spanish-America from the Pre-Columbian era until to- Spanish prose masterpeices, principally the novel with day. Readings and discussions of the masterpieces of the special emphasis on Cervantes. Alternate years. Offered last five centuries. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or its equiva- 1977-78. lent. Alternate years. Offered 1977-78. Mr. Barriga Staff

322 Theater of the Golden Age of Spain 310 Spanish Civilization Development and characterization of the Spanish Theater A discussion and readings course dealing with the histori- with emphasis on the three masters: Lope de Vega, Tirso cal, social, artistic, economic, and political aspects of de Molina and Caldero'n de la Barca Alternate years. Of- Spain. Fulfills distribution requirement in history, philoso- fered 1978-79. phy or religion. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or its equivalent. Mr. Barriga Alternate years. Offered 1977-78. Mrs. Hendrickson 324 Contemporary Spanish American Novel and Short Story

311 Latin American Civilization A study of the works of representative twentieth century A discussion and readings course dealing with the histori- Latin American novelists and short story writers of social cal, social, artistic, economic, and political aspects of and literary importance Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. Latin America. Pre-Columbian cultures (Maya, Aztec and Mrs. Hendrickson Inca), the Conquest, the Colonization and the Indepen- dence periods will be examined. Fulfills distribution re- 325 Nineteenth Century Spanish Prose quirement in history, philosophy or religion. Prerequisite: Studies in the essay, short story and novel of romanticism, Spanish 202 or its equivalent. Alternate years Offered 1977-78. costumbrismo, realism, and naturalism. Alternate years. Mrs. Hendrickson Offered 1977-78. Mr. Barriga

312 Latin America 326 Twentieth Century Spanish Prose A cultural history of Central America, South America and in novel begin- the Caribbean. The course will deal with Pre-Columbian Studies the essay, drama, short story, and 98" with culture as well as the influences of Spain, Portugal and the ning with the "Generacio'n del and ending post Civil Literature. Offered 1978-79. United States. An inter-disciplinary course illustrating the War Mr. Miller dynamics of contemporary culture and society Fulfills dis- tribution requirement in history, philosophy or religion No prerequisite. Taught in English. No knowledge of Spanish 400 Seminar necessary. Alternate years. Offered 1978-79. An intensive study of a particular aspect of Spanish litera- Mrs. Hendrickson ture civilization or culture to be determined by the in- structor in consultation with the students. Prerequisite: 313 Studies in Literary Topics Permission of the instructor and approval of the Depart-

An intensive study of a single writer, group, movement, ment Chairman. Staff theme, or period. Subjects will change from year to year and may include some of the following: Spanish essays, the picaro tradition, Quevedo, naturalism, Spanish exile Individualized Study writers. Enrollment open to Juniors and Seniors, to others Guided reading or research under the supervision of a by permission of the instructor. Fulfills distribution re- member of the staff. Prerequisites: Permission of the in- quirement in literature as well as a major course require- structor and approval of the Department Chairman. ment. Staff Course Descriptions I Sociology and Anthropology <°!t

Exemption from Sociology 101 is possible SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY through satisfactory performance in a written examination. Students majoring in the Professor Hook (Chairman) Department must take 101, 302, 303, 304, 400 Assistant Professors Emmons, Hinrichs, and or 460, one course in anthropology, and any Land is three of the remaining departmental offerings. Instructors Loveland and Marconi In response to varying needs, interests, and expertise of individual students and staff

Studies in the department are directed toward members, the Department provides means for understanding social organization and action students to pursue independent research and field and the role of culture in conditioning human studies through Sociology 450 and 460, behavior. Reflecting the diversity of perspec- work application or direct experience, and tives in sociology and anthropology, the other opportunities to expand specialized in- courses present various, sometimes conflicting terests. Sociology 460 is a requirement for de- approaches. Some perspectives start with indi- partmental honors, and students do not cus- viduals in interaction with each other and focus tomarily enroll for both Sociology 400 and 460. upon how they develop meaningful social rela- Students are expected to complete the Under- tionships, groups, and institutions. Other ap- graduate Program Field Test (of the Educational proaches focus upon the molding of individuals Testing Service) in sociology in the spring by various institutions, groups, and cultures or semester of the senior year. An effective upon the functional or conflict relationships Student-Faculty Liaison Committee operates among various classes and subcultures. By within the Department to provide a means to emphasizing the scientific and comparative respond to the particular needs and interests study of social institutions and cultures, the de- expressed by students. partment seeks to broaden the students' dis- Supporting courses for the major are normally cernment and to increase their competence in chosen from the social sciences and the hu- dealing critically and constructively with social manities. Mathematics 107 and 165 are rec- problems and programs for social change. ommended as preparation for graduate study in Requirements and Recommendations Con- sociology. centration in sociology and anthropology All courses except Sociology 301 , 302, and 303 requires the successful completion of nine may be used toward fulfilling distribution re- courses in the Department. Sociology 101 is quirements in social science. normally a prerequisite for all other sociology courses; and anthropology 103 is considered a SOCIOLOGY prerequisite for all other anthropology courses 101 Introductory Sociology except 102. However, these prerequisites may A study of the basic structures and dynamics of human be waived with permission of the instructor for societies; the development of principles and basic con- students with some social science background. cepts used in sociological analysis and research; discus- sion of such topics as culture, socialization, social institu- tions, stratification, and social change Staff Course Descriptions I Sociology and Anthropology 109

201 Issues in Contemporary Society 209 Racial and Ethnic Relations in Analysis of social issues and problems from the perspec- America tives of value-free sociology and radical sociology. Topics A comprehensive study of ethnic and minority relations in include inequality, population and environment, political the United States. Topics include prejudice and discrimi- and economic institutions, deviance, and war. nation, immigration and assimilation, anti-defamation, Mr. Emmons ethnic politics, and the structure of the ethnic community Case studies include such groups as black Americans, white Protestant Americans, American Indians, and 202 Social Stratification Chinese Americans. Analysis of contemporary systems of social stratification Mr. Emmons and social mobility, with special attention given to ad- vanced industrial societies in the light of selected classical Social and Cultural Change and contemporary theorists. 210 Mr. Emmons A study of several theories and contemporary trends and movements of social and cultural change, with an empha- sis on the role of change agents, planning, and images of 203 Population the future in guiding organizational and social change. Analysis of demographic trends and related population Staff problems. Topics include: population theories, mortality,

fertility, over-population, human ecology, population and 212 Social Deviation the eco-system. Staff Examination of the concept of social deviance and explora- tion of the various theories of deviance. Emphasis is given to conflict, structural-functional, and interactionist perspec- 205 Sociology of Religion tives, as well as to biological and psychological causation Examination of the relation between religion and society. theories. Topics for discussion include alcohol and drug Topics include definitions and theories of religion, use, sexual deviation, mental illness, and skid row. sociological analysis of historical and contemporary re- Mr. Hinrichs ligious groups, religious organization and behavior, relig- ion and morality, religion and social change, sectarianism, Political Sociology and secularization. 213 Mr. Hook An analysis of the role of power and of political institutions in social systems. Marxian, elitist, pluralist, and systems theories of the bases, distribution, and uses of power will 206 Sociology of the Family be examined, along with studies of power relationships in Analysis of the structure and continuing processes of mari- organizations, communities, nations, and international re- tal relationships in American society, with relevant compar- lations. Attempts to change power relationships by mobiliz- isons from other cultures. Topics include: mate selection, ing new bases of power and legitimacy are examined. ethnic and status differences, sex roles, alternative life Staff styles, and aging. No prerequisites. Mr Hook 214 Sociology of Organizations

A study of the complex organizations, such as business 207 Criminology and industrial corporations, churches, schools and univer- Introduction to and delineation of the field of criminology, sities, prisons, and others. beginning with a discussion of criminal law and an analy- Staff sis of the current data on the extent of crime Comprehen- sive examination of criminal justice system: the police, the 217 Sociology of Women courts, and corrections is included. Other topics include crime causation, criminal behavior systems, and victimol- Micro and macro level analysis of the role of women in ogy. contemporary society. Course centers on discussion of sex Mr. Hinrichs roles in today's world: social causes of sex role differentia- tion; the various forms of sexual inequality; and proposed solutions. Topics include socialization, the place of women 208 Urban Sociology in American educational, occupational, and political sys- A study of urbanization in world perspective. Topics in- tems; and the women's movement clude the historical development of cities, the present state Staff of urbanization around the world, urbanism as a unique

way of life, urban ecology, metropolitan sub-areas, con- temporary urban dynamics, and the assessment of the present and future role of cities Special attention is given to problems of modern metropolitan communities and urban planning. Mr. Hinrichs Sociology Anthropology Or Course Descriptions I and

218 Sociology of Work ANTHROPOLOGY Analysis of occupational and industrial structures. Topics 102 Introduction to Anthropology: Biological include: industrialization, social organization of work, for- Anthropology and Human Evolution mal and informal work structures, worker-management re- lations, occupational mobility, and career development. A survey of the biological and/or cultural changes compris- ing evolution Special attention is given to professional and managerial human and inter-relationships between these career patterns and to the development of the professions. two aspects. Discussion of man's primate heritage and Staff continuing evolution. Mr. Loveland

301 Sociology of Social Welfare 103 Introduction to Anthropology: Social- A study of welfare institutions as they relate to the social Cultural Anthropology structure. Discussion of the development of the social work

philosophy and practice, with special attention given to its The comparative study of human social institutions and place in modern American society. Basic principles of so- cultures, as well as consideration of theories which purport cial work are studied in relation to their operation in case to account for the origin, maintenance, or change in these. work, group work, and community organization. Mr. Loveland Staff

211 Native Americans: A survey of 302, 303 Methods of Sociological Investigation Amerindian Cultures

A two-term course exploring the various elements in the An introduction to the traditional aspects of Native Ameri- research process; research planning, research design, can cultures and the present day situation of Native Ameri- and various quantitative and qualitative techniques used to cans. Analysis of the role of socioeconomic, political, le- gather, analyze, and report data. gal, and religious factors in the process of rapid socio- Staff cultural change. Examples will be drawn from the major culture areas of North America. Mr. Loveland 304 The Development of Sociological Theory

An examination of the ideas and important contributions of 215 Culture and Personality selected theorists in the development of sociological thought, with emphasis given to Max Weber, Emile Dur- A study of the influence of cultural patterns and social in- kheim, Karl Marx, George H. Mead, Talcott Parsons, and stitutions upon the structure and dynamics of the human Robert Merton. personality and the socialization of the individual. Mr. Hook Mr Loveland

400 Seminar 216 Folk Medicine and Folk Curing Intensive investigation of various sociological topics under Study of the systems of belief and knowledge utilized to the direction of a member of the departmental staff. The explain illnesses in various cultures and the attendant sys- particular seminar to be given each semester will be listed tems of curing. Topics discussed include: hallucinogens, at the time of registration. Intended primarily for senior shamanism, curing, sorcery, witchcraft, and herbal medi- majors, but open in special cases to juniors or well quali- cines. Ethnographic examples are drawn mainly from fied students majoring in other departments. American Indian and African societies. Staff Mr. Loveland

450, 470 Individualized Study 450 Independent Study

Individual study in fields of special interest outside the See Course Description Above. scope of regular course offerings. Consent of the Chairman and of the instructor is required. 470 Internship Staff See Course Description Above

460 Research Course

Individual investigation of a research topic in sociology or anthropology in the student's special area of interest under the guidance of a member of the department. Presentation of a formal paper incorporating the results of the research. Required for departmental honors. Juniors and Seniors. Staff GETTYSBURG Campus Life

The activities, members, and facilities of the Most student rooms are arranged for double Gettysburg College campus are all directed occupancy. There are a few singles and some toward the single purpose of enhancing the large enough to accommodate three or four student's liberal education. persons. Each student is provided with a single bed and mattress, a dresser, and a desk and LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS chair. Students provide their own pillows, bed- ding, spreads, study lamps, and window A student's room is a study as well as a place curtains. Students may, through the Gordon- for rest and relaxation. Gettysburg College con- Davis Linen Supply Company, rent for an an- siders living in College residences to be an im- nual fee, bed linen, towels, pillows, blankets portant part of a student's total college experi- and bed spreads; weekly laundry of the linen ence. Therefore, all students in the campus and towels is included in the rental fee. Coin community are expected to live in a College operated washing machines and dryers are residence hall or fraternity unless they have available on the campus for student use. The special permission from the Office of the Dean use of television sets and refrigeration units is of Students to live in off-campus housing. permitted in student rooms; refrigeration units may have a capacity of not more than 3 cubic RESIDENCE HALLS feet. Cooking units are not permitted in rooms.

The majority of students at Gettysburg College FRATERNITY HOUSES live in College residence halls. Carefully selected student counselors and residence On and surrounding the Gettysburg College coordinators work closely with these students, campus, there are thirteen fraternity houses. assisting them in planning a variety of pro- These houses provide living, study, and eating grams for the residence halls and helping them facilities for the members of each social group. resolve problems in group living. Students are Fraternity officers act as residence counselors encouraged to take responsibility for residence in the houses. hall governance. They have equal representa- tion, along with faculty members and adminis- DINING ACCOMMODATIONS tration, on the Residential Life Commission, which is charged with setting the regulations All freshman and sophomore students must which apply to all College residences. take their meals at the College Dining Hall with the exceptions of those living at home and of The College offers a variety of residential op- fraternity members and pledges who may tions, including opportunities for special inter- choose to take their meals in fraternity houses. est housing for those students who wish to live Juniors and seniors have the option of taking together and work on a project of mutual inter- their meals in the Dining Hall on an individual est throughout the academic year. There are meal or term basis or they may eat elsewhere. both large and small residential units. Some house freshman men or women only; others house men or women of all classes. Campus Life 113

RELIGIOUS LIFE AND CHAPEL COUNCIL Communities of Risk are groups of ten students and a resource person committed to an explora- A major source of vitality at Gettysburg College tion of ways of being human. Each COR group is the people and programs of the Chapel and meets for one overnight a week for a semester at the Chapel Council. Though completely volun- the College Conference House. SEARCH is a tary, a comprehensive Chapel program attracts common interest group composed of ten stu- students and faculty members holding a variety dents who have grown away from the Church of religious commitments and is designed to and are openly curious about the meaning of provide opportunities appropriate to their the Gospel. The Common Interest Group for needs and desires. One of the objectives of the Jews is available for students desiring a deeper College is to make it possible for students to understanding of Judaism. grow in the understanding and practice of their own religious tradition, to appreciate the religi- Pre-Seminary Students gather each month to ous traditions of others, and to understand the hear speakers and discuss their professional relationship between faith and reason. goals. The Community Services Program in- volves 100 students in visitation at local homes Corporate worship is a part of the Chapel's pro- and institutions for the aged and mentally hand- gram; students from a variety of traditions wor- icapped, and is the on-campus liaison for the ship in Christ Chapel each Sunday. The Service community big brother/sister program. In coop- is led by the College Chaplains and the Chapel eration with the Office of the Dean of Students, Choir. There is a Roman Catholic Mass on the Council sponsors Freshman Overnights and campus each Saturday evening, and a Quaker BRIDGE, a small group developmental program service in the Planetarium every Sunday morn- for freshmen. In cooperation with the Interfrater- ing. The Churches in the community also wel- nity Council, it sponsors an all-campus fund come students, and their pastors participate in raising event for World University Service. The the on-campus Chapel programs. Smaller Chapel Council formed the College's Energy groups of students participate in an experi- Use Planning Group and cooperates with other mental service on Monday evenings, and in a campus groups on world hunger efforts. Two half-hour Communion on Wednesday evenings. programs appropriate to faculty concerns, a The Chapel Council, of 40 composed students June Seminar on Religious Values in Higher representing the four college classes and all Education, and a January Faculty Retreat, are student committees, meets weekly to co- also sponsored by the Chapel. ordinate 26 programs. The Tutorial Program Through these programs, and the personal provides tutors for pupils in the local schools; counseling done by the Chapel staff, the Col- 100 students participate in this program each lege provides an opportunity for the student year. The Chapel Lecture Committee sponsors who desires better to understand and to prac- outstanding speakers and films on both reli- tice his or her religious commitments while at- gious and social issues, and supports a short tending Gettysburg. term "Visiting Theologian" and "Student Lec- ture Series." Two seminars on Love, Sex, and Marriage are held each year under the sponsor- ship of the Council. JUNTO, The Chapel journal of opinion, is published monthly, and each January the Council sponsors the New York Field Trip. Bible study groups are held throughout the year by the Pax Fellowship, a group of Christian students working together to deepen their understanding of the Christian Faith, and by the Council. Campus Life

STUDENT CONDUCT On-campus drinking is limited to residential liv- ing units, and to other areas identified as ac- Every community has certain regulations and ceptable for this purpose by the College admin- traditions which each member is expected to istration. Drinking or carrying of open contain- abide by and uphold. Consequently, the stu- ers of alcoholic beverages outside of these dent who fails to support the objectives of Get- specified areas is strictly forbidden. tysburg College forfeits his or her right to con- College Policy on Drugs and Narcotics Illegal tinue to attend the College. The College re- possession or use of drugs or narcotics is sub- serves the right to dismiss any student whose ject to disciplinary measures, including sus- conduct is detrimental to its welfare or whose pension, by the College. attitude is antagonistic to the spirit of its ideals. Such an individual forfeits all fees which he or Visitation Hours Policy The College recog- she has paid. nizes a natural desire on the part of many stu- dents to entertain and mix socially with mem- Believing that it is sensible and proper for all bers of the opposite sex. For this reason the students to be fully aware of their obligations College supports visitation privileges in cam- and opportunities as Gettysburg College stu- pus residences. At the same time, the institution dents, the College publishes a statement en- has a positive obligation to protect the right of titled, "The Rights and Responsibilities of Stu- the individual to reasonable privacy because dents." This document is the result of discus- the learning process depends on extensive sions and conclusions reached by a student- reading and thinking in solitude; residence faculty-administrative committee. It deals with halls are one of the appropriate places for such questions as the academic, citizenship, study. and governance rights and responsibilities of students. Ultimately, the final statement was In an effort to avoid conflict between the above approved by the Gettysburg College Board of mentioned rights and privileges, and in order to

Trustees. It is published annually in the Student provide a reasonable security in College resi- Handbook. dences, visitation in private quarters of resi- dence halls is normally limited to weekends Before a student decides to apply for entrance and special occasions. In College residences into Gettysburg College, he or she should be the normal visiting hours are: aware of the rules governing student conduct. A complete copy of the rules and regulations may Friday 10A.M. - 1 A.M. be obtained by writing to the Dean of Students. (2 A.M. on special Several of these are listed below for the benefit weekends) of prospective students. Saturday 10 A.M. -2 A.M. Sunday 10 A.M. - 12 midnight Alcohol Policy The College does not encour- age the use of alcoholic beverages by students. Any living unit (residence hall floor, cottage, or Pennsylvania State Law provides that any per- fraternity) may further limit the "open" hours by son less than 21 years old who attempts to pur- a two-thirds majority vote of the residents. In chase, purchases, possesses, consumes, or addition to those hours specified above, visit- transports any alcoholic beverage within Penn- ing may take place at any time the living unit is sylvania is subject to fine or imprisonment or open in designated public areas of all resi- both. The College expects the student to know dences. and obey this law and its provisions. The Col- In some residences, there may be desire for lege will not accept the responsibility for en- more extensive visiting privileges. Thus, by forcing this law, but neither will the College in two-thirds majority secret ballot vote of all those any way impede the legitimate efforts of the in a living unit, any upperclass unit, and fresh- state to do so. Inappropriate behavior following man units beginning with the spring term, may the consumption of alcoholic beverages will be petition the Associate Dean of Students for reg- subject to disciplinary action by the College. ular weekday visiting hours. Campus Life 115

STUDENT GOVERNMENT nominates candidates for outstanding achievement awards, and works with other col- The faculty and administration believe that the lege groups to plan such campus activities as College should promote the development of re- Homecoming. Another important function of the sponsible citizenship; to this end, students are Student Senate is to allocate funds from the encouraged to express opinions, to initiate ac- Student Chest to student organizations on cam- tion, and to develop critical judgment. pus.

Students participate in College governance by The Senate is presently composed of sixteen serving on various College, class, and faculty voting members. Senate meetings are held committees; through participation in Student weekly and are open to any student who wishes class, hall, fraternity Senate, residence or meet- to attend, to present ideas, and to participate in ings; and by exercising their right to vote in discussions. various campus elections. Some of the more The Honor Commission The Honor Commis- important College agencies which involve stu- sion is a student organization which was autho- dents are described in the paragraphs which rized by the constitution of the Honor Code follow. adopted at Gettysburg in 1957. The Commis- Residential Life Commission The Residential sion is composed of ten students, aided by Life Commission is an organization composed three case investigators, six faculty advisers, of members of the student body, faculty, and and a member of the Dean of Students staff. It is College administration. This Commission has their function to promote and enforce the Honor responsibility for studying matters and develop- Code at Gettysburg College, to secure the ing policies pertaining to student residential life cooperation of students and faculty to these and student conduct. Business may be brought ends, and to adjudicate allegations of Honor to the Commission or legislation proposed by Code violations. any member of the College community. The An extensive program has been instituted to Commission's decisions are final except in acquaint incoming students with Gettysburg's cases where the President of the College or Honor Code. Started during the summer with members of the College Board of Trustees initi- orientation correspondence, the program is ate a review procedure. culminated in the fall with an explanation of the Student Senate The Student Senate, the prin- Honor Code's precepts, followed by a required unit of cipal student government, works in test on its procedures and principles. The cooperation with the administration and faculty Commission also strives to reinforce the princi- to bring to the campus community a well- ples of the honor system within the entire stu- organized and democratic form of student gov- dent body. More information is available in a ernment. It represents the students in formulat- separate booklet published by the Honor Com- ing many College policies and works to pro- mission. Those interested in receiving a copy mote cooperation among administration, facul- should write to the Dean of Students. ty, and students. Members of the Senate also Student Conduct Review Board This commit- work with the College administration in plan- tee handles student violations of College ning improvements in the area of student life, policies, including individual or group viola- designating student representatives to attend tions of College rules. The Board is composed faculty meetings, and in approving student ap- of the president of Student Senate, representa- pointments to many faculty and College com- tives of the Interfraternity Council and Panhel- mittees. The Senate conducts class elections, lenic Council, and nine other students elected by the student body. Members of the faculty and administration also participate as voting mem- bers on the Board. The rights of the accused, as well as the procedures of the Board, are found in the Student Handbook. Campus Life

Interfratemity Council An important part of the Stuckenberg Lecture A bequest from Mary G. responsibility for governing fraternities at Get- Stuckenberg in memory of her husband, the tysburg College is assumed by the Interfrater- Rev. J. H. W. Stuckenberg, enables the College nity Council, an organization composed of one to sponsor a lecture in the general area of social representative and one alternate from each so- ethics. formulates cial fraternity. This Council and ad- Bell Lecture A fund from the estate of the Rev. ministers general regulatory policies by which Peter G. Bell (1860) was given to the College to fraternities abide. It serves as the repre- must establish a lectureship on the claims of the sentative of the social fraternal groups to the gospel ministry on college men. The main student body, the College, and the community object of this fund is "to keep before the During the school year the IFC of Gettysburg. students of the College the demand for men of of social activities. sponsors a variety campus the Christian ministry and the condition of the Panhellenic Council Important responsibility age qualifying that demand." for governing the sorority system at Gettysburg John B. Zinn Seminars These seminars, estab- is the Panhellenic Coun- College assumed by lished by the Chemistry Department in honor of cil, to which social sorority sends two stu- each John B. Zinn (1909), Professor of Chemistry, dent representatives. This Council establishes Emeritus, bring men and women of outstanding enforces the Panhellenic "rushing" regula- and ability in the field of Chemistry to present semi- tions governing in mat- and functions as a body nars on topics of current interest to the College ters involving sororities and intersorority rela- campus. tions. The Henry M. Scharf Lecture on Current Af- fairs A fund provided by Dr. F. William Sun- CULTURAL ACTIVITIES derman (1919) in memory of Henry M. Scharf, Lectures Through a lecture program, which alumnus and member of the College's Board of complements classroom study, the College Trustees from 1969 to 1975, is used to bring a brings to the campus each year well-known recognized authority or scholar to the campus scholars and outstanding figures in public life. each year to speak on a subject of timely inter- In this way, the College extends the student's est. view beyond the confines of the College com- munity. In addition to the general lecture series PERFORMING ARTS sponsored by the College, the following special lectures are given regularly: By sponsoring student organizations and de- partment programs, the College encourages The Robert Fortenbaugh Memorial Lectures students to participate in various performing An endowment provided by Clyde E. (1913) arts and provides an opportunity for those with and Sara A. Gerberich supports a series of lec- special talent to develop and share that talent. tures and other programs in the Department of The College also brings to the campus each History. The lectures are dedicated to the mem- year performances in dance, drama, vocal and ory of Dr. Robert Fortenbaugh (1913), who instrumental music by recognized professional served the College for thirty-three years as groups and individuals. Chairman of the Department of History. Each year since 1962 an authority on the Civil War The Gettysburg College Choir The Gettysburg period has lectured on a topic related to those College Choir, which has received international years. These lectures, presented in November recognition, appears at special services and to coincide with the anniversary of Abraham gives concerts on campus. Each year it makes Lincoln's Gettysburg Address, are open to the a twelve-day concert tour, presenting concerts public. in churches and schools. By means of auditions held at the beginning of each school year, choir members are selected for voice quality, true- ness of ear, and musical feeling. Campus Life 117

Chapel Choir The Chapel Choir performs at The CPC Summer Theatre Practicum This is chapel services and at special services and an offering of the Central Pennsylvania Consor- concerts during the year. The members of this tium, housed on the Gettysburg Campus. While choir are also selected on the basis of ability offering cultural stimulation to both campus and and willingness to meet the rehearsal and ser- community, the Theatre, with its company of vice requirements. professional performers, provides the focus for Marching Band The Gettysburg College the Theatre Practicum, a college credit course whose members serve in supporting roles and Marching Band opens its fall season with a assist in the technical aspects of the theatre's band camp in preparation for performances at life. The company offers an interesting balance football games, rallies, and parades. The Band of modern classics, Broadway and Off- also hosts an annual High School Band Day. Broadway hits, and avant garde works not gen- Symphonic Band Auditions for the Symphonic erally performed in summer theatre. Band are based on instrumental tone quality, Artist in Residence During the year, usually in technique, and musicianship. Besides the the January Term, the College has one or more home appearances, an annual tour is taken to Artists in Residence on the campus. These are nearby communities and neighboring states. drawn from the fields of music, theatre, and Membership in small ensembles, such as the dance. An Artist in Residence works with stu- clarinet choir, the percussion ensemble, the dents in demonstrating the skills and craft of the woodwind quintet, and the brass and jazz en- creative performing artist. sembles, are open to qualified musicians. Orchestra The Gettysburg College Orchestra STUDENT COMMUNICATION MEDIA performs concerts throughout the academic in year. Membership is open to all students who Every community needs to keep its members have the necessary proficiency. Auditions are contact with each other and with the rest of the held at the beginning of each school year. world. On the Gettysburg campus student communication media not only inform the The Owl and Nightingale Players Established members of the community, but also afford stu- in 1914, Owl and Nightingale, under the direc- dents an opportunity to express their ideas ef- tion of the Director of Dramatics, each year of- fectively and to learn the practical necessities fers four major productions. The program is a of producing newspapers, radio broadcasts, varied one, with works drawn from classical, magazines, and yearbooks. contemporary, avant garde, and musical theatre. In addition to the major productions, the The Gettysburgian The College newspaper is Players also offer a Laboratory Theatre which staffed by students who are responsible for edit- produces a dozen one-act plays each year, ing, feature writing, news writing, layout, per- many of which are frankly experimental and sonnel management, subscription manage- some of which are the work of campus play- ment, and circulation. This newspaper is pub- wrights. In both major and laboratory produc- lished weekly and carries news, feature arti- tions, students are afforded the opportunity of cles, and editorials concerning activities on gaining experience in all areas of theatre, from and off campus. lighting, acting and directing to scene design, The Mercury The poems, short stories, and il- and costuming. lustrations published in The Mercury are con- Modern Dance Group Included in the Perform- tributed by students. The student editorial staff ing Arts Program is the Modern Dance Group encourages creative writing within the campus which, through workshops and performances, community. Student contributions are also pub- encourages students to participate in dance, lished in Rhombus, which is a literary magazine and to attend modern dance performances at of student work from the four Central Pennsyl- Gettysburg and theatres. vania Consortium Colleges. c^ Campus Life

The Gettysburg Review A biannual scholarly DEPARTMENTAL, PROFESSIONAL, AND journal, The Gettysburg Review publishes stu- HONORARY SOCIETIES of outstanding merit. The dent academic work Alpha Phi Omega: service fraternity Academic Publishing Board of the Student Alpha Psi Omega: national dramatic honor Senate is responsible for this publication. fraternity The Spectrum A pictorial essay of life on Beta Beta Beta: a national honorary society campus is featured in the College yearbook. for students of biology Staffed by students, the yearbook offers the op- portunity for creativity in design, layout, photog- Delta Phi Alpha: A German language society raphy, and writing. The Spectrum covers the full Eta Sigma Phi: an undergraduate fraternity for academic year, including commencement students of the classics

weekend. It is mailed to graduating seniors and Music Educators' National Conference: or- distributed to underclassmen at fall registra- ganization for future music educators tion. Phi Alpha Theta: fraternity for majors in his- WZBT The College radio station (90.3 tory has the voice of the megacycles) been campus Phi Mu Alpha: music fraternity for many years. WZBT operates as a noncom- Physical Education Majors Club mercial, educational FM radio station over the public airwaves and under FCC regulations. Pi Delta EpsiIon: journalistic society The station is student staffed and broadcasts a Pi Lambda Sigma: fraternity for majors in po- variety of programs from its fully equipped stu- litical science and economics dios in the College Union. WZBT is organized Psi Chi: national honorary society for students like a professional radio station and offers po- of psychology sitions for announcers, disc jockeys, newscas- of stu- ters, engineers, music librarians, and typists, as Sceptical Chymists: an organization well as jobs in production, continuity, and ad- dents in chemistry vertising. A student Executive Committee Sigma Alpha lota: music fraternity supervises the daily operation of the station, Sociology Club and a Board of Overseers composed of stu- for Students: Student section dents, faculty members, and administrators, es- Society Physics of the professional society, affiliated with tablishes general policy for the station. the American Institute of Physics: open to in physics. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS AND all students interested ACTIVITIES Social Fraternities and Sororities On the Get- tysburg College campus there are thirteen Phi Beta Kappa Phi Beta Kappa, established men's social fraternities and six women's so- on the Gettysburg College campus on January rorities. All but one of these groups are na- 11, 1923, is a national academic honorary tionally affiliated. These fraternal groups extend fraternity. Normally not over ten percent of the invitations for membership after a "rushing" senior class may be elected to membership period which takes place at the beginning of each year. Candidates must show promise of the spring term. Each of these groups recog- both intellectual and moral leadership. They nizes that the primary purpose of the College is must show evidence of a liberal program of academic; thus, each fraternal group en- study and a distinguished academic record. courages good scholarship. Gettysburg College faculty members and ad- ministrators who belong to Phi Beta Kappa elect students to the Gettysburg Chapter. Campus Life 119

WOMEN'S SORORITIES ATHLETICS

Alpha Delta Pi Chi Omega Gamma Phi Beta The College has an extensive program of inter- Alpha Xi Delta Delta Gamma Sigma Kappa collegiate and intramural athletics for men and

MEN'S FRATERNITIES women. It is possible for all students to partici- Alpha Chi Rho Phi Gamma Delta Sigma Chi pate in some supervised sport. For those with Alpha Tau Phi Kappa Psi Sigma Nu particular athletic skills and interest there are Omega Phi Sigma Kappa Tau Kappa Epsilon the varsity teams. For others there is the oppor- Lambda Chi Rho Beta Theta Chi Alpha Sigma Alpha Epsilon tunity to participate in the intramural program, Phi Delta Theta for which competitive teams are organized from fraternities, residence halls, and other groups. College Union The College Union is the The possession of a College identification card center for many co-curricular activities at Get- tysburg College. The campus community par- guarantees free admission to all intercollegiate contests. ticipates in a wide variety of programs offered through the Union. Intercollegiate Athletics Gettysburg College Concerts, lectures, dances, theatrical produc- maintains membership in the National Col- tions, and other special events take place in the legiate Athletic Association, the Eastern Col- ballroom. The "Bullet Hole" (snack bar) serves legiate Athletic Conference, the Middle Atlantic as an informal campus meeting place. The States Collegiate Athletic Conference, and The for Bookstore, also located in the Union, sells text- Association for Intercollegiate Athletics books and, in addition, has a wide selection of Women. reading materials, records, school supplies, The intercollegiate program includes teams for and sundries. The Main Desk serves as an in- men, teams for women, and athletic teams for formation and activities scheduling center for which both men and women are eligible. The the campus. breakdown is as follows: The College radio station, record listening Men Women All Students room, a recreation room, and the office of the Fall — Football Field Hockey Cross Country Student Senate are located on the second floor Soccer Volleyball of the College Union. Art exhibit showcases are Winter — Basketball Basketball Rifle Swimming Swimming included as a part of the second floor lounge, Wrestling with a diverse selection of art exhibits being Spring — Lacrosse Lacrosse Baseball featured during the year. Tennis Tennis Golf Recreational facilities of the College Union in- Track and Field clude bowling lanes, an Olympic six lane Intramural Sports The Council on Intramural swimming pool, and game rooms for pool, Athletics and Recreational Activities operates bridge, chess, and table tennis. extensive intramural programs for all students. The student College Union Board coordinates This Council, composed of student, faculty, and the activities sponsored by the Union, such as staff representatives from the Health and Physi- film series, popular concerts, dances, an arts cal Education Department, the Interfraternity and craft center, and a coffee house known as Council, the Student Senate, the Panhellenic the Gangplank. Weekly and yearly activities Council, and the College Union Board, plans calendars, and the daily Potpourri, containing and promotes free, voluntary sport activities. commentary and announcements, are pub- For men, these include touch football, soccer, lished by the College Union Board. crosscountry, basketball, wrestling, volleyball, swimming, bowling, billiards, table tennis, golf, bike racing, badminton, tennis, softball, and track. Women students participate in intramural basketball, volleyball, swimming, bowling, table tennis, badminton, crosscountry, archery, billiards, bike racing, tennis, and softball. Campus Life

STUDENT SERVICES The College Health Service provides treatment in the Infirmary of minor medical ailments con- Office of the Dean of Stu- Deans' Offices The tracted while the student is at the College, dents, located in Pennsylvania Hall, is involved routine care of chronic illnesses, and treatment which with many of the academic situations of minor injuries. Simple drugs and dressings students encounter. The reporting of academic are provided by the College; other medication student petitions to the deficiencies, and not in stock is at the student's expense. Stu- Academic Standing Committee are processed dents with major illnesses or injuries are re- office. in conjunction with the by this Working ferred to specialists or are admitted to the local individual student's adviser, the Dean of Stu- hospital. dents and one Associate Dean assist students Periodic follow-up examinations recommended in making educational plans and solving by family physicians, and physical exami- academic problems. Another Associate and nations for athletic activities, are performed in two Assistant Deans, located in the same area the Infirmary. Some forms of physiotherapy are of Pennsylvania Hall, assist students with hous- available in the Infirmary or, if advised by the ing and fraternity and sorority matters. They fre- College Physician, in the Physical Education quently are also concerned with questions of Department. The Physician recommends con- discipline. sultation with specialists, X-rays, and major The Dean of the College, whose office is in laboratory tests when needed to establish Pennsylvania Hall, handles matters pertaining diagnosis. The cost of X-rays and other diag- to faculty and academic programs. The Assist- nostic procedures and physiotherapy treat- of the College supply information ant Deans ments prescribed by the College Physician is concerning study programs abroad, January borne by the students. Term programs, medical and dental school In case of serious illness or accident, a stu- admission requirements, affirmative action, and dent's family is normally informed by telephone. institutional research. Student Health Service Since continuity of COUNSELING OFFICE medical information is of value to a student away from home, a complete physical examina- The staff of the Counseling Office seeks to pro- tion before entering College is required. The vide a variety of programs concerned with the report of this examination is kept confidential growth and development of students as more and remains on file at the Student Health Ser- effective and self-directing young adults. vice. Both preventative and remedial counseling for The College maintains a health service for the individuals and groups is primary to this ser- benefit of all students. An agency of this service vice. Students, who usually initiate their own is a well-equipped College Infirmary, with appointments, have access to the counseling twelve double rooms for in-patients, a two-bed and educational skills and activities of profes- isolation room, a kitchen, treatment, examining, sional counselors. The service is designed to and consultation rooms, and nurses' quarters. A help them reach their optimal potential as well staff of registered nurses and physicians pro- as to help those experiencing pronounced emo- vides twenty-four hour service during the school tional difficulties, which if unattended would in- year for those students requiring medical atten- hibit social and academic learning. tion. Campus Life 121

All consultation is without charge and held in FACILITIES strict confidence. Gettysburg College has a 200 acre campus Staff counselors also offer programs of an edu- with 43 buildings that provide excellent cational-developmental nature such as those facilities for all aspects of the College pro- involving study skills, alcohol and drug informa- grams. These buildings range from the original tion, human sexuality, assertiveness training, College building, Pennsylvania Hall (Old anxiety management, dealing with grief, and Dorm), constructed in 1837, to the John A. couples communication. Hauser Fieldhouse constructed in 1973. A Campus organizations as well as residence hall campus map appears at page 122. groups may also use the skills of a counselor for workshops or for special problems such as Academic Facilities group disharmony or improving communica- The Library tion. The College library collection is housed in the Schmucker Memorial Library The Counseling Office is located on the second Building and in two departmental libraries, floor of Pennsylvania Hall. Chemistry in Breidenbaugh Hall and Physics in Masters Hall. Total collections are approxi- CAREER COUNSELING OFFICE mately 224,000 volumes, 28,000 microforms, 10,000 governmental publications, 5,700 The emphasis of the Career Counseling pro- records, and extensive slide, filmstrip, and gram is on assisting students to explore and other audio-visual media. The library sub- clarify their interests and career goals as well scribes to about 1,100 journals. as to obtain information about the career fields The is they are considering. Group meetings, work- Open Door a leaflet available in the li- brary which outlines library hours, service, shops and individual appointments are avail- us- age, etc. Those using the library should review able to all students. A vocational library is main- this publication. tained to help students in their gathering of ca- reer information. The College's library uses the Interlibrary De-

livery Service, which extends the College's li- Opportunities for job interviews with company brary representatives are available during the spring facilities far beyond the campus through the College's term for graduating seniors. membership in the Associated College Libraries of Central Pennsylvania, Although much of the planning for graduate PALINET (Pennsylvania Library Network), and school is done in consultation with the student's the Central Pennsylvania Consortium. Faculty faculty adviser, this office maintains a library of and students are encouraged to use these ex- graduate school catalogs, graduate and pro- tended facilities. fessional school reference books, and data (Continued on 124.) concerning recent applications by Gettysburg page students to specific graduate schools.

FINANCIAL AID

The Office of Financial Aid is also located in the Counseling Services. A Director of Financial Aid assists students and their families in plan- ning for and meeting the expenses of a Gettys- burg education. Details about Financial Aid procedures and aid available are found in the Student Financial Aid section of this catalogue. <& Campus Life CAMPUS MAP

ADMINISTRATION OFFICES Location President Pennsylvania Admissions Eisenhower House Alumni Pennsylvania Athletic Director Bream Gym Bursar Pennsylvania Business Manager Pennsylvania Chaplain Christ Chapel Dean of the College Pennsylvania Dean of Students Pennsylvania Development Pennsylvania Counseling Services Pennsylvania Librarian Schmucker Library Maintenance West Public Relations Pennsylvania Registrar Pennsylvania Student Senate College Union

ACADEMIC AREAS Art Christ Chapel Biology McCreary Chemistry Breidenbaugh Computer Center Glatfelter Consortium Weidensall Religion Glatfelter Economics, Business Adm Glatfelter ROTC West Education Stahley Russian McKnight English Glatfelter Spanish McKnight French McKnight Sociology-Anthropology McCreary German McKnight Speech Glatfelter Greek Classics Health, Physical Ed. RESIDENCE HALLS Men Bream Gym MEN WOMEN Women Plank Gym Apple Apple Annex History Weidensall Patrick Hanson Latin Classics Paul Huber Mathematics Stahley Rice Musselman Music Brua Stevens Observatory West Field Stine Philosophy Weidensall Services Physics Masters Bookstore College Union Planetarium Masters Health Service Infirmary Political Science White House Post Office Plank Gym Psychology McCreary Snack Bar College Union Campus Life

L l OBSERVATORY

SIGMA KAPPA

A VIEW OF THE CAMPOS

Brua Hall Music Studios and tennis courts and a 1/1 1 mile Chem-turf track. In Recital Hall addition there is a swimming pool of Olympic Classics Building Classics dimensions in the College Union Building Glatfelter Hall Economics and Theatre Laboratory Business Studio, which is used for varsity swimming competition Administration, Computer Center and intramural and recreation swimming. English and are six athletic field areas: Musselman Religion There McKnight Hall German and Language Stadium, which contains a football field and a Russian, Laboratory quarter-mile cinder track; a baseball field west Romance of the stadium; two areas for soccer and lac- Languages rosse; Memorial Field, adjacent to Eddie Plank Stanley Hall Education and Mathematics Gymnasium; and the intramural areas which Weidensall Hall History and contain eight tennis courts, soccer, football, Philosophy and hockey fields. West Building Military Science White House Political Science Six intercollegiate tennis courts are located ad- jacent to Musselman Stadium. Science Facilities Building Academic Special Living and Dining Facilities Departments Features Breidenbaugh Chemistry The College has ten residence halls and four Masters Physics Hatter Planetarium cottages for student housing, and a Dining Hall. with Spitz A3P planetarium projector in a Student Services 30-foot dome McCreary Biology, Electron Located near to the residence halls are the Col- Psychology, Microscope, lege Union Building, the Sieber-Fisher Infir- Sociology and Greenhouse mary, and Christ Chapel. Anthropology Observatory Sixteen-inch Cassegrain Administrative Offices telescope Pennsylvania Hall, after complete renovation, was rededicated in 1970 and now provides offices facilities for administrative Computer Center The Computer Center is lo- modern and Office is housed in cated in a separately air-conditioned area in personnel. The Admissions which Glatfelter Hall and contains a Burroughs 6700 the Dwight David Eisenhower House, office of General Dwight D. computer available to faculty and students for served as the during his years in Gettysburg. education and research needs. Priority is given Eisenhower to students enrolled in courses that require use of the computer and to faculty and students en- Other Facilities gaged in research. On the campus is the residence of the College President. College maintenance services are centered in the West Building. On the northern portion of the campus is the Dean's Conference House, which is used by the staff of Dean of Students Office and others for small group meetings. ixxliX X xoJt3U±tfjr Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid

*t*& \: • -"- .-• > Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid

ADMISSION POLICY Evidence of personal qualities The College seeks evidence that the applicant is a person of Gettysburg College students come from a var- good moral character and social habits enab- iety of backgrounds and secondary school pro- ling him or herto contribute to the success of the The College welcomes applications grams. College community. Such contributions should from students of differing ethnic, religious, ra- be appropriate to his or her talents, whether cial, economic, and geographic settings. these be leadership in campus programs, in- The Admissions Staff seeks to identify appli- volvement in the welfare of others, expression of cants who have demonstrated a capacity for artistic creativity, or the quiet pursuit of schol- academic achievement, responsiveness to in- arly excellence. In estimating such qualities the tellectual challenge, eagerness to contribute College relies on confidential statements from their special talents to the College community, secondary school principals, headmasters, and and an awareness of social responsibility. Such guidance counselors, and on personal ap- persons give promise of possessing the ability praisals by its alumni and friends. and the motivation which will enable them to profit from the many opportunities that the Col- ADMISSION PROCEDURE lege offers. The student interested in Gettysburg College Since the competition for admission is keen, the should submit an application during the fall of Admissions Staff gives careful consideration to his or her senior year and no later than February each application. Its decision is based on three 15. A nonrefundable fee of $15 must be sent categories of evidence described below. with the application. Although not required, a Evidence of high academic attainment as indi- visit to the campus and an interview with a cated by the secondary school record The member of the Admissions Staff is strongly College requires no fixed number of secondary urged. A student considering a major in art, school units for admission. It normally assumes music or physical education should make his or graduation from an approved secondary her interest known when requesting an inter- school, and it considers grades in academic view, so that arrangements can be made for an courses, distribution of subjects, and rank in appointment with a member of the department class as highly significant parts of the appli- concerned. Seniors should plan their visits be- cant's credentials. Participation in accelerated, fore February 1; juniors, after April 1. enriched, and advanced placement courses is desirable. The College regards superior facility OFFERS OF ACCEPTANCE in the use of the English language and an un- The Early Decision Plan The student with a derstanding of fundamental mathematical strong record through the junior year of sec- processes as essential to a successful college ondary school who has decided on Gettysburg experience. College as the College of his or her first choice, of ability to college Evidence do good work as may submit an application for Early Decision indicated by aptitude and achievement test re- acceptance. The application must be received sults The Scholastic Aptitude Tests of the Col- by November 15 of the senior year. Those stu- lege Entrance Examination Board or the test re- dents accepted under this program are obli- sults of the American College Testing program gated to enroll at Gettysburg College and to are required of all candidates. The College pre- withdraw applications submitted to other in- fers that the C.E.E.B. tests be submitted. stitutions. Notification of the decision on admis- C.E.E.B. Achievement Tests are not required to sion will be made during the first week in De- complete an application. cember. Payment of a nonrefundable advance fee of $100 is required to validate this offer of acceptance. Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 127

The Early Decision applicant should take the ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS Scholastic Aptitude Test no later than June fol- A transfer student may be admitted at the be- lowing the junior year. Some students submit- ginning of any term. He or she must present a ting applications for Early Decision who are not regular application, including secondary offered will automatically be con- acceptance school records and College Entrance Examina- sidered for admission under the Regular Deci- tion Board Test results and an official transcript sion Plan upon receipt of grades and test from all colleges and universities attended. He scores from the senior year. or she must be entitled to an honorable dis- The Regular Decision Plan To be assured of missal without academic or social probation maximum consideration, students should from the college from which he or she transfers, present applications by February 15. Most of- and must be recommended for transfer by the fers of acceptance will be announced by the Dean of the College previously attended. A first week in April after the receipt of November, transfer candidate is expected to visit the cam- December, or January Scholastic Aptitude Test pus for an interview. first grades. results and senior semester Col- Gettysburg College requires sound academic lege Entrance Examination Board Tests taken performance in previous college work for con- prior to the senior year may be used to satisfy sideration for admission of transfer students. test requirements. Credit is granted for individual courses passed Payment of a nonrefundable advance fee of with a grade of C or better at approved institu-

$100 is required to validate this offer of accep- tions, provided that these courses fit reasonably tance. Since Gettysburg College subscribes to well into the Gettysburg curriculum. Academic the principle of the Candidate's Reply Date, the credit for courses transferred is granted tenta- student has until May 1 to make his or her deci- tively until the student has satisfactorily com- sion and pay the advance fee. pleted one year of work at Gettysburg College. A student offered acceptance under either plan All transfer students must satisfy all require- for for they are candi- is expected to continue to do satisfactory work ments the degree which in all subjects and to earn a secondary school dates. diploma. ADMISSION AS A SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED CREDIT AND A high school graduate, not a candidate for a PLACEMENT degree, may apply for admission as a nonmat- Students who have taken college-level courses riculated student. Normally, such a student may in secondary school and wish to be considered enroll in amaximum of two courses. Permission for advanced credit or placement must take Ad- to take more than two courses must be secured vanced Placement Tests of the College En- from the Dean of the College. trance Examination Board. The student earning Taking courses as a special student requires a score of three or higher on these tests may be permission of the instructors of the courses in- given credit advanced or placement on the rec- volved, as well as filing an application for spe- of the of the ommendation chairman department cial student status with the Admissions Office. concerned after reviewing the test paper. Stu- A special student who may later wish to be- dents who have completed advanced level or come a candidate for a degree must submit an honors courses may be considered for ad- application under regular admissions proce- vanced placement. dures. Special students have the same class- Those high school students who have taken room duties and privileges as regular full-time regular courses at the college level in re- students, but no promise is made in advance gionally approved junior or senior colleges may that the special student will be admitted as a receive credit for these courses if no duplica- candidate for the degree. tion of high school units and college credits is involved. This credit must be approved by the chairman of the academic department involved. Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid

Gettysburg College charges a comprehensive Any student who is not a candidate for a degree academic fee covering the three terms of the will be charged at the rate of $400 per course or academic year. Not included in this fee are $100 per quarter course. books and supplies, a gym equipment fee for freshmen and sophomore men, some private PAYMENT OF BILLS lessons in music, and optional off-campus Checks should be made payable to Gettysburg courses in the January Term. College and sent to the Bursar, Gettysburg The fee applies to each full-time student: one College, Gettysburg, PA 17325 by the dates taking three or four courses in the fall and outlined below. spring terms and one course in the January Although the College operates academically With the following exceptions, any Term. with a three-term calendar, fiscally the College courses beyond four courses in the fall and divides the student's charges into two half-year spring terms require additional charges of billings; the first due and payable on August 15 $378 per course or $95 per quarter course. and the second due and payable on January There is no additional charge for the quarter 10. Each student candidate for a degree will be courses in the required program in Health and billed for one-half of the yearly comprehensive Physical Education to a maximum of four academic fee, room rent, and board charges course registration, or, for majors in that de- before the beginning of the fall and January partment, for the required quarter courses in the terms. Special students will be billed on a per junior and senior years. Courses involving pri- course or quarter course basis and for room and vate lessons in Applied Music require extra board, if applicable, before the beginning of fees; music majors are permitted some of these each of the three terms. courses with the comprehensive fee. For de- Of the advanced payment of $100 made under tails, see the Health and Physical Education either the early or regular acceptance plans, and Music Department listings. $75 is credited to the first term bill and the re- Comprehensive Academic Fee 1977-78 $3620 maining $25 is credited to the reserve deposit. This deposit is used to pay for minor charges BOARD such as laboratory breakage, infirmary meals, College Dining Hall (21 meals per week) $ 700 and room damages.

Every continuing student in the College is re- ROOM RENTS quired to pay a fee of $100.00 by the time of Spring Registration. This amount is deducted Costs for all College living facilities $ 550 first College bill. re- Single rooms $ 732 from the student's term No funds of this fee will be made after the date of Spring Registration. ESTIMATE OF TOTAL EXPENSE FOR AN ACADEMIC YEAR VETERANS' ADMINISTRATION BENEFITS Comprehensive Academic Fee $3620 Gettysburg College has made arrangements Board 700 with the Veterans Administration whereby chil- Dormitory Room 550 dren of veterans attending College under the Books and Supplies 200 provisions of Public Law 634 are eligible to re- $5,070 ceive monthly payments from the Veterans' This tabulation does not include personal ex- Administration in accordance with the scale es- penses such as clothing, laundry, spending al- tablished by the law. Students requiring any lowances, fraternity dues, and transportation. forms to be completed by the College concern- ing such benefits should contact the Business Since the Bookstore is operated on a cash Office at the College. basis, students should be provided with $200 each year to purchase books and supplies. Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 129

INSURED TUITION PLAN REFUND POLICY

The Insured Tuition Payment Plan is a combina- Board tion of a prepayment installment plan covering If a student withdraws for any reason at any four years of college expenses and an insur- time, the unused portion of the half-year bill ance policy guaranteeing payment for comple- paid for board will be refunded on a pro-rated tion of the four years in the event of the death or basis from the date of withdrawal to the end of total disability of the person financing the stu- the half-year billing period. dent's education. It is available to all entering students through the Richard C. Knight Insur- Comprehensive Academic Fee and ance Agency, Inc., 53 Beacon Street, Boston, Room Rental Massachusetts 02108. Parents may write di- One hundred dollars of any comprehensive rectly to Mr. Knight for information and contract. academic fee or room rental paid by a student The Director of Admissions will mail a brochure shall be non-refundable, regardless of the time of information to all new students on or before of withdrawal. June 1 of each year. Date of withdrawal will be the date the student BOARD has filed the completed withdrawal form with the Dean of Students Office. Junior and senior students may choose to take Refunds of the portion of the half-year bill paid their meals in the Dining Hall on individual an for comprehensive academic fee and room ren- meal or term basis or to eat elsewhere. All tal are not made unless the student is required fraternity members and pledges may choose to to withdraw because of the student's serious ill- take their in the fraternity All other meals house. ness or unless the student who withdraws has a students except those living at home must take Guaranteed Student Loan guaranteed by a fed- their regularly in the Dining Hall meals College eral, state or private agency. on a term basis, and participate in the full board A student who withdraws during the fall and plan. spring terms because of the student's serious HOUSING POLICY illness and/or has a Guaranteed Student Loan guaranteed by a federal, state or private agency All freshman in men and women must room the will be entitled to a refund of comprehensive College's residence halls. Fraternity is housing academic fee and room rental based on the fol- available to following students the freshman lowing schedule applied to the half-year bill in year. When the residence halls have been question. filled, permission for off-campus housing may One week or less 90% refund be granted to a limited number of students who Two weeks or more have applied through a procedure than one week 80% refund administered by the Dean of Students Office. Three weeks or more Students who have withdrawn from the College than two weeks 60% refund and are approved for readmission are expected Four weeks or more to occupy any vacancy which may exist in a than three weeks 40% refund College residence hall. Five weeks or more than four weeks 20% refund More than five weeks but less than one-half of the period covered by the half-year bill 10% refund More than one-half of the period covered by the half-year bill No Refund O- Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid

Note: January Term withdrawals for reasons STUDENT FINANCIAL AID stated above: Although charges made by colleges and uni- versities have risen sharply in recent years, the Withdrawal in first 100% refund fact remains that in most institutions the fees half of January 2nd half- paid by a student or a student's parents cover Term year bill only a portion of the total cost of a student's Withdrawal in 100% refund education. In private institutions the remainder second half of spring term comes from endowment income and from gifts January Term portion of 2nd from sources such as alumni, businesses, half-year bill foundations, and churches. is to for A student who required withdraw dis- Gettysburg College recognizes the primary re- ciplinary will forfeit all which he or reasons fees sponsibility of the student and his or her parents she has paid. to provide as much as possible toward the total A student who completes the January Term but cost of the student's college education. Since voluntarily declines to enroll for the spring term an education is an investment which should will be entitled to a refund equaling the spring yield life-long dividends, a student should be term portion of the second half-year bill for prepared to contribute to it from his or her own comprehensive academic fee, room rental, and earnings, both before entering and while in col- board minus the non-refundable $100.00 fee. lege. Gettysburg College has a program of financial INSURANCE aid for worthy and promising students who are Each student as a consequence of his or her unable to finance their education from personal family aid is payment of the Comprehensive Academic Fee and/or resources. Access to such receives coverage under a student health and considered a privilege, not a right. The qualifi- accident insurance policy. Information concern- cations for it, in addition to need, are academic ability, academic achievement, and promise of ing the coverage provided by this insurance is contribution as a student and citizen. The made available at the time of registration or in amount of aid in any particular case is based advance if requested. upon the financial need of the student. The College does not carry insurance on per- The College participates in the College Schol- sonal property of students and is not responsible requires all applicants to file for the loss or damage of such property. arship Service and the Parents' Confidential Statement. All Parents' Confidential Statements should be sent to the College Scholarship Service, Box 176, Prince- ton, New Jersey 08540. The College also re- quires that a notarized or certified copy of the parents' most recent U.S. Individual Income Tax Return (Form 1040) be sent directly to the Fi- nancial Aid Office at Gettysburg College. (Applicants for admission need not send the IRS Form 1040 unless specifically requested.) Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 131

A prospective student seeking financial aid Grants need not be repaid, but the College should forward the Parents' Confidential State- hopes that recipients will recognize that they ment to the College Scholarship Service as have incurred an obligation and will therefore soon as possible after applying for admission, subsequently contribute as they can to help in- but no later than February 1. A student already sure that the benefits which they enjoyed will be enrolled who has previously had some form of available to others. aid should secure a renewal application from Approximately one-fourth of the students re- the Director of Financial Aid and should request ceive financial assistance in some form from his parents to complete this form. The renewal the College. About one-half of the Gettysburg application should be forwarded to the College College student body receives aid from the Col- Scholarship Service no later than February 1. lege or other sources. Financial aid is awarded by a faculty committee Rules governing all types of financial aid are in the form of grants, loans or a combination of stated in the Summary of Regulations published these. All financial aid awards are made for one by the Dean of Students, and on the reverse year only. The Committee will consider a re- side of the Notification of Financial Aid. quest for renewal and will act on the basis of the applicant's record as a student and campus cit- ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS izen as well as his or her continuing financial (GRANTS-IN-AID) STUDENT AID need. All students who apply for financial assistance Applications for financial aid, of those students and are determined to have financial need will who demonstrate financial need, are reviewed be considered for these scholarships (grants- to determine eligibility for the several forms of in-aid). Recipients are selected by the College. assistance available from Gettysburg College. Richard A. Arms Scholarship Fund: The in- Charter Grant —awarded to entering come from a fund contributed by the Class of freshmen with exceptional academic abili- 1924 in memory of the Chairman of the Mathe- ty, outstanding academic achievement, matics Department (1 920-1 963) is awarded to a and superior promise of contribution as a worthy student. student and campus citizen. Dr. Joseph B. Baker (1901) and Rena L. Baker Gettysburg College Grant —grants-in-aid Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund made available by Gettysburg College. donated by the Woman's General League of Supplemental Educational Opportunity Gettysburg College is given to a needy and de- Grant a grant program funded by the fed- — serving student in the Music Department. eral government and administered by the Dr. Ray Alfred Barnard (1915) Scholarship College. The program is designed to assist Fund: The income from a fund provided by Dr. students from low-income families. Barnard is given to a male student from the Cen- Gettysburg College Loan a loan program — tral Pennsylvania Synod who is preparing for made available by Gettysburg College. the Lutheran ministry. National Direct Student Loan a loan pro- — The Rev. Sydney E. Bateman (1887) Scholar- gram funded by the federal government ship Fund: The income from the fund is and administered the College. by awarded to a needy ministerial student. College Work-Study Program —an employ- ment program funded by the federal gov- ernment and the College. ® Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid Belt Hess-Quay Scholarship Fund: The in- Class of 1903, George S. Rentz Memorial come from a fund provided by Effie E. Hess Belt Fund: The income from the fund is used in (1898) in commemoration of several relatives is support of the College scholarship program. awarded as follows: first preference is given to Class of 1913 Scholarship Fund: The income a member of Grace Lutheran Church, from the fund is awarded to a needy and de- Westminster, Maryland; second preference to serving student. any other resident of Carroll County, Maryland, Class of 1915 Scholarship Fund: The income who is pursuing theological studies at the Col- from the fund is awarded to a needy and deserv- lege; and third preference is given to any de- ing student. serving student. Class of 1916 Scholarship Fund: The income Jesse E. Benner (1907) and Minerva B. Benner from the fund is awarded to a needy and deserv- Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest ing sophomore. is used to aid worthy students, preferably pre- ministerial students. Class of 1917 Schmucker-Breidenbaugh Me- morial Scholarship Fund: The income from the Burton F. Blough Scholarship Fund: The in- fund is awarded to a needy and deserving stu- come from a fund contributed by a former dent or students. trustee is used to aid needy and deserving stu- dents. Class of 1918 Scholarship Fund: The income from the fund is awarded to a needy and deserv- Edward B. Buller (1923) Scholarship ing student. Fund: The income from a fund contributed by the Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Class of 1921 Scholarship Fund: The income Pearl River, New York, and friends in honor of from the fund is awarded to a needy and deserv- the Rev. Edward B. Buller is awarded to a de- ing student. serving student, preference being given to a W. K. Diehl (1886) Scholarship Fund: The in- student from Good Shepherd congregation. come from a fund created by Norman E. Diehl in Cambridge Rubber Foundation Scholarship memory of his father, W. K. Diehl, D. D., is used Fund: The income from the fund given by the to provide scholarships to needy and deserving

Foundation is awarded to a qualified male stu- students. dent. First preference is given to an employee Jacob C. Eisenhart and Rosa Bott Eisenhart or relative of an employee of Cambridge Rub- Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund es- ber. Second preference is given to a resident of tablished by the J. C. Eisenhart Wall Paper Adams or Carroll County. Company is awarded to a deserving Lutheran Dr. Anthony G. Ciavarelli (1933) Scholarship preministerial student. Foundation: The income from a scholarship Clarence A. Eyler (1880) and Myrtle B. Eyler established by Dr. Anthony G. Ciavarelli is Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest awarded annually to a student (or students) who is awarded to a worthy Lutheran preministerial demonstrates superior character, industry, student. serious academic purpose, and financial need. Annie C. Felty Scholarship Fund: The income Preference to be given to a student preparing from the fund is given to a needy and deserving for the medical profession. If there are no stu- student. dents who demonstrate financial need (who are preparing for the medical profession), then the Wilbur H. Fleck (1902) Memorial Scholarship income may be used to aid other students who Fund: The income from a bequest is awarded to a graduate cum laude of the Protestant faith demonstrate financial need. If there are no stu- dents who demonstrate financial need, then the of the Wyoming Seminary.

College may use the income for any purpose it Dr. Daniel F. Garland (1883) Scholarship determines. Fund: The income from the fund is awarded to a deserving ministerial student. Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 133

Richard W. Gaver (1966) Memorial Scholarship Alvin Ray Kirschner Scholarship Fund: The Fund: The income from a fund contributed by fund was established by Mr. and Mrs. C. J. Dr. and Mrs. Leo J. Gaver in memory of their son Kirschner in memory of their son who lost his

is awarded to a worthy student, preference life in World War I. The income from the fund is being given to a premedical student. awarded to two students, preference being given to applicants Dr. and Mrs. James E. Glenn Scholarship from Hazelton and vicinity. Fund: The income from a fund contributed by Applications for these scholarships should be made directly to Mr. Carl E. Kirschner, Attorney J. Donald Glenn (1923) in memory of his par- at Law, Northeastern Building, Hazelton, Penn- ents is awarded to a worthy student preparing sylvania 18201. for the Christian ministry or the medical profes- sion. Klette Scholarship Fund: The income from a Gordon-Davis Linen Supply Company Scholar- fund established by Dr. Immanuel Klette (1939) ship Fund: The income from a fund contrib- and friends in honor of Mrs. Margaret Klette, is to student (or uted by the company is awarded to a deserving awarded a students) whose ac- student. tivities evidence an innovative accomplishment and potential in the promotion of human better- Grand Army of the Republic Living Memorial ment. Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund donated by the Daughters of Union Veterans is The Rev. Frederick R. Knubel (1918) Memorial awarded to a needy and deserving student, Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund preferably the descendant of a Union veteran. given by John M. McCullough (1918) in memory of his classmate, is awarded to an outstanding Ida E. Grover Scholarship Fund: The income senior ministerial student who has financial from a bequest is awarded to a needy and de- need. serving student. Clarence Gordon and Elfie Leatherman Schol- John Alfred Hamme (1918) Scholarship arship Fund: The income from a fund given by Fund: The income from a fund given by Mr. the Leathermans is awarded to a deserving Hamme is awarded to a deserving student. preministerial student. C. F. Hildebrand (1920) Scholarship The Rev. H. J. H. Lemcke (1860) Memorial Fund: The income from a fund is used to aid Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund worthy preministerial students. given by Ruth Evangeline Lemcke in memory of L. Edgar Hildebrand (1928) Scholarship her father is awarded to worthy male students Fund: The income from a fund established by who are graduates of Pennsylvania secondary Louis O. Hildebrand as a memorial to his son schools. Edgar L. Hildebrand is awarded each year to Frank M. Long (1936) Memorial Scholarship worthy students of the College. Fund: The income from a fund given in mem- Dr. and Mrs. Leslie M. Kauffman Scholarship ory of Frank M. Long to worthy students. Fund: The income from a fund donated by Dr. Charles B. McCollough, Jr. Memorial Scholar- Leslie M. (1890) and Nellie G. Kauffman is ship Fund: The income from a fund provided awarded to a deserving student, preference by Charles B. McCollough (1916) and Florence being given to students of Franklin County, McCollough in memory of their son and by H. R. Pennsylvania, or preministerial or premedical Earhart in memory of his grandnephew is students. awarded to one or more worthy male students. Hon. Hiram H. Keller (1901) Scholarship Charles H. May (1904) Scholarship Fund: The Fund: The income from a bequest by Mr. Kel- income from a bequest by Mr. May is awarded ler, a former trustee, is granted on the basis of to deserving male students from York County, need and ability, preferably to applicants from Pennsylvania. Bucks County, Pennsylvania. o Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid Dr. John E. Meisenhelder (1897) Scholarship Earl G. Ports (1923) Scholarship Fund: The in- Fund: The income from a bequest by Dr. come from a fund provided by Horace G. Ports Meisenhelder is awarded to a deserving stu- (1925) in memory of his brother is awarded to a dent. worthy student, preferably in the Department of Physics. Forrest L. Mercer (1908) Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest by Forrest Rev. Clay E. Rice (1911) Scholarship L Mercer is awarded to a deserving and needy Fund: The income from a fund established by student. Minnie Catherine Rice in honor of her husband, Rev. Clay E. Rice, is awarded to a student J. Elsie Miller (1905) Scholarship Fund: The preparing for the ministry. income from a bequest by Mr. Miller is awarded to a preministerial student. Lawrence E. Rost (1917) Fund: The income Miller-Dewey Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund established by Jeanne Preus Rost in memory of her husband, Lawrence E. Rost, is from a bequest by the Rev. Adams B. Miller awarded to deserving students, descendants of (1873) is awarded to a deserving student. Charles A. Rost, Red Lion, York County, Penn- Musselman Scholarship Fund: The income sylvania, being given first consideration. from a fund established by The Musselman Philip P. Rudhart Scholarship Fund: The in- Foundation, to be awarded to a deserving stu- come from a bequest by Emma Bennix in mem- dent, with preference given to sons or daugh- ory of her brother is awarded to deserving male ters of employees of the Musselman Fruit Prod- students. uct Division, Pet Incorporated. Gregory Seckler (1965) Memorial Scholarship John Spang ler Nicholas (1916) Scholarship fund given Mr. Fund: The income from a bequest by John Fund: The income from a by and Mrs. J. M. Arnold Sr., in memory of Gregory Spangler Nicholas is awarded to a member of Seckler, is awarded to a deserving student, the Junior or Senior Class of sterling character preference being given to an English major. and high intellectual ability in the Department of Biology, preferably zoology. Edgar Fahs Smith (1874) Scholarship: The in- come from a fund provided by Margie A. Smith Nellie Oiler and Bernard Oiler Memorial Schol- in of her father, Fahs Smith, is arship Fund: The income from a bequest by honor Edgar given to a student recommended by the Ida R. Gray in memory of her daughter and son- Chemistry Department. in-law is awarded to a deserving student, pref- erence being given to a Lutheran applicant Mary Ann Ocker Spital Scholarship Fund: The from Waynesboro, Pennsylvania. income from a bequest is awarded to a quali- fied male student. Lovina Openlander Scholarship Fund: The in- come from the fund is awarded to needy and Edward J. Stackpole Scholarship Fund: The deserving students. income from a fund contributed by the friends of General Stackpole is awarded to a deserving The Lillian M. and William H. Patrick, Jr. (1916) student, preference being given to a student in Scholarship Award: The income from a American history interested in the Civil War. bequest by William H. Patrick, Jr., is awarded on a competitive basis to students with musical The Rev. Milton H. Stine (1877) and Mary J. ability. Stine Memorial Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund provided by Dr. Charles M. A. Stine Willard S. Paul Scholarship Fund: The income (1901) in memory of his parents is awarded to a from a fund contributed in his honor by friends preministerial student. of the College on the occasion of President Paul's retirement and thereafter awarded to a deserving student. Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 135

Dr. J. H. W. Stuckenberg Scholarship Fund: LOAN FUNDS FOR STUDENTS The income from a bequest by Dr. Stuckenberg Alumni Loan Fund: Loans are available to is awarded to a qualified student. members of the Senior Class who have financial Warren L. Swope (1943) Scholarship need. The Alumni Loan Fund was established Fund: The income from a fund contributed by by the Alumni Association and augmented by Warren L. Swope, a career diplomat, is individual and class contributions. awarded to a qualified student, preference The Rev. Edward I. Morecraft (1924) Memorial being shown to students of American parentage Loan Scholarship Fund: This fund was estab- who have spent a significant portion of their lished by the St. James Lutheran Church of pre-college years abroad. Stewart Manor, Long Island, in memory of its Parker B. Wagnild Scholarship Fund: The in- former pastor. come from a fund contributed by alumni and Milton T. Nafey and Mary M. Nafey Student friends of the Gettysburg College Choir is given Loan Fund: A bequest from the estate of Mary to needy and deserving students in the Music M. Nafey provides a fund for student loans. Department. The Charles H. Rothfuss and Martha Huffman Dr. Rufus B. Weaver Scholarship (1862) Rothfuss Loan Scholarship Fund: This fund Fund: The income from a bequest by Dr. was contributed by Dr. E. Lloyd Rothfuss (1916) Weaver is awarded to deserving students. in memory of his parents. Senator George L. Wellington Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest by Mr. Wel- OTHER AID FOR STUDENTS lington is awarded to a deserving Lutheran Scholarships preministerial student. AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship: Aid As- Richard C. Wetzel Scholarship: The income sociation for Lutherans makes available schol- from a fund contributed by Richard C. Wetzel is arship funds each year to assist needy students awarded to a deserving and needy student. who hold membership with the association. Jeremiah A. Winter and Annie C. Winter Memo- Selection of recipients is made by the College. rial Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund Aero Oil Company Scholarship: The award contributed by Amelia C. Winter in memory of provided annually by the Aero Oil Company is her parents is granted to a needy and deserving available to a needy and deserving student student. from the area in which it operates. Norman S. Wolf (1904) Scholarship Fund: The Army ROTC Scholarships: United States Army income from a fund contributed by Dr. Spur- Scholarships provide part or full tuition scholar- geon M. Keeny (1914) in honor of the Rev. Nor- ships to some students enrolling in the ROTC man S. Wolf is awarded to a worthy student, program. After completing their education, stu- preference being given to a student who is dents enter active duty in the United States fatherless. Army as commissioned officers. Information on these scholarships may be acquired by writing to the Army ROTC, Gettysburg College, Gettys- burg, Pa. 17325. Frank D. Baker Scholarship Fund: An award available to aid worthy students in immediate need. Selection of recipients is made by the College. Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid

Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College State and Federal Scholarship Programs Scholarship: The scholarships are awarded to Basic Educational Opportunity Grant: A fed- will their first year Lutheran students who begin eral grant program to enable students to attend at Gettysburg College. of post-secondary study colleges and universities; awarded by the Of- Gettysburg College Recipients are selected by fice of Education. on the basis of scholastic achievement, reli- Connecticut State Scholarship: An award gious leadership, and financial need. given by the State of Connecticut to students Lutheran Brotherhood Members' Scholarship who are residents of Connecticut. The students Established to assist Lutheran Program: are selected on the basis of financial need. In- Brotherhood members attending accredited formation on these scholarships should be ac- post-secondary institutions. Information is quired from the high school guidance office. available from Lutheran Brotherhood, 701 Sec- New Jersey State Scholarship: An award ond Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota made available by the State of New Jersey to 55402. residents of New Jersey. The recipients are Guy L. Moser Fund: Mr. Guy L. Moser estab- selected on the basis of financial need. Informa- grants to male lished a trust fund to support tion on these scholarships should be acquired students from Berks County, Pennsylvania, who from the high school guidance office. are majoring in American history and who rank Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance in the upper third of their class. Applications for Agency Scholarship: An award given to stu- these grants should be made directly to the Na- dents who are residents of Pennsylvania. The tional Central Bank, 217 N. Sixth St., P.O. Box recipients are selected on the basis of financial 639, Reading, Pennsylvania 19603. need. Information on these scholarships should F. Foundation Christian R. and Mary Lindback be acquired from the high school guidance of- The scholarship is Scholarship Fund: fice. awarded preferentially to residents of New Jer- There are other states with scholarship and/or sey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, or Maryland who grant programs. Further information may be are of high character and ability. available at high school guidance offices. Presser Foundation Scholarship: An award provided by the Presser Foundation, Philadel- State and Federal Loan Program phia, is given to a qualified student in the Music State Guaranteed Student Loan: Applications Department. for a loan under this program may be obtained Sons of Union Veterans of the Civil War Schol- from a bank in the student's community. This is arship: An award provided by the Sons of a low-interest educational loan. Union Veterans is given to a worthy student.

Weaver - Bittinger Classical Scholarship: The income from a trust created by Rufus M. Weaver (1907) is awarded to a needy and deserving student(s) who has demonstrated outstanding academic achievement. Recipients are selected by Gettysburg College. GETTYSBURG C^r Register

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 1 CHARLES W. DIEHL, JR. (1965) York, Pa.

RALPH W. COX (1972), Chairman WILLIAM S. EISENHART, JR. (1967) Manager, Connecticut General Life Insurance Attorney. York, Pa. Company. Philadelphia, Pa. CHARLES H. FALKLER (1973) CHARLES W. WOLF (1970), Vice-Chairman Senior Vice President and Regional Attorney. Gettysburg, Pa. Administrator, National Central Bank. York, Pa.

SAMUEL A. SCHRECKENGAUST (1973), PAUL L. FOLKEMER (1973), Maryland Synod Secretary Trustee Vice President-Corporate Counsel, Hershey Folkemer Photo Service. Ellicott City, Md. Foods Corporation. Hershey, Pa. ANGELINE F. HAINES (1973) JOHN A. APPLE (1953-1964) (1965) Baltimore, Md. President, Butter Krust Baking Company. CARL ARNOLD HANSON (1961), ex-officio Sunbury, Pa. President, Gettysburg College. Gettysburg, JOHN H. BAUM (1976) Pa. Publisher and Vice President, The ROBERT D. HANSON (1974), Alumni Trustee Patriot-News Company. Harrisburg, Pa. Attorney. Harrisburg, Pa. HAROLD BRAYMAN (1969) JOHN A. HAUSER (1967) Wilmington, Del. Biglerville, Pa. HENRY T. BREAM (1972), Alumni Trustee ROBERT L. HOSKING (1976), Alumni Trustee Gettysburg, Pa. Vice President and General Manager LAVERN BRENNEMAN (1962-1974) (1976) WCAU-TV Philadelphia, Pa. President, York Shipley, Inc. York, Pa. JUDITH W. KIP (1974), Alumni Trustee ALBERT R. BURKHARDT (1970), Maryland Wyncote, Pa. Synod Trustee MRS. JOSIAH W. KLINE (1962) Pastor, First Lutheran Church. Ellicott City, Harrisburg, Pa. Md. ALFRED L. MATHIAS (1965) PAUL E. CLOUSER (1967), Central Upperco, Md. Pennsylvania Synod Trustee Attorney. Harrisburg, Pa. HOWARD J. McCARNEY (1958-1960) (1966), ex-officio President, Central Pennsylvania Synod, Lutheran Church in America. Harrisburg, Pa. Register 139

DAVID L. McMORRIS, M.D. (1973), Alumni HERMAN G. STUEMPFLE, JR. (1965), Trustee Central Pennsylvania Synod Trustee Physician. Williamsport, Pa. President, Lutheran Theological Seminary. Gettysburg, Pa. G. THOMAS MILLER (1963-1967) (1975), Central Pennsylvania Synod Trustee F. WILLIAM SUNDERMAN, M.D. (1967) Attorney. Harrisburg, Pa. Director, Institute for Clinical Sciences. JOHN M. MUSSELMAN (1968) Philadelphia, Pa. Attorney. Harrisburg, Pa. RAYMOND A. TAYLOR, M.D. (1966) RAMON R. NAUS (1975), Alumni Trustee Radiologist, York Hospital. York, Pa. Chairman of the Board, Naus and Newlyn, Inc. IRA WILLIAMS (1974) Philadelphia, Pa. Oklahoma City, Ok. THOMAS C. NORRIS (1974) IRVIN G. ZIMMERMAN (1966) Vice-President - Operations, P. H. Glatfelter Vice-President, The Bell Telephone Company Co., Spring Grove, Pa. of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, Pa. PAUL M. ORSO (1968), ex-officio

President, Maryland Synod, Lutheran Church ' The dates following the names indicate years of previous in America. Baltimore, Md. service and the beginning year of present service on the Board of Trustees JAMES A. PERROTT (1975), Alumni Trustee Judge. Baltimore, Md. HOWARD RASMUSSEN, M.D. (1971) HONORARY LIFE TRUSTEES School of Medicine, Yale University. New Haven, Conn. Ralph W. McCreary CARROLL W. ROYSTON (1973) Attorney. Towson, Md. Paul H. Rhoads Rice JOSEPH T. SIMPSON (1966) John S. President, Harsco Corporation. Harrisburg, Pa. William H. B. Stevens

WALTER S. SMITH (1969), Central Pennsylvania Synod Trustee Pastor, Zion Evangelical Lutheran Church. Manheim, Pa. o- Register

ADMINISTRATION Robert C. Nordvall 1972- (As of April 1, 1977) Assistant Dean of the College B.A., DePauw University; J.D., Harvard Law Carl Arnold Hanson 1961- School; Ed.D., Indiana University President B.A., University of Akron; Ph.D., Cornell G. Ronald Couchman 1967- University; LLD., University of Akron; L.H.D., Assistant Dean of the College and Registrar Roanoke College; LLD., Dickinson Law B.A., Gettysburg College

School William P. Wilson 1976- Paul G. Peterson 1959- Acting Director of Computer Facilities Assistant to the President B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., University of B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.M., Union Connecticut Theological Seminary Richard K. Wood 1969- Karl J. Mattson 1977- Director of Computer Facilities

Chaplain B.A., Earlham College; M.S. (2), University B.A., Augustana College (Illinois); B.D., of Wisconsin Augustana Theological Seminary, (Rhode Delwin K. Gustafson 1967- Island); S.T.M., Yale Divinity School Director of Admissions Stephen D. Samuelson 1975- B.A., Augustana College (Illinois); J.D., Assistant Chaplain University of Nebraska B.A., Michigan State University; M.Div., Daniel A. Dundon 1972- Lutheran School of Theology, Chicago Assistant Director of Admissions Susan Jensen 1 976— B.A., State University of New York, Chapel Intern Buffalo; M.A., Eastern Michigan University B.A., Ursinus College; M.Div., Princeton Joseph E. Zamborsky 1973- Theological Seminary Assistant Director of Admissions Leonard I. Holder 1964- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Dean of the College and Professor of Shippensburg State College Mathematics Janet O. R. Smith 1962- B.S., M.S., Texas A & M University; Ph.D., Admissions Counselor Purdue University Thomas Groves 1975- David F. Haskell 1970- Admissions Counselor Acting Assistant Dean of the College B.A., Gettysburg College A.B., Colby College; Ph.D., Brown University Katherine Leser 1976- Admissions Counselor Elizabeth B. Martin 1968-71, 1972- B.A., Swarthmore College Assistant Dean of the College B.A., Wayne State University; M.A., University of Rochester Register 141

James H. Richards 1974- Frank B. Williams 1966- Librarian Dean of Students B.A., Wesleyan University; B.S.L.S., B.A., MAT., Wesleyan University; Ed.D., Columbia University; M.A., Wesleyan University of Pennsylvania University Nancy C. Locher 1968- MaryG. Burel 1970- Associate Dean of Students Acquisitions Librarian B.A., Mary Baldwin College; M.A., B.A., University of Oklahoma; M.S.L.S., University of North Carolina

Florida State University Ralph W. Arend, Jr. 1975- David T. Hedrick 1972- Associate Dean of Students Audio Visual Librarian B.A., Denison University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio B.A., Emory and Henry College; M.A., University University of Denver Karen R. Haskell 1972- Dwight A. Huseman 1971- Assistant Dean of Students Serials/Documents Librarian B.S., Central Connecticut State University; A.B. Susquehanna University; M.A., University of Rhode Island B.D., S.T.M., The Lutheran Theological Michael Malewicki 1976- Seminary, Philadelphia; M.S.L.S., Drexel Assistant Dean of Students University B.A., Gettysburg College Anna Jane Moyer 1961- William H. Jones 1964- Readers' Services Librarian Coordinator of Counseling B.A., M.S.L.S., Drexel University B.A., Eastern Nazarene College; M.A., Ed.D., Frances H. Playfoot 1972- University of Wisconsin; Boston Assistant Readers' Services University Librarian/Circulation Librarian Homer A. Wood 1966- B.A., The George Washington University; Director of Career Counseling M.S.L.S., Shippensburg State College B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania — Nancy C. Scott 1960- Salvatore Ciolino 1 971 Catalogue Librarian Director of Financial Aid B.A., M.L.S., University of Pennsylvania B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo; M.S., State University of New York at Albany

J. Michael McGrath 1967- Consulting Psychiatrist B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.D., Temple University School of Medicine Michele Rubino 1976- Counseling Psychologist B.S., M.S., Indiana University <£! Register

Edward F. McManness 1970- John Schlegel 1976- Director of the College Union Business Manager B.S., M.S., East Texas State University B.S., M.B.A., Temple University Ann McKittrick 1974- Roland E. Hansen 1973- Assistant Director of the College Union Assistant Business Manager B.A., Moravian College B.A., Nebraska Wesleyan University Douwe L Radsma 1961 — Rex Maddox 1956- Medical Director Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds M.D., University of Amsterdam Gary L. Anderson 1973- Mary Elizabeth Wood 1971- Bookstore Manager College Physician B.A., University of Albuquerque B.A., Earlham College; M.D., University of Robert A. Pickel 1974- Wisconsin Medical School Assistant Bookstore Manager William R. Beckman 1973- B.A., Gettysburg College College Physician James A. Treas 1971 — B.M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Chief of Security M.D., University of North Carolina Robert E. Butler 1969- Ronald Krablin 1976- Director of Development College Physician B.A., M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., B.S., Antioch College; M.D., Pennsylvania Rutgers—The State University of New Jersey State University Mildred D. Johnson 1953- F. Stanley Hoffman 1956- Administrative Assistant, Office of Treasurer Development B.S., M.S., Gettysburg College B.A., Gettysburg College

Jay P. Brown 1947- Richard E. Walker 1963- Bursar Assistant Director of Development for Estate Certificate, American Institute of Banking Planning Nicholaas P. Schindeler 1968- B.A., Gettysburg College Superintendent of Engineering and Robert D. Smith 1965- Construction Director of Alumni Relations B.S. in Mechanical Engineering, B.S., Gettysburg College; M.S., Amsterdam Technical College Shippensburg State College Rosea Armor 1930- Administrative Assistant, Alumni Office Willard G. Books 1966- Director of Public Relations B.A., Adrian College

Paul D. Mangan 1976- News Bureau Director B.S., Mt. St. Mary's College Robert B. Kenworthy 1965- Sports Information Officer Register 143

THE FACULTY William C. Darrah 1957-1974 (As of April 1, 1977) Professor of Biology, Emeritus B.S., University of Pittsburgh Carl Arnold Hanson 1961- President Edith Fellenbaum 1963-1968 B.A., University of Akron; Ph.D., Cornell Professor of Education, Emerita University; LL.D., University of Akron; L.H.D. B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., The Johns Roanoke College; LL.D., Dickinson Law Hopkins University School John G. Glenn 1925-1966

Leonard I. Holder 1964- Pearson Professor of Classics, Emeritus Dean of the College, Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., B.S., M.S., Texas A & M University; Ph.D., Princeton University

Purdue University William D. Hartshorne, Jr. 1928-1959 Professor of Romance Languages, Emeritus EMERITI A.B., M.A., Haverford College; Diplome de Professeur frangais I'e'tranger, R. Henry Ackley 1953-1976 de a Universite Professor of Music, Emeritus de Toulouse B.A., Western Maryland College; Teacher's W. Ramsay Jones 1956-1975 Certificate in Voice, Peabody Conservatory of Dean Emeritus Music B.A., Gettysburg College Albert Bachman 1931-1963 Doris M. Kemler 1959-1976 Professor of Romance Languages, Emeritus Assistant Librarian, Emerita Ph.D., University of Zurich; Agregation, B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota University of Zurich; Ph.D., Columbia Katherine K. Taylor Rood 1947-1966 University Professor of English, Emerita M. Esther Bloss 1953-1968 B.A., University of Oregon Professor of Sociology, Emerita Charles A. Sloat 1927-1968 Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., B.A., Columbia Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus University B.S., Gettysburg College; M.A., Haverford Henry T. Bream 1926-1969 College; Ph.D., Princeton University Professor of Health and Physical Education, Lillian H. Smoke 1959-1974 Emeritus Librarian, Emerita B.S., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia B.A., Juniata College; B.S.L.S., Columbia University University Albert W. Butterfield 1958-1972 Wilbur E. Tilberg 1927-1955 Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus Dean of the College, Emeritus B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.S., B.A., Bethany College; M.A., University of University of Michigan Kansas; B.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin;

Martin H. Cronlund 1957-1973 L.H.D. , Gettysburg College Dean Emeritus B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Temple University Register

Parker B. Wagnild 1937-1976 F. Eugene Belt 1966- Professor of Music, Emeritus Assistant Professor of Music B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Lutheran A.B., Western Maryland College; M.A., New Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; M.S.M., York University Theological Seminary; M.A., New York Union Gareth V. Biser 1959- University; Mus.D., Thiel College Associate Professor of Health and Physical Glenn S. Weiland 1949-1974 Education Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus B.S., Gettysburg College; M.S., Syracuse B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland University

2 Waldemar Zagars 1 956-1 974 Robert L. Bloom 1949- Professor of Economics, Emeritus Adeline Sager Professor of History Dr. oec, University of Riga B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.A., Duke University; Ph.D., Columbia University John B. Zinn 1924-1959 Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus A. Bruce Boenau 1957- B.S., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., The Johns Professor of Political Science, Department Hopkins University Chairman A.B., Amherst College; A.M., Ph.D., Columbia CURRENT FACULTY University

Norman L. Annis 1960- Harry F. Bolich 1947- Professor of Art Associate Professor of Speech B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.F.A., Sc.B., Sc.M., Bucknell University University of Iowa Donald M. Borock 1974- Paul R. Baird 1951- Assistant Professor of Political Science Associate Professor of Economics and B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati

Business Administration 1 Lois J. Bowers 1969- B.A., M.A., The Pennsylvania State University Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Robert D. Barnes 1955- Education Dr. Charles H. Graff Professor of Biology B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., Western B.S., Davidson College; Ph.D., Duke Maryland College University Kathleen Brady 1976- Guillermo Barriga 1951- Instructor in Psychology Associate Professor of Romance Languages B.A., University of Maryland B.S., Colombian Naval Academy; M.A., Bruce W. Bugbee 1958- Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Associate Professor of History Madrid A.B., College of William and Mary; A.M.,

Edward J. Baskerville 1956- Ph.D., University of Michigan Professor of English A. Ralph Cavaliere 1966- B.S., Lehigh University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Associate Professor of Biology, Department University Chairman Neil W. Beach 1960- B.S., M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology Duke University B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan Register 145

John F. Clarke 1966- Paul R. D'Agostino 1969- Professor of English Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Kenyon College; M.A., Stanford B.S., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., University University of Virginia

MAJ Alan R. Cocks 1974- Theodore C. Daniels 1954- Assistant Professor of Military Science Professor of Physics B.A., Lafayette College; M.B.A., Loyola B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Syracuse University (Illinois) University

Charles F. Collier 1974- Helen H. Darrah 1961- Assistant Professor of Economics and Assistant Professor of Biology Business Administration B.S., M.S., University of Pittsburgh B.A., Harpur College of the State University of Pamela Di Pesa 1976- New York at Binghampton; M.A., Ph.D., Duke Assistant Professor of English University B.A., Sarah Lawrence College; Ph.D., City Glendon F. Collier 1957- University of New York Assistant Professor of German and Russian Joseph D. Donolli 1971 — B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., Instructor in Health and Physical Education University of California, Berkeley B.S., University of Delaware; M.Ed., Temple Robert J. Cotter 1974- University Assistant Professor of Chemistry Harold A. Dunkelberger 1950- B.S., Holy Cross College; M.S., Ph.D., The Amanda Rupert Strong Professor of Religion, Johns Hopkins University Department Chairman Chan L Coulter 1958- B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran Professor of Philosophy Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard Columbia University University Charles F. Emmons 1974- David J. Cowan 1965- Assistant Professor of Sociology and Associate Professor of Physics, Department Anthropology Chairman B.A., Gannon College; M.A., Ph.D., University B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas of Illinois

Basil L. Crapster 1949- Barbara W. Fick 1971- Professor of History, Department Chairman Instructor in Romance Languages A.B., Princeton University; A.M., Ph.D., B.A., University of Chile (Licenciate); M.A., Harvard University Ph.D., University of Maryland

David L. Crowner 1967- George H. Fick 1967- Associate Professor of German and Russian Associate Professor of History B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., Ph.D., A.B., Harvard University; M.A., University of Rutgers—The State University of New Jersey Minnesota; Ph.D., Harvard University CAPT Roland A. Culver 1974- Kermit H. Finstad 1970- Assistant Professor of Military Science Assistant Professor of Music B.A., Utah State University; M.A., Pacific B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., The Catholic Lutheran University University of America o Register

David E. Flesner 1 1971- Russell P. Getz 1976- Assistant Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Music A.B., Wittenberg University; A.M., Ph.D., B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.S., University University of Michigan of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania Norman O. Forness 1964- State University Associate Professor of History Richard B. Geyer 1954- B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., Graeff Professor of English, Department Washington State University; Ph.D., The Chairman Pennsylvania State University A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D.,

Donald H. Fortnum 1965- Northwestern University Professor of Chemistry Charles H. Glatfelter 1949- B.S., Carroll College; Ph.D., Brown University Professor of History B.A., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., CAPT Thomas L. Foster 1975- The Johns Assistant Professor of Military Science Hopkins University B.A., Virginia Polytechnical Institute and Gertrude G. Gobbel 1968- University Assistant Professor of Psychology Lewis B. Frank 2 1957- B.S., The Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Associate Professor of Psychology University of Illinois; Ph.D., Temple University B.S., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., The Eugene M. Haas 1954- Johns Hopkins University Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Intercollegiate Robert S. Fredrickson 1969- Athletics Assistant Professor of English A.B., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia B.A., DePauw University; M.A., University of University Minnesota; Ph.D., University of North Carolina Louis J. Hammann 1956- Edwin D. Freed 3 1948-51, 1953- Associate Professor of Religion Professor of Religion B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Yale Divinity B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran School, MA., The Pennsylvania State Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D., University; Ph.D., Temple University Harvard University J. Richard Haskins 1959- Robert H. Fryling 1947-50, 1958- Professor of Physics Associate Professor of Mathematics, B.S., University of Texas; Ph.D., Ohio State Department Chairman University B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., C. Robert Held 1954-55, 1956- University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Classics Judith Gay 1976- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Princeton University Instructor in Psychology B.A., Findlay College; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling John T. Held 1960- Green State University Associate Professor of Education Robert M. Gemmill 1958- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia Assistant Professor of Economics and University; M.S., University of Illinois Business Administration Caroline M. Hendrickson 1959- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., University of Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Pennsylvania A.B., Wellesley College; M.A., Columbia University Register <$-

Thomas J. Hendrickson 1960- Grace C. Kenney 1948- Associate Professor of Physics Associate Professor of Health and Physical B.S., M.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Iowa Education State University B.S., New York University; M.A., Columbia University Sherman S. Hendrix 1964- Assistant Professor of Biology Randall M. King 1975- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Florida State Assistant Professor of Mathematics University; Ph.D., University of Maryland B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Duke University Edmund R. Hill 1 1961- Associate Professor of Economics and Arthur L Kurth 1962- Business Administration Professor of Romance Languages B.Com., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., B.A., Yale College; Ph.D., Yale University University of Pittsburgh Joseph B. Landis 1974- Donald W. Hinrichs 1968- Assistant Professor of Sociology and Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology Anthropology B.A., College of Wooster; Ph.D., Yale B.A., Western Maryland College; M.A., University

University of Maryland; Ph.D., Ohio State L. Carl Leinbach 1967- University Associate Professor of Mathematics Lafayette College; M.A., University of Wade F. Hook 1967- B.A., Professor of Sociology and Anthropology, Delaware; Ph.D., University of Oregon Department Chairman Branko A. Lenski 1970- A.B., Newberry College; B.D., Lutheran Associate Professor of Romance Languages Theological Southern Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., New York University University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Duke Ralph D. Lindeman 1952- University Professor of English Robert T. Hulton 1957- B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Columbia Associate Professor of Health and Physical University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Education Jack S. Locher 1957- B.A., Grove City College Associate Professor of English R. Eugene Hummel 1957- M.A., University of Chicago, Ph.D., University Associate Professor of Health and Physical of Pennsylvania Education Rowland E. Logan 1958- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia Assistant Professor of Biology University A.B., University of California, Los Angeles;

Chester E. Jarvis 1950- M.S., Ph.D , Northwestern University Professor of Political Science John H. Loose 1959- A.B., M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Professor of Religion Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania A.B., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran John M. Kellett 1968- Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics Ph.D., University of Chicago B.S., Worcester State College; M.S., Rutgers—The State University of New Jersey; Ph.D., University of Florida o Register Franklin O. Loveland 1972- John C. Miller 1973- Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology Associate Professor of Romance Languages, A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Lehigh Department Chairman University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University A.B., Rutgers—The State University of New Jersey; M.S. Ed., Southern Illinois University; Craig MacLean 1976- M.A., University of Maryland; D.M.L., Assistant Professor of Political Science Middlebury College B.A., Brooklyn College of the City University of New York; M.A., Princeton University LTC Lawrence L. Miller 1974- Professor of Aerospace Studies, Department Richard T. Mara2 1953- Chairman Sahm Professor of Physics B.A., University of Omaha; M.S., Michigan B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., State University University of Michigan Carey A. Moore 1955-1956, 1959- Katherine Marconi 1976- Professor of Religion Assistant Professor of Sociology and A.B., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran Anthropology Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D., The B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., State Johns Hopkins University University of New York, Buffalo; Ph.D., George Washington University M. Scott Moorhead 1955- Associate Professor of Mathematics Laurence A. Marschall 1971 — B.S., M.A., Washington and Jefferson College; Assistant Professor of Physics Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh B.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Chicago Frederick Morden 1976- Instructor in Music Michael Matsinko 1976- B.M., University of Michigan; M.M., University Instructor in Music of Maryland B.S., M.M., West Chester State College Kenneth F. Mott 1966- Arthur McCardle 1969- Associate Professor of Political Science Assistant Professor of German and Russian A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Lehigh University; Ph.D., Brown University John K. McComb 2 1971- Samuel A. Mudd 1958-1964, 1965- Assistant Professor of English Professor of Psychology, Department B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist University; Chairman M.A., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue Fredric Michelman 1973- University Assistant Professor of Romance Languages James P. Myers, Jr. 1968- B.S. Ec, University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Associate Professor of English Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of B.S., LeMoyne College; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles Arizona; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Jan E. Mikesell 1973- Katsuyuki Niiro 1972- Assistant Professor of Biology Instructor in Economics and Business B.S., M.S., Western Illinois University; Ph.D., Administration Ohio State University B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Register 149

Norman K. Nunamaker 1963- Thane S. Pittman 1972- Associate Professor of Music Associate Professor of Psychology A.B., Bowling Green University; M.M., Ph.D., B.A., Kent State University; M.A., Ph.D., The Indiana University University of Iowa

Joseph P. Nyitray 1974- Charles E. Piatt 1 1957- Assistant Professor of Political Science Professor of Psychology A.B., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio A.B., Wittenberg University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University State University

Bruce L. Packard 1 1971- IngolfQually 1956- Assistant Professor of Education Professor of Art, Department Chairman A.B., Gettysburg College; Ed. M., Ed.D., B.A., St. Olaf College; B.F.A., M.F.A., Yale Temple University University

William E. Parker 1967- David P. Rahn 1976- Assistant Professor of Chemistry Instructor in Health and Physical Education B.A., Haverford College; M.S., Ph.D., B.S., M.S., University of Delaware

University of North Carolina William F. Railing 1964- Howard C. Parks 1966- Professor of Economics and Business Assistant Professor of Classics Administration, Department Chairman B.A., Kenyon College; M.A., Ohio State B.S., United States Merchant Marine University Academy; B.A., The Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., Cornell University Jeffrey L. Patterson 1976- Instructor in Economics and Business Ray R. Reider 1962- Administration Assistant Professor of Health and Physical B.A., Gettysburg College; M.B.A., Temple Education University A.B., Gettysburg College; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University Ruth E. Pavlantos 2 1963- Professor of Classics, Department Chairman Norman E. Richardson 1945- B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., William Bittinger Professor of Philosophy, University of Cincinnati Department Chairman A.B., Amherst College; B.D., Yale Divinity James D. Pickering 1954- School; Ph.D., Yale University Professor of English A.B., A.M., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Michael L. Ritterson 1968- Columbia University Assistant Professor of German and Russian A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; Ph.D., Charles J. Pineno 3 1968- Harvard University Instructor in Economics and Business Administration Russell S. Rosenberger 1956- B.S., The Pennsylvania State University; Professor of Education, Department Chairman M.B.A., University of Scranton B.S., Geneva College; M. Lift., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh MAJ Nathan S. Pittman 1975- Assistant Professor of Aerospace Studies William Rost 1974- B. Mus. Ed., Grove City College; M.B.A., Instructor in Health and Physical Education Syracuse University B.A., M.S., Indiana University Register

Alex T. Rowland 1958- Jack Douglas Shand 1954- Professor of Chemistry, Department Chairman Associate Professor of Psychology A.B., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., Brown B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Harvard University University; Ph.D., University of Chicago Joseph G. Sabol 1975- Howard G. Shoemaker 1957- Associate Professor of Health and Physical Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education Education B.S., The Pennsylvania State University; M.S., B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia Bucknell University University

James W. Sauve, Jr. 1969- James F. Slaybaugh 2 1964- Instructor in Health and Physical Education Assistant Professor of Education B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., A.B., Roanoke College; M.Ed., The University of Maryland Pennsylvania State University

Calvin E. Schildknecht 1959- Carol D. Small 1969- Professor of Chemistry Instructor in Art B.S., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., The Johns B.A., Jackson College of Tufts University Hopkins University CAPT James G. Snodgrass 1975- Caroline J. Schlie 1975- Assistant Professor of Military Science Instructor in Health and Physical Education B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Temple B.S., Valparaiso University; M.S., Indiana University University John R. Stemen 1961- Emile 0. Schmidt 1962- Associate Professor of History Associate Professor of English and Director of B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana Dramatics University A.B., Ursinus College; M.A., Columbia Mary Margaret Stewart 1959- University Professor of English

Henry Schneider III 1964- A.B., Monmouth College (Illinois); Ph.D., Franklin Professor of German, Department Indiana University Chairman Richard W. Stratton 1976- A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University Instructor in Economics and Business Allen C. Schroeder 1967- Administration Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Drew University; M.A., Ph.D., University B.A., Loyola College; M.S., Ph.D., The of Connecticut Catholic University of America Barry H. Streeter 1975- W. Richard Schubart 1950- Instructor in Health and Physical Education Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Lebanon Valley College; M.S., University A.B., Dartmouth College; A.M., Columbia of Delaware University Amie G. Tannenbaum 1968- Walter J. Scott 1 1959- Instructor in Romance Languages Associate Professor of Physics A.B., Hood College; M.A., The George B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Lehigh Washington University University Donald G. Tannenbaum 1966- Assistant Professor of Political Science B.B.A., M.A., City College of the City University of New York; Ph.D., New York University Register 151

Robert H. Trone 1956- OTHER INSTRUCTIONAL PERSONNEL Assistant Professor of Religion (As of April 1, 1977) A.B., Gettysburg College; B.D., Yale Divinity Angela Aguirre School; M.A., The Catholic University of Lecturer in Romance Languages America B.A., The City College of New York; M.A., Robert M. Viti 1971- Queens College of the City University of Assistant Professor of Romance Languages New York B.A., St. Peter's College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke Judith L. Anderson University Private Instructor in Music (flute) LTC Francis Vossen 1976- B.S., Mannes College of Music; M.M., Professor of Military Science, Department Peabody Conservatory Chairman Judith A. Annis B.S., University of Nebraska; M.P.A., Lecturer in Health and Physical Education University of Missouri B.A., University of Northern Iowa 1957- Janis H. Weaner Mary T. Baskerville Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Lecturer in Interdepartmental Studies B.A., of the Mary Washington College B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University of Virginia; M.A., New York University University Shirlee S. Cavaliere 1962- Dexter N. Weikel Laboratory Instructor in Biology Associate Professor of Music, Department B.A., Butler University; M.S., Arizona State Chairman University B.S., Susquehanna University; M.A., The SGM Leonard P. Czarnecki Pennsylvania State University Senior Instructor in Military Science Richard T. Wescott 1966- Elizabeth W. Daniels Associate Professor of Health and Physical Laboratory Instructor in Biology Education, Department Chairman B.A., Miami University A.B., Colby College; M.Ed., Boston University; P.E.D., Indiana University Lois Geib Lecturer in German and Russian Conway S. Williams 1949- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., The George Associate Professor of Economics and Washington University Business Administration A.B., Columbia University; M.S., Columbia Janet P. Gemmill University School of Business Lecturer in Interdepartmental Studies B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., University of John R. Winkelmann 1963- Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., Ann Harvey University of Michigan Superviser of Elementary Student Teachers B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., Robert F. Zellner 1968- Shippensburg State College Associate Professor of Music B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Lehigh University

' Sabbatical leave, Fall and January Terms 1977-78

2 Sabbatical leave, January and Spring Terms 1977-78

3 Sabbatical leave, Academic Year 1977-78 <& Register

Martha Hinrichs Robert L. Petrella Laboratory Instructor in Biology Private Instructor in Music (clarinet) A.B., Western Maryland College B.M., Michigan State University; M.M., University of Maryland Melverda Hook Private Instructor in Music Phyllis Price B.S., Winthrop College; M.M., Peabody Laboratory Instructor in Biology Conservatory of Music B.A., Gettysburg College

Lillian Jackson Jennifer M. Railing Assistant Instructor in Chemistry Lecturer in Economics and Business B.A., Wheaton College (Massachusetts); M.A. Administration Bryn Mawr College LLB., University of London

Elaine L. Jones Steven W. Renner Lecturer in English Lecturer in Economics and Business B.A., Eastern Nazarene College; M.A., Administration University of Wisconsin B.S., Shippensburg State College Leigh Jordahl Judy Schwartz Lecturer in Religion Lecturer in English A.B., Luther College; B.D., Bethany Lutheran B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Cornell Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D. University

Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., State T/SGT Blaine L. Shroyer University of Iowa Senior Instructor in Aerospace Studies

Jordan E. Kaufman Roger L. Smith Assistant Instructor in Chemistry Lecturer in Interdepartmental Studies B.A., Gettysburg College A.B., Wabash College; M.A., Indiana Rebecca R. Kline University Lecturer in Romance Languages SSG Ronald L. Stollar B.A., Dickinson College; M.A., New York Assistant Instructor in Military Science University SSG Robert A. Thompson Ada G. Lewis Assistant Instructor in Military Science Lecturer in Economics and Business Ethel L. Viti Administration Lecturer in Romance Languages B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of B.A., University of Montevallo; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania Duke University

Dinorah Lima Helen J. Winkelmann Lecturer in Romance Languages Laboratory Instructor in Biology Pharm., B.A., Instituto Matanzas; D.Ped., D. B.A., Notre Dame College of Staten Island; University of Havana; M.A., University of M.S., University of Michigan Alabama James F. Wright Lani Lindeman Assistant in Health and Physical Education Lecturer in Interdepartmental Studies B.A., Gettysburg College B.A., Gettysburg College Marlene Packard Laboratory Instructor in Biology A.B., Gettysburg College Calendar 153

1977-78 CALENDAR

FALL TERM September 3-6, Sat.-Tues Orientation and Registration

September 7, Wed. at 8:00 A.M. Classes begin October 7, Fri. Fall Honors Day October 7-9, Fri. -Sun. Fall Parents' Weekend October 22, Mon. Mid-term Reports November 5, Sat. Alumni Homecoming November 22, Tues. at 4:00 P.M. Thanksgiving recess begins November 28, Mon. at 8:00 A.M. Thanksgiving recess ends December 10, Sat. at noon Last day of classes December 12-17, Mon. -Sat. Final Examinations

JANUARY TERM

January 3, Tues. at 8:00 A.M. January Term begins* January 27, Friday at 4:00 P.M. January Term Ends

SPRING TERM

February 6, Mon. Registration

February 7, Tues. at 8:00 A.M. Classes begin March 23, Thurs. Mid-term Reports March 23, Thurs. at 4:00 P.M. Spring-Easter recess begins April 3, Mon. at 8:00 A.M. Spring-Easter recess ends April 28, Fri. Spring Honors Day April 28-30, Fri. -Sun. Spring Parents' Weekend May 17, Wed. Last day of classes May 18, Thurs. Registration May 20-26, Sat. -Fri. Final Examinations June 4, Sun. Baccalaureate (10:00 A.M.) Commencement (2:00 P.M.)

Classes will be held on Saturday, January 7, 1978 <3- Statistical Summary I Endowment Funds

STATISTICAL SUMMARY ENDOWMENT FUNDS Students in College Gettysburg College has benefited over the years and continues to benefit from the income Enroll- 1976 Full-Time of funds contributed to the College's Endow- ment Fall Term M W Total ment. Income from unrestricted endowment Senior 253 170 423 funds may be used for the general purposes of Junior 229 155 384 the College or for any special purposes; income Sophomore 274 281 555 from restricted endowment funds is used solely Freshman 310 251 561 for the purpose specified by the donor. The generous support of the donors listed below Total Full-Time Enrollment 1066 857 1923 has been vital to the continuing success of the College.

(Unrestricted) Geographical Distribution Full-Time Students 1976-1977 Fall Term Number of Alumni Memorial Endowment Fund Students Percent Frank D. Baker

Pennsylvania 688 35.8% Fay S. Benedict Memorial Fund New Jersey 528 27.5% H. Melvin Binkley Estate New York 214 11.1% Maryland 196 10.2% Class of 1919 Fund Connecticut 118 6.1% A memorial to the Class Massachusetts 39 2.0% Class of 1939 Fund Delaware 29 1.5% Class of 1971 Fund Virginia 27 1.4% H. Brua Campbell Florida 10 .5% Other States and Louise Cuthbertson Foreign Countries 74 3.9% A bequest in memory of Arthur Herring, Anna Wiener Herring and Louise Cuthbertson Total 1923 100% Charles W. Diehl, Jr. '29 Harold Sheely Diehl Estate

Faculty and Staff Memorial Endowment Fund

Robert G. Fluhrer, '12 The Garman Fund Given by members of the Garman family as a perpetual family memorial to the endowment of Gettysburg, the income of which shall be used in support of the educational program. Endowment Funds 155

The Gettysburg Times James Milton Smith Fund Contributed Mrs. Smith Mamie Ragan Getty Fund by Emma Hancock as a memorial to her son James Milton Smith Frank Gilbert Anna K. and Harry L. Snyder Margaret E. Giles Mary He i I man Spangler Ralph and Katherine M. Gresh Charles M. A. Stine, '01 Adam Hazlett, '10 Stoever-Alcove Fund Joseph H. Himes, '10 Harvey W. Strayer, '10 Marion Huey In memory of E. Ruth Strayer William J. Knox, '10 Vera & Paul Wagner Fund Frank H. Kramer, '14 and Mrs. Kramer Richard C. Wetzel James MacFarlane, 1837 Jack Lyter Williams Memorial Fund Dana and Elizabeth Manners Memorial Fund Contributed by Mrs. Ernest D. Williams as a G. Bowers Mansdorfer, M.D. '26 memorial to her son Jack L. Williams, Class of 1951. J. Clyde Market, '00, and Caroline O. Market Alice D. Wrather

Robert T . Marks

Fred G. Masters, '04 (Restricted) A. L. Mathias, '26

John H. Mickley, '28 Conrad Christian Arensberg Memorial Fund A A gift for endowment in memory of his brother fund established in 1948 by Francis Louis William Blocher Mickley Arensberg in memory of his father, a Union vet- Alice Miller eran, for the purchase of Civil War books and materials. William J. Miller, Jr., '00 The Rev. Peter C. Bell Memorial Lectureship Thomas Z. Minehart, '94 Fund A fund for the establishment of a lec- Bernice Baker Musser tureship on the claims of the gospel on college Helen Overmiller men. Joseph Parment Company Bikle Endowment Fund A fund to support de- bating, established in 1925 to honor Dr. Philip Mrs. Willard S. Paul Bikle, Class of 1866, Dean of Gettysburg Col- Nellie G. Royer lege 1889-1925. Sarah Ellen Sanders Joseph Bittinger Chair of Political Science.

Anna D. Seaman Lydia Bittinger Chair of History. '18 Paul R. Shelter, Joseph and Lydia Bittinger Memorial Fund A Herbert Shimer, '96 fund to support the needs of the library. Robert 0. Sinclaire

Albert T. Smith Memorial Fund

Class of 1911 Memorial Trust Fund A fund es- Dr. Kenneth L. Smoke Memorial Trust Fund A tablished in 1961, on the fiftieth anniversary of fund created in 1971 to honor the man who in the Class, to provide income for the purchase of 1 946 established the Department of Psychology books for the college library. at Gettysburg College and served as its chair- Class of 1925 Meritorious Service Award Foun- man until his death in 1970. The annual income is the joint discretion of the of dation To provide annual alumni awards for used at Chairman notable service rendered Alma Mater. the Psychology Department and the College Librarian. Thomas Y. Cooper Endowment A bequest to J. H. Gettysburg College in support of its libraries: W. Stuckenberg Memorial Lectureship A (a) for acquisitions in literature and American bequest from Mary G. Stuckenberg in memory History, as a memorial to his parents, Dr. and of her husband to sponsor lectures in the gen- eral of social ethics. Mrs. Moses Cooper; and (b) for the operating area budget of the library. Waltemyer Seminar Room Fund A fund estab- lished Carroll W. Royston '34 the family A. Bruce Denny Fund A fund in memory of A. by and friends of Dr. William C. '13, Bruce Denny, Class of 1973, contributed by fel- and Waltemyer of low students to purchase library books. former head of the Department Bible at the College, to provide furnishings for and to main- Luther P. Eisenhart Fund A fund established tain the library in a seminar room in his memory. for the use of Emeriti faculty and of widows of '68 former members of the faculty in real need of Stephen Henry Warner Memorial Fund A assistance. two-part fund, including: (1) Contributions to Gettysburg College in memory of Mr. Warner, Clyde E. and Sarah A. Gerberich Endowment the income to be used to maintain and support Fund A fund established to support a series of the Warner Collection on Vietnam, as well as to lectures dedicated to the memory of Dr. Robert purchase new books for the library; (2) A be- Fortenbaugh, '13. quest established by Stephen H. Warner for Keith Pappas Memorial Fund A fund estab- (a) library acquisitions in Asian studies and for lished in memory of Keith Pappas 74 to provide (b) use as seed money for projects encouraging an award to an outstanding student. exciting, challenging, and fresh ideas.

Jean Landefeld Hanson Fund A fund estab- Woman's League Fund for Upkeep and Repair lished in 1971 by family and friends of the late of the YMCA Building (Weidensall Hall) An wife of President C. Arnold Hanson, the income endowment bequest of Louisa Paulus. to be assigned to purposes related to the Dr. and Mrs. Jeremiah Zimmerman Fund A Chapel program as determined by the Chaplain fund established in 1931 by Dr. Jeremiah Zim- and the President of the College. merman (1873), from a bequest of Mrs. Zim- Henry M. Scharf Lecture Fund A fund contrib- merman, who died in 1930, to create an endow- '19 uted by Dr. F. William Sunderman in mem- ment in support of the annual operating budget ory of Henry M. Scharf, Class of 1925, to estab- of the library. lish a lectureship on current affairs.

James A. Singmaster '98 Fund for Chemistry A fund established in 1967 by Mrs. James A. Singmaster in memory of her husband for the purchase of library materials in chemistry, or in areas related thereto. C* T7,iT"TI "VC!"DT T"D C*

Index CEt Index

Academic Advising 25 Central Pennsylvania Consortium 30, 35 Academic Calendar 25 Certified Public Accountant Preparation 39, 60 Academic Honors 40, 41 Chapel Council 113 Academic Policies and Programs 23 Chemistry, Courses in 53 Academic Standing 30 Choirs 116 Accreditation 2 Classics, Courses in 56 Administration, The 140 Classrooms, Laboratories 124 Administrative Offices 124 College Union 119 Admission Policy 126 Colombia Semester Program 36 Admission Procedure 126 Committee on Academic Standing 28, 30, 120 Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 125 Communication Media 117 Advanced Credit and Placement 30, 127 Comprehensive Academic Fee 128 Advising System 25 Computer Center 124

Alcohol Policy 1 14 Consortium Exchange Program 35 American Studies 82 Cooperative Programs 39 Anthropology, Courses in 108 Correspondence, Listing for 4

Anti-discrimination Policy 2 Costs 1 28 Army Reserve Officers Training Program 40 Counseling Office 120 Art, Courses in 47 Course Changes 29 Artist in Residence 117 Course Units 26 Asian Studies 82 Courses of Study 45 Astronomy (See Physics) Credit Hours 26

Athletic Facilities 124 Cultural Activities 1 16 Athletics 119 Curriculum 24 Awards 41 Dance 117 Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements 27 Dean of Students 120 Bachelor of Science in Music Education 34 Dean of the College 120 Bands 117 Deans' Honor List 41 Bills 128 Degree Requirements Biology, Courses in 50 Bachelor of Arts 27 Board 128, 129 Bachelor of Science in Music Education 34 Board of Trustess 138 Exemption From 30 Bookstore 128 Departmental, Professional, and Honorary Business Administration, Courses in 59 Societies 118 Calendar 1977-78 153 Dining Accommodations 112,124 Campus Directory 123 Dining Fees 128 Campus Life 111 Distribution Requirements 24, 27, 46 Campus Map 122 Dormitories 112 Career Counseling Office 26,121 Drama (See Theatre Arts) Career Opportunities (See Departmental Course Dramatics 117 Introductions) Drugs and Narcotics Policy 114 Early Decision Plan 126 Economics, Courses in 59 Education, Courses in 64 Employment Placement Services 26, 121 Employment Prospects in Teaching 35 Endowment Funds 154 Engineering Cooperative Programs 39 English, Courses in 65 Enrollment, Summary of 154 Expenses 128 6 7

Index

Facilities 121 Lectures 116 Faculty, The 143 Libraries 121 Financial Aid 121, 130 Literary Magazine 117 Foreign Study 37 Literature, Concentration in 66 Forestry Cooperative Program 39 Living Accommodations 112,124 Four-One-Four Program (See January Term) Loans 130 Fraternities 118 Major Fields of Study 28 Fraternity Houses 112 Major Requirements 27 French, Courses in 104 Map of Campus 122 Freshman Advising and Orientation 25 Mathematics, Courses in 84 Freshman Seminars 31 Medieval and Renaissance Studies 83 Geographical Distribution of Students 154 Mercury, The 117 German, Courses in 71 Merrill-Palmer Institute 37 Gettysburg Review, The 118 Modern Dance Group 117 Gettysburg ian, The 117 Music Activities 116 Government, Courses in (See Political Science) Music, Courses in 87 Grading System 29 Music Education, Bachelor of Science Degree 34 Graduate School Preparation 26 Newspaper 117 Grants 131 Off-Campus Study 35 Greek, Courses in 56 Office of Career Counseling 26, 121

Harrisburg Urban Semester 32, 35 Orchestra 1 1 Health and Physical Education, Courses in 74 Orientation 25 Health Insurance 130 Owl and Nightingale Players 117 Health Service 120 Panhellenic Council 116 History, Courses in 76 Payment of Bills 128 Honor Code 24, 115 Performing Arts 116 Honor Commission 24, 115 Phi Beta Kappa 118 Honorary Fraternities and Societies 118 Philosophy, Courses in 90 Housing Policy 129 Physical Education, Courses in 74 India Program 35 Physical Education Requirement 28, 74 Individualized Study 30 Physics, Courses in 91 Infirmary 120 Political Science, Courses in 95 Insurance, Health and Accident 130 Predental Preparation 38 Insured Tuition Plan 129 Prelaw Preparation 38 Intercollegiate Athletics 119 Premedical Preparation 38 Interdepartmental Studies Committee 28, 79 Preveterinary Preparation 38 Interdepartmental Studies, Courses in 79 Prizes and Awards 41

Interfraternity Council 1 1 Professional Fraternities and Societies 118 Internships 25, 35 Professional Studies 38

Intramural Sports 1 19 Psychology, Courses in 97 January Term 25 Publications, Student 117 Junior Year Abroad 37 Radio Station 118 Latin, Courses in 57 Readmission of Students 30 Refund Policy 129 Register of Trustees, Faculty, Administration 137 Registration 29 Religion, Courses in 100 1 575 8 5 o Index Teacher Education Programs 31, 64 Religious Life 113 Elementary 33, 64 Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 40, 103 Secondary 32, 64 Reserve Officers Training Corps, Courses in 103 Music Education 34 Residence Halls 112 and Drama, Concentration in 66 Residence Requirements 28 Theatre Arts Courses in 70 Residential Life Commission 112, 115 Transcripts 30 Rights and Responsibilities of Students 114 Credit 30 Romance Languages and Literatures, Courses Transfer Transfer Students 127 in 104 128 Room Rents 128 Tuition United Nations Semester 37 ROTC, Courses in 103 Veterans' Administration Benefits 128 Russian, Courses in 71 Visitation Hours Policy 114 Schedule Limitations 28 Vocational Counseling 26, 121 Scholarships 130 Washington Semester, Economic Policy or Political Scholastic Aptitude Tests 126 Science 36 Seminars 30 Withdrawal of Students 30 Senior Honors 40 WZBT 118 Senior Scholars' Seminar 31 Yearbook 118 Social Fraternities and Sororities 118 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in 108 Sororities 118 Spanish, Courses in 104 Special Interdepartmental Programs 82 Special Major 28, 79 Special Students 127, 128 Spectrum, The 118 Speech, Courses in (See English) Sports 119 Statistical Summary of Students 154 Student Communication Media 117 Student Conduct 114

Student Conduct Review Board 1 1 Student Financial Aid 130 Student Government 1 1

Student Handbook 1 1 Student Health Insurance 130 Student Health Service 120

Student Life 1 1

Student Newspaper 1 1 Student Organizations and Activities 118

Student Radio Station 1 1 Student Senate 115 Student Services 120 Student Yearbook 118 Students, Geographical Distribution 154 THUS (The Harrisburg Urban Semester) 32, 35 y^mLmmmm [ i 1 «- > Si

C/) « m o

a> O fll «- ~ V) c o ID Q.

m CO < z < > >-J C/)z z in Q. d .si

Po

-O 111 » *-• LU 4-» -J1 o-I o o >-§ CD C/5